Catalog Derancourt 2022 English (EN)

Manufacturer since 1970

The descriptions, photos and drawings provided as part of sales information in this catalogue are non-contractual.

Likewise, we reserve the right to change their Characteristic as part of an improvement process and in accordance with standards and regulations

Copying is prohibited.

PREVENTION OF ELECTRICAL RISK

The standard NF C18-510 establishes the requirements for the safety of persons regarding electrical hazards when performing electrical or non-electrical operations on FACILITIES or INSTALLATIONS of any voltage up to 500 kV AC or DC.

FACILITIES include any electrical equipment used for the production, transformation and distribution of electrical energy.

INSTALLATIONS include all electrical equipment for the use of electrical energy.

In particular, operations involving:

• Non-live working for LOCK-OUT and its sequential operations:

Operation 1: disconnection of the installation from power sources

Operation 2: locking switchgear in the open position (immobilisation and signalling)

Operation 3: identification of the affected part of the installation

Operation 4: voltage check

Operation 5: earthing and short-circuiting.

• Work in the vicinity, alone or in a team.

• Live working: contact with bare live parts.

SERECT creates data sheets (DS) for each type of equipment and tool, as well as hardware and products specially designed for carrying out live work on structures, more commonly known as “Live working tools”. The data sheets specify the Characteristic and conditions of use. They also specify, where necessary, the conditions for the preservation, maintenance, transport and inspection of tools.

Each data sheet is approved by the Live Working Committee. Live working tools must be used and maintained in compliance with the rules of the Conditions for the Execution of Work (CET).

Data sheets (DS) must be made available to workers at the same time as the tools.

The NF C 18-510 standard (Article 8) stipulates that live work on INSTALLATIONS must be covered by specific standards dealing with operating procedures, work equipment, personal protection equipment and work clothing appropriate for the risks, the conditions and Characteristic of the work to be performed. Tools and equipment suitable for live working are marked ( CEI 60417-5216) and indicate the maximum operating voltage.

At low voltage, class 00 corresponds to a maximum of 500 V AC, while class 0 corresponds to a maximum of 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC

At the current time, three areas of activity are covered by specific specifications and standards:

Measures specific to low-voltage live work on vehicles and vehicles with combustion, electric and hybrid motorisation:

NF C 18-505-1 & NF C 18-505-2-1

Measures specific to low-voltage live work on industrial and tertiary installations:

NF C 18-505-1 & NF C 18-505-2-2

Measures specific to low-voltage live work on stationary batteries:

NF C 18-505-1 & NF C 18-505-2-3

The compendium of Electrical Safety Instructions UTE C 18-550 for work on vehicles and motor vehicles with combustion, electric or hybrid engines with on-board electrical energy sources comply with the requirements of NF C 18-510 which have been listed in the particular case of this field of activity. This compendium includes, in particular, non-live operations, live working and electrical operations for these vehicles. The tools and equipment offered in this catalogue are therefore also adapted to this compendium

GENERAL CONTENT

The catalogue is divided into three product families:

«DERANCOURT TOOL» «DERANCOURT SAFETY» «DERANCOURT LINES»

DERANCOURT TOOL covering:

Low voltage live working tools conforming to EN IEC 60900, 1000V

Stripping tools

Medium voltage cable preparation tools

Manual crimping tools

Hydraulic crimping and crimping die sets

Hydraulic and electric cutting tools

Hydraulic groups

Non-Insulated tools

Tools for work in explosive atmospheres conforming to NF E74-400

Anti-spark tools

ATEX lighting

Tools for the preparation of polythylene pipes

The storage

DERANCOURT SAFETY covering:

CPE collective protection equipment

Support devices

Low voltage shunts and accessories

Earthing and short-circuiting devices on LV box

Grounding and short-circuiting devices on overhead LV cables

MV grounding and short-circuiting devices

Insulating poles

Medium voltage voltage testers

Lockout systems on disconnected line

Locking signs

Low voltage voltage detectors

Subtation equipments

Tools for opening electrical boxes

Electrical measuring devices

PPE (helmets, face shields, insulating gloves, clothing, footwear)

Safety harness and accessories for work at height

Insulating ladders

DERANCOURT LINES covering:

Thermoplastic cable ties and fasteners

PVC coated stainless steel cable ties

Cable ties cradles along a front wall

Mechanical cable protection systems

Cable trays for Subtations

PVC coated stainless steel cable ties along iron band

Plastic coated stainless cable ties and metal cable clip for telecommunication

Cable ties and fasteners along electrical pole

Strips and accessories

Mechanical protective cable gutter

Marking poles on pole

Line anchoring sets

Network anchoring sets

Suspension sets

Regular and heat-shrinkable cable ends caps

Connectors and sleeves, 6 kV

Ropes and pulleys

Pulling and lifting machines

Tensioners and slings

Cable pulls, pull needles and unwinding rollers

Bird protection devices

The fourth section covers TOOL / PPE / CPE KITS for different types of work

Work kits

DERANCOURT TOOL

PE, PVC, lead multi-purpose stripper p. 086

Preparation kit for lead-impregnated paper cables p. 087

Model A strippers p. 090

Adjustable model A strippers p. 091

Model B strippers p. 092

Adjustable model B strippers p. 093

Lead tube strippers for impregnated paper cables p. 094

LV, live working cable preparation kit p. 095 MV CABLE

Tool for direct burial cable duct, external duct and insulation p. 098

Semiconductor tool p. 099

Combination tools p. 100

Tool for NP semiconductors without the use of grease p. 102

Splitting tool p. 103

Folding tool p. 103

Flaring tool p. 104

Retractor p. 104

Cone-making tool p. 105

Chamfering tool p. 106

Scraper p. 106

Pliers ligarex p. 106

Vice for mechanically clamped connectors and abrasion p. 107

Impact wrench for mechanically clamped connectors p. 108 Testecran p. 108 MV cable preparation box for cables between 25 and 630 mm² p. 109

Insulated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Adjustable cable protection sleeve cutter

Blue-coated adjustable wrenches

Blue-coated offset polygonal wrench

Stillson blue-coated tube wrenches

Blue-coated wrenches

Blue-coated hook wrenches

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Blue-coated

Earthing

Earthing and short-circuiting devices for

Earthing and short-circuiting devices for MV stations with

Electrician’s helmet p. 254

External face shields for helmets p. 255

Electrician’s helmet and integrated face shield, kit p. 255

Headlamp for helmet p. 256

ATEX headlamp for helmet p. 256

Ear muffs p. 256

Face shields with front protection p. 257

Mask goggles, protective goggles, goggles p. 257

Insulating gloves p. 258

Composite gloves p. 258

Accessories for storage and control of insulating gloves p. 259

Leather over-gloves for insulating gloves p. 260

Cotton inner gloves p. 260

Puncture protection gloves p. 260

Protective leather gloves against mechanical hazards p. 261

Electrician protective clothing p. 262

Arc Flash Class 2 protective clothing p. 263

Arc Flash Class 2 protection kit p. 263

ATEX multi-hazard protective clothing p. 264

High visibility multi-hazard protective clothing p. 265

High visibility protective parka p. 265

High visibility vest p. 266

Class 00 insulating clothing: jacket and trousers p. 266

Chaussures de sécurité non métalliques p. 267

Non-metallic safety footwear p. 267

LV insulating boots p. 267

MV insulating boots p. 267

PPE kits p. 268

WORK AT HEIGHT

Anti-fall belt harness p. 270

Anti-fall rotating belt harness p. 270

Anti-fall leg-strap harness p. 271

Anti-fall Y harness p. 271

Fall arrester with tensioner p. 272

Y lanyards p. 272

Lanyards p. 272

Strap rings p. 272

Fall arrester with energy absorber p. 273

Auto-retract fall arrester p. 273

Retractable steel cable fall arrester p. 273

Polyamide lanyards p. 274

Fall arrest slide p. 274

Fall arrest slide for steel cable p. 274

Carabiners p. 275

Life line kit p. 276

Wood and concrete pole climbing spikes p. 276

Work at height rescue kit p. 276

Anti-fall harness kit and accessories p. 277

Single-support insulating ladders p. 279

Double sided Stepladders with cord p. 279

Convertible Double sided Stepladders p. 280

3 section combination ladder p. 280

Double sided Stepladders p. 280

Accessories

DERANCOURT LINES

Thermoplastic

PVC

Insulating

PVC

Cradles for

Rigid

Anti-friction mechanical protection housings

Cable

PVC

PVC

Thermoplastic

Insulating

PVC

Strips

Tools

Mechanical

Line

Lever chain hoists p. 317

Towing and lifting equipment « TIRFOR » p. 317

Cable tensioner « TIRVIT » p. 317

Self-locking cams p. 317 Slings p. 318

Swivels p. 318

Polyamide and steel cable pullers p. 319 Guide lines and accessories p. 320

Unwinding rollers p. 321

Site tents and shelters p. 321

BIRD PROTECTION DEVICES

Animal/bird protection system for rigid supports p. 323

Animal/bird protection system for semi-horizontal supports p. 326

Animal/bird protection system for supports with equipment fixrap p. 327

Animal/bird protection system for anchoring supports p. 328

Animal/bird protection system for H61 transformers p. 329

Animal/bird protection system for synthetic lightning conductors p. 330

Anti-pigeon device for cables fitted on façades p. 331

TOOL, PPE, CPE KITS

NFC 18-505-2-1 kit for live work on electric vehicles p. 340 Complete kit for the preparation of LV and MV cables p. 342

p. 344

network fitter’s kit p. 346

p.

p.

p. 044 p. 044 p. 044 p. 044 p. 044 p. 045 p. 045 p. 045 p. 046 Standard p. 047 Long p. 048 p. 048 p. 048 p. 048 p. 049 p. 049 p. 050 p. 050 p. 050 p. 051 p. 052 to 054 p. 055 to 058 p. 059 & 060

p. 071 p. 071 p. 071 p. 071 p. 072 to 075 p. 076 & 077 p. 078 to 082

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

HAND TOOLS 1000 V EN IEC 60900

GENERAL:

Insulated and insulating hand tools are used for live working and work near live parts, with voltage ratings up to 1000V AC and 1500V DC

They shall comply with the international standard EN IEC 60900

IThey are identified by the mark: 1000V EN IEC 60900 awith the name of the manufacturer (DERANCOURT), the tool reference and the year of manufacture.

Insulated hand tools are classified into three categories:

INSULATED HAND TOOLS:

Hand tools made of conductive material(s) fully or partially covered by insulating materiel.

Insulated tools can only have one working head. They protect the user from electric shocks.

Fully Insulated tools covered with insulating materials with the exception of conductive parts on the working surface reduce the risk of short circuiting between two parts at different potentials.

INSULATING HAND TOOLS:

Hand tools mdee totally or essentially from insulating material(s) except for inserts made from conductive materials used for reinforcement, but with no exposed conductive point.

INSULATING tools can have several working heads. They protect the user from electric shocks and minimize the risk of short circuiting between two parts at different potentials.

HYBRID HAND TOOLS:

Hand tools made from insulating material(s) with exposed conductive parts at the working head (e-g: cutting edges) (some non exposed conductive part can be used for reinforcement).

HYBRID tools can have several working heads. They protect the user against electric shocks and reduce the risk of short circuiting between two parts at different potentials

Hand

The coatings of DERANCOURT Insulated tools have two layers:

• 1 rigid internal layer, white or red and highly dielectric

• 1 soft orange or red outer layer, protecting the inner layer from impacts and improving comfort during use.

The finger stops of the pliers are made from an elastomer material to reduce the effects of impacts and preserving the insulating coating

Finger stop in impactresistant elastomer (same colour as the outer layer)

Internal white or red insulating layer

anti-shock

Burnished (standard) or chrome (on request)

surface finish

Behaviour at -40° C (additional requirement)

Manufacturer

Reference product

Voltage limit

Symbol for live working

Number of batch per month/year

Reference standard

DERANCOURT Insulated tools such as ratchet wrenches, sockets and screwdrivers are made with a single layer but from a harder material in order to comply with the thicknesses specified by the standard..

However an outer layer of material with a “softer» feel is applied on the handle to improve comfort and ergonomics.

Similarly, all DERANCOURT Insulating and Hybrid pliers have dual-material handles

Characteristic of tools using square drives

Tools such as ratchet wrenches, sockets and extension bar should be assembled using square drive with ball and spring device or by a mechanical locking device (socket lock).

The insulating coating is applied in such a way that if any part are disassembled during use, no live conductive part can be inadvertently touched.

Only tools fitted with a mechanical locking device are identified as being interchangeable between different manufacturers and are marked as such:

Thermal stability:

Insulated, hybrid and insulating tools are designed to be used between -20° C and + 70° C. (standard)

Regarding use at -40° C, the C mark indicates that the tool has been designed for this purpose. (on request)

Hand tools

testing prograM:

Hybird, insulating and Insulated hand tools shall satisfy the tests of IEC EN 60900 standard:

Dimensional control

To: check the dimensional specified by the standard.

Impact tests: ambient and cold temperature test after 2hr conditioning at -25°C

To: reproduce the energy of a impact corresponding to the tool falling from a set height.

Dielectric test: after condit 24hr into water (or 48h into climatic chamber 95% RH)

A 10 kv dielectric routine test is performed on 100% of Insulated tools

To: check the dielectric at 10 kV for use at 1000 V ac - 1500 V cc (max). Test carried out after the shock test (check of leakage current)

Penetration test: after 2hr conditioning at 70°C

To: check the strength of the insulating material in crushing conditions or its penetration

Adherence test: after 168hr conditioning at 70°C

To: check the adherence of the insulating material on the tool to guard against any risk of separation

Flame non-propagation test:

To: check that the insulating coating does not propagate a flame if exposed to one.

Mechanical tests: mentionned below

Marking resistance test:

To: check the readability of the marking, despite rubbing.

The standard dielectric test for the Insulated tools is carried out on 100% of the tools.

Adherence test (Insulated tool and hybrid)

Mechanical characteristic:

Size checks

Flame non-propagation test

Marking resistance test

CRU 8x150 B

Dielectric test (Insulated tool and hybrid)

Dielectric test (insulating tool)Impact test Penetration test (Insulated tool)

The mechanical specifications of Insulated hand tools shall comply with the ISO standard or with the manufacturer’s relevant standard, stating as the case may be dimensions, hardness, torque / flexion / torsion / cutting resistance.

The mechanical specifications of the insulating and hybrid hand tools are defined in standard EN IEC 60900

instructions for use:

Instructions for use are provided with hand tools requiring assembly or adjusting

periodic checking:

Insulated, insulating and hybrid tools do not have expiry dates. The user must visually check tools before use, particularly the condition of the insulating coating.

Similarly, an annual visual inspection by a qualified person is recommended.

In the event of doubt, dielectric tests should be performed again. This test can be carried out by our laboratory (please ask)

Maintenance:

The Insulated hand tools are designed to preserve their insulating Characteristic despite the difficult conditions of use inherent with on site work. However, they should be properly stored and kept clean.

The insulating coating can be cleaned with soap and water (rinsing + drying) whereas the metal parts must be regularly greased

Ref: D1 Insulated combination pliers (enginer’s plier)

Rectangular gripping area, transverse serration with pipe grip.

Induction hardened, side cutter.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

D1 160

D1 180 07.83.252185 mm270 g

D1 200 07.83.253205 mm380 g

D1 220 07.83.254225 mm420 g

D1 250 255 mm620 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5746

Ref: D22D Insulated long straight-nose half-round pliers (snipe nose pliers)

Transverse serration, half-round. Induction hardened, side cutter.

ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D22C Insulated long bent-nose half-round pliers

Bent half-round section jaws - transverse serration

Induction hardened, side cutter.

ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D6 Insulated flat nose pliers

Straight flat jaws - transverse serration

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight D6 140

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

mm160 g

Ref: D9 Insulated round nose pliers

Straight round section jaws - transverse serration

ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D2 Insulated electrician’s end cutters

End cutters for medium hard steel wire.

Induction hardened, cutting edge with axial cut.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

D2

Complies with standard: ISO 5748

Ref: D50 Insulated end cutters for hard wire

End cutters for hard steel wire.

Induction hardened, cutting edge with axial cut..

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 5748

Ref: D3 Insulated electrician’s diagonal cutters

Diagonal cutters for medium hard steel wire.

Induction hardened, cutting edge with axial cut.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 5749

Ref: D52 Insulated diagonal cutters for hard wire

Diagonal cutters for hard steel wire.

Induction hardened, cutting edge with axial cut.

ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 5749

Ref: D182 Insulated electrician’s cutters

Flush cutting edge.

Short strengthened blades for cutting steel wire

Cuts the thin metallic screen of a cable.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Ref: D180 Insulated cable cutters

Precision cable cutter.

For copper and aluminum shear edges. With joint cutter.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthOpeningWeight

Ref: D18 Insulated cable cutters

High strength cable cutters for copper, aluminum. Ø 20 mm max Shear edges

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

220

mm490 g

Ref: D18C Insulated cable cutters

Shear edges

Return spring.

Closed position blocking system. ReferenceENEDIS

Ref: D18CB Insulated cable cutters

Shear edges

Curved handles

Return spring.

Closed position blocking system. ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

Ref: DIS18 Hybrid cable cutter

Cutting capacity: Ø 15 mm - 25 mm² Copper / 50 mm² Alu. multicore. Pliers made of thermoplastic reinforced fibreglass with Hardened steel cutting edges

Flexible elastomer grips, SOFT touch and anti-slip

Reducing the risks of short circuits

Do not use for cutting steel.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

DIS18 07.83.230180 mm190 g

Ref: D3 120 Insulated diagonal cutters for electronics

Electronic pliers, flush cut, for copper and mild steel wire.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

D3 120 120 mm122 g

Complies with standard: ISO 9654

Ref: D2 120 Insulated end cutters for electronics

Electronic pliers

Fine cutting edges sharpened for copper and mild steel wire.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight D2

Complies with standard: ISO 9654

Ref: D22C 140 Insulated bent-nose half-round pliers for electronics

Electronic pliers, 30° bent. Half-round section.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight D22C 140 140 mm90 g

Complies with standard: ISO 9655

Ref: D22D 120 Insulated straight-nose half-round pliers for electronics

Electronic straight-nose pliers, side cutter for copper and mild steel wire. Half-round section.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 9655

Ref: D225 Insulated concave nose pliers for electronics

Electronic concave nose pliers Half-round section.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLength

Complies with standard: ISO 9655

Ref: D1007 Insulated varnish scraping pliers

Scraping of varnished wire. Treated steel.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Ref: D5 Insulated double slip-joint adjustable pliers

Adjustable pliers, double toothed slip joint. 7 adjustment positions.

Nut maximum opening: 36 mm

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

D5 07.83.266245 mm390 g

Complies with standard: ISO 8976

Ref: D301 Insulated multiple slip-joint pliers

Adjustable pliers, toothed slip joints.

Double spline.

Opening of the adjustable jaw in 5 positions.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthOpeningWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 8976

Ref: D94 Insulated multi-use self-locking pliers

Interlocked hinge.

Precise and safe one-handed adjustment using the hinge button.

Self-locking on tubes and nuts.

25 setting positions.

Teeth treated to 61 HRC to protect against wear ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 8976

Ref: D20 Insulated stripping pliers

Thumb wheel adjustment

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

Ref: D724 Insulated “bladed” stripping pliers

Chrome steel nose.

Fast use with maximum safety.

Cutting system comprising independent blades self-adjusting to the profile of the conductor whatever its gauge.

Stripping cable-wise. Diam 0.3 to 1.2 mm (section 5/10),

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

France TELECOM Approved For cabling and installation work.

HYBRID PLIERS WITH REMOVABLE JAWS

Advantages:

• Hybrid tool reducing the risk of short circuits.

1. When worn, removable jaws can be easily replaced (DERANCOURT patent).

2. Jaws made of insulating material with or without metal insert.

3. Reinforced jaws with metal insert limit wear (model R).

4. Insulating material with high mechanical Characteristic.

5. Treated steel cutters..

6. Elastomer overmoulded handles for good grip and ease of use.

Ref: DH1 Universal hybrid pliers with removable jaws and steel cutting

Straight and serrated jaws

Steel cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² Copper / 25 mm² Alu.

Do not cut steel ReferenceENEDIS NoLength

Ref: DH22D Hybrid long-nose pliers with removable straight jaws and steel cutting

Long, straight and serrated jaws

Steel cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² Copper / 25 mm² Alu.

Do not cut steel

Ref: DH22C Hybrid long-nose pliers with removable angled jaws and steel cutting

Angled and serrated jaws

Steel cutters Cutting capacity: 16 mm² Copper / 25 mm² Alu.

Do not cut steel

Straight and serrated jaws, reinforced with metal inserts

Steel cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² Copper / 25 mm² Alu.

Do not cut steel

Ref: DH1R Universal hybrid pliers with reinforced removable jaws and steel cutting

Ref: DH22DR Hybrid long-nose pliers with reinforced removable straight jaws and steel cutting

Long, straight, serrated jaws, reinforced with metal inserts

Steel cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² Copper / 25 mm² Alu.

Do not cut steel

Ref: DH22CR Hybrid long-nose pliers with removable reinforced angled jaws and steel cutting

Angled and serrated jaws, reinforced with metal inserts

Steel cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² Copper / 25 mm² Alu.

Do not cut steel ReferenceENEDIS NoLength

ISOLATING PLIERS WITH REMOVABLE JAWS

Advantages:

• Insulating tool, with no accessible conductive part, minimising the risk of short-circuits.

1. When worn, removable jaws can be easily replaced (DERANCOURT patent).

2. Insulating material with high mechanical characteristics.

3. Ceramic cutters can be replaced. (LC model).

• Version possible without cutters (SL model)

4. Elastomer overmoulded handles for good grip and ease of use.

Ref: DI1 LC Universal insulating pliers with removable jaws and ceramic cutting

Straight and serrated jaws

Ceramic cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² multi-strands

Do not cut steel ReferenceENEDIS NoLength

Ref: DI22D LC Insulating long-nose pliers with removable straight jaws and ceramic cutting

Long, straight and serrated jaws

Ceramic cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² multi-strands

Do not cut steel

Ref: DI22C LC Insulating long-nose pliers with removable angled jaws and ceramic cutting

Angled and serrated jaws

Ceramic cutters

Cutting capacity: 16 mm² multi-strands

Do not cut steel

Ref: DI1 SL Universal insulating pliers with removable jaws without cutters

Straight and serrated jaws

Without cutters

Ref: DI22D SL Insulating long-nose pliers with removable, straight jaws without cutters

Long, straight, serrated jaws

Without cutters

Ref: DI22C SL Insulating long-nose pliers with removable angled jaws without cutters

Angled and serrated jaws

Without cutters

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: DIBE D Insulating long-nose pliers with straight, indented, removable jaws

Pliers made of insulating material to:

• Hold, move a conductor.

• Bend a copper / alu conductor.

• Handle, in close proximity to live parts, small parts such as washers, wire or strip fuses.

Insulating material with high mechanical characteristics.

When worn, removable jaws can be easily replaced.

Elastomer overmoulded handles for good grip and ease of use.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLength

DIBE D 216 mm

10HBED 40 mm

CharacteristicWeight

Long-nose insulating pliers with removable, straight, indented jaws without cutters 155 g

10 Replacement pairs long, straight, indented removable jaws without metal inserts 100 g

Ref: DIBE C Insulating long-nose pliers with angled, indented and removable jaws

Pliers made of insulating material to:

• Hold, move a conductor.

• Bend a copper / alu conductor.

• Handle, in close proximity to live parts, small parts such as washers, wire or strip fuses.

Insulating material with high mechanical characteristics. When worn, removable jaws can be easily replaced.

Elastomer overmoulded handles for good grip and ease of use.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLength CharacteristicWeight

DIBE C 216 mm

10HBEC 40 mm

Insulating long-nose pliers with removable, angled, indented jaws without cutters 155 g

10 Replacement pairs long, angled, indented removable jaws without metal inserts 100 g

Ref: DH3 Hybrid diagonal cutting pliers with steel cutters

Pliers with insulating material with steel cutters.

Reduces the risk of short circuits.

Capacity:

• 16 mm² copper

• 25 mm² alu

Matériau isolant to hautes Characteristic mécaniques.

Taillants acier traité interchangeables.

Handles surmoulées en élastomère offrant une bonne préhension and un confort d’utilisation.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCharacteristicWeight

DH3 07.83.228175 mm

Hybrid diagonal cutting pliers with steel cutters 145 g

TDH3SL 18,5 mm Pair of interchangeable steel cutters 5 g

Ref: DI3 LC Hybrid isolating diagonal cutting pliers with ceramic cutters

Pliers with insulating material with ceramic cutters.

Minimises the risk of short circuits.

Capacity:

• 16 mm² copper

• 25 mm² alu

Insulating material with high mechanical characteristics. Interchangeable ceramic cutters.

Elastomer overmoulded handles for good grip and ease of use.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCharacteristicWeight

DI3 LC 07.83.208175 mm

TDI3SL 18,5 mm

Hybrid isolating diagonal cutting pliers with ceramic cutters 145 g

Pair of interchangeable ceramic cutters 4 g

Hand tools 1000V

Fully Insulated pliers to limit any risk of short-circuits

Ref: D1I Insulated coated head combination pliers (enginer’s plier)

Rectangular gripping area, transverse serration with pipe grip. Induction hardened, side cutter.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 5746

Ref: D22DI Insulated coated head long straight-nose half-round pliers (snipe nose pliers)

Transverse serration, half-round. Induction hardened, side cutter.

ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D6I Insulated coated head flat nose pliers

Straight flat jaws - transverse serration

ReferenceENEDIS

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D52I Insulated coated head diagonal cutters for hard wire

Diagonal cutters for hard steel wire. Induction hardened, cutting edge with axial cut.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 5749

Ref: D22CI Insulated coated head long bent-nose half-round pliers

Bent half-round section jaws - transverse serration Induction hardened, side cutter

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D3I Insulated coated head electrician’s diagonal cutters

Diagonal cutters for medium hard steel wire. Induction hardened, cutting edge with axial cut

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 5749

Ref: D20I Insulated coated head stripping pliers

Thumb wheel adjustment,

ReferenceCutting capLengthWeight

D20 160I 0,5 to 10 mm²160 mm165 g

Ref:

DCF-IS Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

Designed for clean and accurate cutting of metal screens on underground LV cable cables with synthetic insulation. (example: cable NF C33-210) Suitable for LV live working. ReferenceENEDIS No

Characteristic:

• Composite Insulated pliers made of insulting material with high mechanical and insulating properties.

• Comfortable ergonomic handle thanks to the soft touch overmoulding.

• Blades made of 60HRC treated steel.

• Bottom blade with a flat base and round end enabling to easily slide between steel strips without risks of damaging the cables insulations.

• Blades offset from the handles enabling a progressive cut when the base of the blade is in contact with the cable, and leaving enough space for the hand.

• Top blade with a slit to fold back tongues of metal strip.

• Integrated release spring to ease handling, and locking system to keep the pliers closed when not in use.

Complies with SERECT datasheet FT BT 506.

Use:

Examples of use:

• Cutting metal screens.

• Preparing metal screens.

Related uses:

1. Cutting and preparing steel strips for mounting on posts (thickness 0.5 mm)

2. Strapping steel strips

3. Wire-cutters / Cable-cutters < 6mm²

Ref: DA30IS Hybrid fuse extracting pliers

Pliers made of high mechanical strength insulating material. Installation and removal of porcelain or molded fuses, fuses on removable support or type size 00

ReferenceENEDIS No Length (mm) Opening for fuse (mm) Weight DA30IS 07.83.368208de 20 to 94195 g

1 plier doing the job of the 3 previous fuse extracting pliers !

208 mm

Use:

2 adjustable positions depending on the use:

Retracted position

Min opening: 30 mm (flat serrated jaws) 20 mm (rounded jaws)

Extended position

Max opening: 94 mm (flat serrated jaws) 87 mm (rounded jaws)

Ref: MDA30IS Jaw set

84 mm

39 mm

2 profiles available depending on the use:

and turn upside

Jaws with a flat serrated profile

Unclip

down

Jaws with a rounded profile

INSULATED AND HYBRID STRIPPING PLIERS

COMPLETE RANGE PAGE 88 TO 94

Circular cut

Longitudinal cut

Stripping of the sheath

RATCHET CABLE CUTTERS

Ratchet cable-cutters allow a gradual cut for a reduced effort, and with a minimum bulk enabling a result with a minimum of misshapening.

They have a locking device in the closed position, and can be disengaged at any time allowing the mobile blade to move back.

The blades are interchangeable and we provide maintenance and repairs if necessary. Replacement of the mobile blade may be carried out by the user but replacement of the fixed blade must be carried out by our after-sales service

We offer a wide range up to 80 mm diameter, according to two designs: standard (KT) or frontal (KTF) , the latter being more suitable for live work phase by phase, or requiring less space.

They are designed for cutting copper, Aluminum and almelec cables; only the KT501 model is designed to cut steel and ACSR cables.

The so-called reinforced models (R) have thicker blades and a mechanism adapted to intensive use in maximum conditions (max diameters, almelec , etc...)

The cross section indicated either corresponds to the cross section of a single-core cable or the combined sum of the cross sections of a cable consisting of several conductors. They can be delivered in a case (recommended). Maintenance: keep the tool clean and greased.

Ref: KTF321

Insulated frontal ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 32 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper cable: 250 mm²

Multi-strand aluminum cable: 320 mm²

Example of use:

Undervoltage cut, phase by phase, of an underground LV NF C 33-210 distribution cable up to 240 mm².

Possibility of using the wedge ref.: COIN KTF See page 70. Live-work cutting of the neutral 54.6 or 70 mm² ALMELEC carrier of a LV overhead distribution cable (NF C 33-209).

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KTF321 305 mmØ32 mm1050 g

Ref: KTF361

Insulated frontal ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 36 mm

For intensive use

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 300 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 300 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu sector cable: 300 mm²

Multi-strand aluminum cable: 240 mm²

Example of use:

Undervoltage cut, phase by phase, of an underground LV NF C 33-210 distribution cable up to 240 mm².

Accessories:

MLF KTF321 (fixed blade)

MLM KTF321 (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Possibility of using the wedge ref.: COIN KTF See page 70. Live-work cutting of the neutral 54.6 or 70 mm² ALMELEC carrier of a LV overhead distribution cable (NF C 33-209).

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

Ref: KT361

Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 36 mm

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 240 mm²

Multi-strand copper cable: 185 mm²

Multi-strand aluminum cable: 185 mm²

Example of use:

LV cable NF C 33210 (3 x 50² + 50²)

MV cable, NF C 33223, C 33-226 (1 x 50²)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KT361 07.83.715250 mmØ36 mm 830 g

Accessories:

MLF KTF36 (fixed blade)

MLM KTF36 (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Accessories:

MLF361 (fixed blade)

MLM361 (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: KT451R

Insulated reinforced ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 45 mm

Reinforced model

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 300 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 300 mm²

Example of use:

LV cable NF C 33209 (3 x 150² + 70² ALMELEC)

LV cable NF C 33210 (3 x 150² + 150²)

MV cable, NF C 33223, C 33-226 (1 x 240²)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KT451R 270 mmØ 45 mm 990 g

Accessories:

MLF45 (fixed blade) / MLM45 (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Ref: KT501

Insulated ratchet cable cutters for steel cables, or copper/ aluminum cables with steel sheathing up to Ø 45 mm

Ratchet cable cutters with interchangeable blade core fixed on fixed and mobile lugs. Screw fixing allowing for easy and fast replacement of the set of blades.

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 300 mm² (does not cut 3 x 240² + 95²)

ACSR cable: Ø17 mm

Steel cable: Ø11 mm

Round mild steel: Ø8 mm

Example of use:

Guy cable

ASTER carrier cable

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

Accessories:

MLF50 (fixed blade) / MLM50 (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Ref: KT521

Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 50 mm

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 450 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 400 mm²

Example of use:

LV cable NF C 33209 (3 x 150² + 70² ALMELEC)

LV cable NF C 33210 (3 x 150² + 150²)

MV cable, NF C 33223, NF C 33-226 (1 x 240²)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KT521 07.83.718275 mmØ 50 mm 1040 g

Accessories:

MLF521 (fixed blade) / MLM521 (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Ref: KT521R

Insulated reinforced ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 52 mm

Reinforced model

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 500 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 400 mm²

Example of use:

LV cable NF C 33209 (3 x 150² + 70² ALMELEC)

LV cable NF C 33210 (3 x 240² + 115²)

MV cable, NF C 33223, NF C 33-226 (1 x 240²)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KT521R 07.83.717280 mmØ 52 mm 1220 g

Accessories:

MLF521R (fixed blade) / MLM521R (mobile blade) Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Ref: KT521RL

Extended Insulated reinforced ratchet cable cutter copper/aluminum up to Ø 52 mm

Reinforced model

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 500 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 400 mm²

Example of use:

LV cable NF C 33209 (3 x 150² + 70² ALMELEC)

LV cable NF C 33210 (3 x 240² + 115²)

MV cable, NF C 33223, NF C 33-226 (1 x 240²)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KT521RL 400 mmØ 52 mm 1500 g

Accessories:

MLF521R (fixed blade) / MLM521R (mobile blade)

Carrying case ref. SAC KT

Ref: KT60

Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 62 mm

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 750 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 750 mm²

Multi-strand copper/alu sector cable: 750 mm²

Example of use:

LV cable NF C 33209 (3 x 150² + 70² ALMELEC)

LV underground distribution cable NF C 33210 (3 x 240² + 115²)

MV underground distribution cable NF C 33223, NF C 33-226 (1 x 630²)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

KT60 345 mmØ 62 mm 2070 g

Accessories:

MLF60 (fixed blade) / MLM60 (mobile blade)

Hand tools 1000V

Ref: KT80

Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/Aluminum up to Ø 80 mm

Capacities:

Flexible copper cable: 630 mm² maxi

Multi-strand copper cable: 630 mm² maxi

Multi-strand aluminum cable: 1000 mm² maxi

Multi-strand copper sector cable: 3 x 240 mm²

Multi-strand alu sector cable: 4 x 240 mm²

Accessories: MLF80 (fixed blade) / MLM80 (mobile blade)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLength*CapacityWeight

KT60 540 mmØ 80 mm 3700 g

*Total length (blade in position on a Ø80 cable)

Ref: C600 Insulated long handled cable cutters Ø 35 mm

Extended arms.

For copper and Aluminum.

Maximum capacity Ø: 35 mm.

Example of use:

LV underground distribution cable NF C 33210 (4 x 35²).

MV underground distribution cable NF C 33223, NF C 33-226 (1 x 50²).

Accessories: blade set ref. M600

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight C600 07.83.930550 mmØ 35 mm 2110 g

Ref: C800 Insulated long handled cable cutters Ø 44 mm

For copper and Aluminum 500 mm²

Maximum capacity Ø: 44 mm.

Example of use:

Câble de distribution aérienne BT NF C 33209 (3 x 150² + 70²).

LV underground distribution cable NF C 33210 (3 x 150² + 70²).

MV underground distribution cable NF C 33223, NF C 33-226 (1 x 150²).

Accessories: blade set ref. M800

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

C800 810 mmØ 44 mm 4400 g

Ref: C16 Insulated cable cutters for copper aluminum steel

For copper, aluminum and steel:

• 20 mm diameter aluminum - copper.

• 16 mm diameter mild steel.

• 10 mm diameter hardened steel. Chromed head.

Accessory: blade set ref. LX 16

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight C16 07.83.934660 mm2800 g

Ref: D60 (No) Insulated bolt cutters

A fully adapted tool for general metal working.

Diagonal cutting for steels up to 140 kg/mm². ReferenceENEDIS

Ref: D CTPE Insulated pipe cutter

Rapid cutting of PE pipes, blade treated for a burr-free cut, rack for reducing the effort. ReferenceENEDIS

ReferenceRef. spare blade

D

Ref: D72 Insulated hacksaw frame

Insulated steel frame

Free revolver handle for the use of Insulated gloves and leather overgloves

Two sawing positions: straight and “flush”: perpendicular to the previous one

Minimum blade tension without deformation or breakage: 65 daN

Blade: 130 mm of Length, supplied with the frame

Height under bow: 100 mm

ReferenceENEDIS

with standard: NF E73-073

Ref: D73 Insulated hacksaw frame

Insulated steel frame and straight polyamide handle

Sawing position: straight

Blade: 130 mm of Length, supplied with the frame

Height under bow: 55 mm

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Ref: D1003 Insulated strip saw

Straight handle.

Plasticised blade mounting.

Supplied with the frame

Depth of cut: 3 mm

Example of use:

the steel shielding of low voltage underground cables ReferenceENEDIS

•

•

Hybrid metal saw frame made of reinforced insulating material. Its ribbed profile gives it high rigidity while maintaining lightness. Quick tensioning device for the blade with retractable tensioner.

Two blade positions for straight cutting or cutting at 45°.

Ergonomic dual-material handle for optimal grip.

Hand stop at the front of the frame.

Supplied with a 300 mm long universal cutting blade

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCharacteristicWeight

Complies with standard: NF E73-073

Quick blade adjustment:

Ref: D72 IS Hybrid metal saw frame

Ref: 706 Insulated electrician’s scissors

Scissors with wire cutter notch.

Blade length: 30 mm.

Totale length: 150 mm

ReferenceENEDIS NoAccessoryWeight

706 Without case95 g

706E With case135 g

Ref: 706I Fully Insulated electrician scissors

Scissors with wire cutter notch.

Blade length: 30 mm.

Totale length: 150 mm

ReferenceENEDIS NoAccessoryWeight

706I Without case105 g

706IE With case145 g

Ref: T PIM Insulated short hooked-blade knife

Treated steel blade

Totale length: 20 mm.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight T PIM 160 mm150 g

INSULATED KNIVES

Ref: C1 IS Insulated knife with straight blade

Treated steel blade

Blade length: 56 mm

Total length: 182 mm

Guiding “V” for longitudinal cut Insulation with injected rigid insulating material

Bi-material handle (ease of use and good grip)

ReferenceENEDIS No

Ref: D1001 IS Insulated knife with curved blade

Treated steel blade

Blade length: 64 mm

Total length: 190 mm

Guiding “V” for longitudinal cut Insulation with injected rigid insulating material Bi-material handle (ease of use and good grip)

ReferenceENEDIS No

Ref: CL IS Insulated knife with short blade

Treated steel blade

Blade length: 42 mm

Total length: 168 mm

Guiding “V” for longitudinal cut Insulation with injected rigid insulating material

Bi-material handle (ease of use and good grip)

ReferenceENEDIS No

Ref: CTPC & CTPC-R

Hybrid Knife for TPC cable protection tubes

This knife is designed for cutting ribbed and smooth protection tubes. This minimizes the risk of damage to cables and sheaths inside the sleeves (risk of electric arc) and the risk of injury from cutting tools.

Tool as recommended by ENEDIS and OPPBTP (prevention sheet G2F 01 14).

Reinforced thermoplastic handle

Triangular double-edged blade. speckled

Two models are available:

CTPC with fixed blade for sheath up to diameter of 160 mm

CTPC -R with retractable blade for sheath up to diameter of 200 mm

Three graduations: [40 - 50], [63 - 140] and [160 - 200] allowing to adapt the depth of cut with the diameter of the sheaths

Spare part:

Ref: LCTPC Blade block for CTPC

Blade + support + screw set

Ref: LCTPCR Blade block for CTPC R

Blade + support + screw set

Accessory:

Ref: ECTPC Belt pouch

Provided with model CTPC

Optional on adjustable model CTPC-R

Functions:

Ref: D14 Insulated single engineer’s wrench

Chrome vanadium steel.

Available sizes in Inches

Consult us

Complies with standard:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D14C 17 Insulated bent open wrench

Special wrench for Low Voltage distribution boards

Chrome vanadium steel.

Opening 17 mm (other dimensions, consult us)

Angle of inclination 30°

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight D14C 17 07.81.004295 mm260 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D13 Insulated offset single box wrench

12-sided wrench.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Available sizes in Inches

Consult us

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D11 Insulated offset single socket wrench

6-sided wrench 5 to 9 mm, 12-sided 10 to 50 mm.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 2236

• ISO 691

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D59 17 Insulated angled socket wrench

Special wrench for Low Voltage distribution boards

Chrome vanadium steel.

12-sided wrench

Opening 17 mm (other dimensions, consult us) ReferenceENEDIS

•

•

•

Ref: D12 Insulated single box wrench 12-sided wrench.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standard:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1711-1

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: D70 Insulated ratchet flat box wrench

Reversible ratchet wrench.

Chrome vanadium steel - 6-sided or 12-sided wrench.

Ideal for fast tightening and loosening in restricted spaces.

Complies with standard: ISO 691

Ref: D19 Insulated adjustable wrench

Chrome vanadium steel. Non-visible rack. Direct reading of the opening by markings.

Complies with standard: ISO 6787

Ref: D19I Insulated coated head adjustable wrench

Fully Insulated adjustable spanner.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standard: ISO 6787

Ref: R4182 Composite box wrench13 x14 x16 x17

4 sizes in 1 spanner.

Spanner moulded in insulating material with no electrical continuity.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight R4182 07.81.505215 mm110 g

Ref: CTBI Composite double-head 6-sided socket tee wrench

2 dimensional key molded in insulating material without electrical continuity. Comes with removable kickstand to fit either end. (6-sided 7 to 17).

ReferenceENEDIS NoDescriptionLengthWeight

Ref: D15 Insulated fixed T-bar box spanner

Treated 6-sided steel tube

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 2236

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D55 Insulated fixed T-bar long series box spanner

Treated 6-sided steel tube

(Other lengths on request)

Complies with standards:

•

•

691

2236

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D21 Insulated hex box spanner with handle

Treated 6-sided steel tube.

L = Length of 6-sided tube (excluding handle).

(Other lengths on request)

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 2236

• ISO 1711-1

Ref: D21D Insulated sliding socket wrench

Chrome vanadium steel.

6-sided

Available sizes in Inches Consult us

Complies with standard: ISO 691

Ref: CT Insulating composite triangle spanner

Insulated spin type wrench for box locks. 11 mm female triangle socket.

Blade length: 180 mm.

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

CT 07.64.080300 mm210 g

Ref: D56 Hybrid 4-way socket wrench

Treated steel sockets with handles..

Fibreglass reinforced polyamide handle.

Totale length: 175 mm.

Available, on request, in the following sizes: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17 mm. Examples:

Complies with standard: ISO 691

Ref: D57 Insulated 6-sided assembly wrench

6-sided socket.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Insulated steel handle.

Example: for Urban Low Voltage Switchboard (TUR).

Ref: D1013 Insulated torx assembly wrench

Torx T50 end.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Insulated steel handle.

Example: low voltage switchboards (TIPI).

ReferenceENEDIS No

Complies with standard: ISO 691

Ref: D62 Insulated long Allen key

For Allen screws.

Complies with standard: ISO 2936

Ref: D62C Insulated short Allen key

For Allen screws.

INSULATED SCREWDRIVERS

Ref: TB / CRU / POZI / CMD / TORX Insulated screwdrivers

Characteristic:

Complies with ISO 2380 -1- form B (flat for slot head screws)

Complies with ISO 8764 -1 (Phillips and Pozidriv cross-head)

Complies with ISO 2936 (Allen screws).

Technical advantages:

Steel made with vanadium chrome molybdenum resistant to deformation and breaking. Tear-resistant insulating material. The insulation does not add thickness: with respect to the diameter of the blade. Accessibility in deep enclosure. Reduces friction and deterioration of the insulation

Profile of the sleeve designed to transmit significant torque with maximum comfort.

Suitable for use with insulating gloves. Octagonal shape at the front of the handle.

• Footprint

Slot head screws

POZIDRIVE cross-head

Allen screws

Bi-material sleeve

Highly resistant material covered with soft thermoplastic, «soft» feel, non-slip

Perfectly round end in contact with the palm of the hand to improve comfort

PHILLIPS cross-head

TORX type screws

4 sleeve sizes covering a full range of sizes from 3 to 12 mm, dimensions and are type marked in relief on the blade

Immediate identification of the use :

symbol marked at the end of the orange handle to identify types

Ref: TB IS Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws

Bi-material Insulated screwdriver for slot head screw. The insulation does not add thickness

TB

TB

TB

TB

TB

Ref: CRU IS Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver

Bi-material Insulated screwdriver for «PHILLIPS» cross-head.

The insulation does not add thickness.

Ref: POZI IS Insulated Pozidriv cross-head screwdriver

Bi-material Insulated screwdriver for «POZIDRIV» cross-head.

The insulation does not add thickness.

POZI

POZI 8X150 IS 07.80.530PZ 3815011335155

POZI 10X200 IS

Ref: CMD IS Insulated hexagonal screwdriver (Allen)

Bi-material Insulated screwdriver for «ALLEN» type screws. The insulation does not add thickness.

Ref: TORX IS Insulated Torx screwdriver

Bi-material Insulated screwdriver for «

T25X125

T45X150

Insulated short of the blade screwdriver

Short screwdriver.

Ø 33 mm «ball» handle

CMD-4x40 suitable for tightening the 4mm hexagonal connections.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 2380-1 (flat for slot head screws)

• ISO 8764-1 (Phillips and Pozidriv cross-head)

• ISO 2936 (Allen screws).

Ref: TEF M(X) Fuse extractor screwdriver

Installation or extraction of network fuses and CM25 and CM35 type connection

The blade end is threaded M8 or M10

Total length: 220 mm

Blade length: 100 mm

Insulated screwdriver for electronics

Insulated steel handle

Ref: C4 Insulated square-head screwdriver

For square pattern screws 3 mm ReferenceENEDIS

Ref: D1025 Insulated screw holding tool

Tool for holding screws

Adapts to 0.5 to 2.5 mm slots ReferenceENEDIS

Reversible Insulated ratchet spanners with mechanical locking device

Characteristic:

Models of Insulated ratchet spanners:

Steel vanadium chrome.

Equipped with a mechanical locking device to hold the socket in place

Highly resistant insulating materials.

Bi-material non-slip handle with «soft» touch for a good grip

Large button for reversing the direction of rotation

Designed for use with insulating gloves.

Additional markings for interchangeability of accessories (wrenches, sockets, extensions) from different manufacturers and mechanical strength greater than 50 kg.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3315

• ISO 1174-1

Use:

• C150IVM

• C200IVM

• C250IVM

Ref: D150 6P Insulated 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel 1/4” female square drive.

Ref: D200 6P Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel 3/8” female square drive.

Ref: D250 6P Insulated 6-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel 1/2” female square drive.

Ref: D200 12P Insulated 12-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel 3/8” female square drive.

Ref: D250 12P Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel 1/2” female square drive.

Available in Inches

Available in Inches

Available in Inches Consult us

Available in Inches

Available in Inches

us

Ref: DL150 6P Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel 1/4’’ female square drive.

Chrome vanadium steel 3/8’’ female square drive.

Chrome

(9,53 mm)

Available in Inches

Available in Inches

Available in Inches

Available in Inches

Ref: M150 Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel socket with a square 1/4’’

«H» represents the length of the unInsulated end

Ref: M200 Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel socket with a square 3/8’’

Possibility of supplying socket with a special 6-sided. Add the desired length to the reference (ex: M200 8-45).

«H» represents the length of the unInsulated end

«H» represents the length of the unInsulated end

Ref: M200 (A) (H) S Insulated long male 6-sided socket 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Long socket in vanadium chrome steel with 3/8” square drive

«H» represents the length of the non-insulated head, «L» the total length of the head

Ref: M250 (A) (H) S Insulated long male 6-sided socket 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Long socket in vanadium chrome steel with 1/2” square drive

«H» represents the length of the non-insulated head, «L» the total length of the head

M250

Ref: AUG1/4 3/8 & AUG3/8 1/2

Insulated expander

Chrome vanadium steel

Reference Female square drive Male square drive Weight AUG1/4 3/8

1/2

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3316

• ISO 1174-1

(6.35 mm)3/8’’ (9.53 mm)24 g

(9.53 mm)1/2’’ (12.7 mm)54

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: RE200 & RE250

Insulated reducer

Chrome vanadium steel

Reference Female square drive Male square drive Weight (g)

RE200 3/8’’ (9.53 mm)1/4’’ (6.35 mm)64

RE250 1/2’’ (12.7 mm)3/8’’ (9.53 mm)84

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3316

• ISO 1174-1

Ref: R150 / R200 / R250 Insulated extension bar

Chrome vanadium steel

ReferenceENEDIS NoSquare driveLengthWeight

Complies with standards:

•

• ISO 1174-1

Ref: R200VM & R250VM Insulated extension bar with mechanical locking device

Chrome vanadium steel

Mechanical locking system for the socket.

Additional marking guarantees the interchangeablity of the accessories (spanners, sockets, extensions bar) among various manufacturers and mechanical resistance greater than 500N

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3316

• ISO 1174-1

Mechanical locking:

Pull

No-lose

Ref: RAL150 Insulated square device screwdriver 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel.

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 3315

Ref: T200 & T250 Insulated square device

T wrench

Chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1 • ISO 3315

Ref: T200VM & T250VM Insulated square device

T wrench with mechanical locking device

Chrome vanadium steel.

Mechanical locking system for the socket or extension bar.

Additional marking guaranteeing the interchangeablity of the accessories (spanners, sockets, extensions) among various manufacturers and mechanical resistance greater than 500N.

Complies with standard: ISO 1174-1

Hand tools 1000V

CASE OF RATCHET SPANNERS AND ACCESSORIES

Remark:

Extension bars and T wrenches are proposed with a simple locking device or with a mechanical locking device, (Reference of case with VM) Ratchet wrenches are always mechanically locking

Possibility to modify the composition according to your needs

Ref: CC150I-T

Ratchet spanner box 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) composition T ReferenceQtyDescription

D150 6P (X)

DL150 6P (X)

M150 (X)

6-sided female sockets1/4’’ (4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14)

long 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ (8/10/12/13/14)

male 6-sided sockets 1/4’’ (4/5/6/8)

Ref: CC150I-S

Ratchet spanner case 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) composition S

R150 150

D150 6P (X)

bar 1/4’’ of 150 mm with simple locking device

6-sided female sockets1/4’’ (8/10/11/12/13/14)

Ref: CC150I-U

Ratchet spanner case 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) composition U ReferenceQtyDescription

D150 6P (X)

DL150 6P (X)

M150 (X)

6-sided female sockets1/4’’ (4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14)

long 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ (12/13/14)

male 6-sided sockets 1/4’’ (4/5/6) COFFRETP6

CASE OF RATCHET SPANNERS AND ACCESSORIES

Remark:

3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Extension bars and T wrenches are proposed with a simple locking device or with a mechanical locking device, (Reference of case with VM) Ratchet wrenches are always mechanically locking

Possibility to modify the composition according to your needs

Ref: CC200I-2A

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition 2A

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C200IVM

R200 125

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X) 6Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M200 (X)

2Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (5/6)

COFFRET2 2 1Metal box 220 x 100 x 60 mm

Ref: CC200I-2A (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-2A with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

1500 g

Ref: CC200I-3A

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition 3A

ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X)

M200 (X)

COFFRET3

6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23/24)

Weight

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device 2400 g

Ref: CC200I-3A (VM)

male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/8)

Same composition as the CC200I-3A with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Ref: CC200I-P2A

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P2A

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C200IVM

R200 125

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X) 6Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP2 14 1Thermoplastic case 330 x 240 x 85 mm

Ref: CC200I-P2A (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P2A with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Ref: CC200I-P2B

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’

ReferenceQtyDescription

D200 6P (X)

(9,53 mm) composition P2B

6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

DL200 6P (X) 6Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

Ref: CC200I-P2B (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P2B with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

g

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: CC200I-P2C

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P2C

ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X) 10Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP2 14 1Thermoplastic case 330 x 240 x 85 mm

Ref: CC200I-P2C (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P2C with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Weight

2000 g

Ref: CC200I-P8A

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X) 10Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23/24)

DL200 6P (X) 10 Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23/24)

C200IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device 3700 g

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 3 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC200I-P8A (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P8A with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Ref: CC200I-P8B

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C200IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’

COFFRETP8 3 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC200I-P8C

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C

ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM

R200 125

1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

DL200 6P (X) 15 Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/19/20/21/22/23/24)

Weight

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device 3500 g

M200 (X) 4Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/8)

COFFRETP8 3 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC200I-P8C (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P8C with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Ref: CC200I-P8D

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D

ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

6P (X) 19 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/19/20/21/22/23/24)

COFFRETP8 3 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: CC200I-P8E

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’

ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM

(9,53 mm)

composition P8E

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X) 19 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/19/20/21/22/23/24)

COFFRETP8 3 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC200I-P8E (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P8E with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Weight

2500 g

Ref: CC200I-P8F

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8F

ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D200 6P (X) 19 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X) 4Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/8)

COFFRETP8 3 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC200I-P8F (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P8F with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125

Weight

2700 g

Ref: CC200I-P3A

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 185

1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 185 mm with single locking device

AUG3/8 1/2 1Insulated expander of 3/8’’ in 1/2’’

RE200 1Insulated reducer 3/8’’ in 1/4’’

D200 6P (X) 19 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X) 6Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (3/4/5/6/7/8)

COFFRETP3 1 1Thermoplastic case 435 x 308 x 88 mm

Ref: CC200I-P3A (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P3A with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125 and T200VM 185 (T wrench with mechanical locking device) instead of T200 185

Ref: CC200I-P3B

Ratchet spanner case 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3B

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C200IVM

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 185

1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 185 mm with single locking device

AUG3/8 1/2 1Insulated expander of 3/8’’ in 1/2’’

RE200 1Insulated reducer 3/8’’ in 1/4’’

DL200 6P (X) 17 Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/19/20/21/22/23/24)

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device 4600 g

M200 (X) 6Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (3/4/5/6/7/8)

COFFRETP3 1 1Thermoplastic case 435 x 308 x 88 mm

Ref: CC200I-P3B (VM)

Same composition as the CC200I-P3B with R200VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R200 125 and T200VM 185 (T wrench with mechanical locking device) instead of T200 185

Hand

1/2’’ tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

CASE OF RATCHET SPANNERS AND ACCESSORIES

Remark:

(12,7 mm)

Extension bars and T wrenches are proposed with a simple locking device or with a mechanical locking device, (Reference of case with VM) Ratchet wrenches are always mechanically locking

Possibility to modify the composition according to your needs

Ref: CC250I-3A

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition 3A

ReferenceQtyDescription

Ref: CC250I-3A (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-3A with R250VM 250 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 250

Ref: CC250I-P8A

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A

ReferenceQtyDescription

C250IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device

R250 125

D250 12P

extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

Ref: CC250I-P8A (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8A with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Ref: CC250I-P8B

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8B

ReferenceQtyDescription

C250IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device

R250 125 1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D250 12P (X)

6Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

DL250 12P (X) 6Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M250 (X)

male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

Ref: CC250I-P8B (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8B with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Ref: CC250I-P8C

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8C

Ref: CC250I-P8C (VM)

Ref: CC250I-P8D

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7

mm)

composition P8D

ReferenceQtyDescription

C250IVM

R250 125 1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D250 12P (X) 9Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23)

DL250 12P (X) 9Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23)

Weight

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device 4300 g

M250 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8D (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8D with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Ref: CC250I-P8E

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8E

ReferenceQtyDescription

C250IVM

D250 12P (X) 17 Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

Weight

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device 2900 g

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8F

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8F

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C250IVM

R250 125

1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D250 12P (X) 17 Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device 3100 g

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8F (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8F with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Ref: CC250I-P8G

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8G

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C250IVM

R250 125

1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D250 12P (X) 17 Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M250 (X)

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device 3300 g

3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8G (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8G with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Ref: CC250I-P8H

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’

(12,7 mm)

composition P8H ReferenceQtyDescription

Ref: CC250I-P8L

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’

ReferenceQtyDescription

C250IVM

(12,7 mm) composition

P8L

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device

R250 125 1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

D250 12P (X) 25 Insulated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19 /20/21/22/23/24/25/26/27/28/29/30/31/32)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8L (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8L with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Weight

4600 g

Ref: CC250I-P8M

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8M ReferenceQtyDescription

female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19 /20/21/22/23/24/25/26/27/28/29/30/31/32)

M250 (X) 4Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6/8)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8M (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8M with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

Ref: CC250I-P8N

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8N

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C250IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device

DL250 12P (X) 12 Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21/22/23/24)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: CC250I-P8P

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’

(12,7 mm)

composition P8P

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C250IVM

DL250 12P (X) 12 Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21/22/23/24)

M250 (X)

3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device 4000 g

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8Q

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8Q

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

C250IVM

R250 125

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device

1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

DL250 12P (X) 12 Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21/22/23/24)

M250 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CC250I-P8Q (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P8Q with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125

4200 g

Ref: CC250I-P4A

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A

R250 125 1Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T250 300 1Insulated square device T wrench 1/2’’ of 300 mm with single locking device

D250 12P (X) 23

C250IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device 5600 g

M250 (X)

12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/10/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/2 1/22/23/24/25/26/27/28/29/30/31/32)

male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6/7/8/10/12) COFFRETP4 1 1Thermoplastic case 450 x 300 x

Ref: CC250I-P4A (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P4A with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125 and T250VM 300 (T wrench with mechanical locking device) instead of T250 300

Ref:

Ratchet

DL250

M250 (X) 4Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6/8)

Ref: CC250I-P4B (VM)

Same composition as the CC250I-P4B with R250VM 125 (extension bar with mechanical locking device) instead of R250 125 and T250VM 300 (T wrench with mechanical locking device) instead of T250 300

Ref: CD8 55RVM Reversible Insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking

New: A single wrench for all your 3/8’’ and 1/2’’ accessories

Characteristics:

Torque tightening from 8 to 55 Nm for sockets and accessories with 3/8’’ and 1/2’’ square drive 3/8’’ or 1/2’’ interchangeable head

Trigger type, adjustable graduated type II, class A (ISO 6789)

Accuracy: ± 4%

Orange insulation

Complies with standards:

• ISO 6789

• ISO 1174

Periodic verification

• Delivered with certificate of verification.

• Verification date engraved on the handle.

• Recommendation: for regular normal use, have the wrench calibrated at least once a year.

• Contact us for periodic verification

Technical advantages:

Interchangeable head for use with:

• 3/8’’ accessories

• 1/2’’ accessories

Possibility of reversing the wrench head position for tightening:

• Left screw thread (photo 1)

• Right screw thread (photo 2)

Ratchet reversal button for use with torque or when loosening (photo 3)

Mechanical locking device to make the socket non-detachable (photo 4)

• Locking forces > 50 kg

Clearer and more legible reading of the displayed torque (1 Nm steps)

Effortless and secure torque adjustment (pull - adjust - push)

60 teeth ratchet head mechanism to orient the wrench at a 6° pitch

When torque is reached, handle triggers with mechanical audible signal

Wrench is reset automatically and is ready for re-tightening

Hand

TORQUE

WRENCH BOXES

3/8’’ (9,53 mm) 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Possibility of integrating the two 3/8’’ and 1/2’’ tightening heads in the same box You can change the kit composition according to your needs

Ref: CCD8-55-3/8-RVM-P8A

Weight 2,9 kg

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A

ENEDIS no : 07.82.655

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 3/8

1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking R200VM 125

T200VM 130

DL200 6P (X)

M200 (X)

1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

1 Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with mechanical locking device

6 Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 5 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Weight 2,9 kg

Weight 4,3 kg

Ref: CCD8-55-3/8-RVM-P8B

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 3/8

1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking R200VM 125

T200VM 130

D200 6P (X)

1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

1 Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with mechanical locking device

6 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 5 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Weight 3,3 kg

Ref: CCD8-55-3/8-RVM-P3A

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 3/8 1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking C200IVM 1 Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200VM 125 1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

R200VM 250 1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 250 mm with mechanical locking device

D200 6P (X) 17 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12 /13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X) 5Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/7/8)

COFFRETP3 1 1Thermoplastic case 435 x 308 x 88 mm

Ref: CCD8-55-3/8-RVM-P8C

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 3/8

1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking

C200IVM 1 Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200VM 125

Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

T200VM 130 1 Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with mechanical locking device

D200 6P (X) 9 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 5 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD8-55-3/8-RVM-P8D

Weight 3,4 kg

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 3/8 1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking R200VM 125 1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

T200VM 130 1 Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with mechanical locking device

D200 6P (X) 17 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12 /13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X) 5Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/7/8)

COFFRETP8 5 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD8-55-1/2-RVM-P8A

Weight 3,8 kg

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 1/2 1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking

R250VM 125 1 Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

T250VM 130 1 Insulated square device T wrench 1/2’’ of 130 mm with mechanical locking device

DL250 12P (X) 6 Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M250 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 5 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD8-55-1/2-RVM-P4A

Weight 8,2 kg

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 55RVM 1/2 1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking

C250IVM 1 Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 1/2’’ with mechanical locking device

R250VM 125 1 Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with mechanical locking device

R250VM 250 1 Insulated extension bar 1/2’’ of 250 mm with mechanical locking device

DL250 12P (X) 19 Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10 / 12 / 13 /14/15/16/17/18/19/21/22/23/24/26/27/28/29/30/32)

M250 (X) 4Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6/8)

COFFRETP4 8 1Thermoplastic case 435 x 330 x 100 mm

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

INSULATED TORQUE WRENCHES

Ref: CD4 20

Insulated ratchet torque wrench 4 to 20 Nm

Automatic release torque wrenches, graduated adjustment, type II Class A, accuracy 4%, compliant with standard EN ISO 6789

The torque, expressed in Nm (Lb/ft), is adjusted by turning the rear handle.

The relevant graduation should be aligned with the vertical mark on dial. A locking system prevents any loss of adjustment

The torque wrench works likes a ratchet spanner and when the torque is reached the handle is released by around 7°, accompanied by a mechanical sound signal.

The wrench automatically resets and is ready again for tightening

Controlled tightening

Right screw thread

ReferenceENEDIS NoTorque rangeDrive squareLengthWeight

Ref: CD8 60

Insulated ratchet torque wrench

Automatic release torque wrenches, graduated adjustment, type II Class A, accuracy 4%, compliant with standard EN ISO 6789

The torque, expressed in Nm (Lb/ft), is adjusted by turning the rear handle.

The relevant graduation should be aligned with the vertical mark on dial.

A locking system prevents any loss of adjustment

The torque wrench works likes a ratchet spanner and when the torque is reached the handle is released by around 7°, accompanied by a mechanical sound signal.

The wrench automatically resets and is ready again for tightening

Controlled tightening

Right screw thread

Ref: CD8 60R

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench

Automatic release torque wrenches, graduated adjustment, type II Class A, accuracy 4%, compliant with standard EN ISO 6789

The torque, expressed in Nm (Lb/ft), is adjusted by turning the rear handle.

The relevant graduation should be aligned with the vertical mark on dial.

A locking system prevents any loss of adjustment

The torque wrench works likes a ratchet spanner and when the torque is reached the handle is released by around 7°, accompanied by a mechanical sound signal.

The wrench automatically resets and is ready again for tightening

Controlled tightening

Left or Right screw thread

ReferenceENEDIS NoTorque

The torque wrench is identified by a serial number and comes with its calibration certificate. We carry out periodic calibration of the torque wrenches (advisable every year for normal use). The torque wrench may be supplied in an individual box or along with the accessories of your choice (sockets, extensions bar, T spanners) When not in use, keep the wrench adjusted to the minimum torque level.

Hand

CASES OF INSULATED TORQUE WRENCHES AND ACCESSORIES

Possibility to modify the composition according to your needs

Ref: CCD4-20-3/8-P8A Torque wrench set, 4 to 20 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

CD4 20 1Insulated 3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 4 to 20 Nm

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 130

D200 6P (X)

M200 (X)

square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14)

male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD4-20-3/8-P8B Torque wrench set, 4 to 20 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD4 20 1Insulated 3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 4 to 20 Nm

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 130 1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

DL200 6P (X) 7Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD4-20-3/8-P8C Torque wrench set, 4 to 20 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C

M200 (X)

(8/9/10/11/12/13/14)

male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD8-60-3/8-P8A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A

CD8 60 3/8

R200 125

3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm

extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 130 1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

DL200 6P (X) 6Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

g

Ref: CCD8-60R-3/8-P8A Same composition as the CCD8-60-3/8-P8A with CD8 60R 3/8 (Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 3/8

Ref: CCD8-60-3/8-P8B Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

CD8 60 3/8 1Insulated 3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 130 1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

D200 6P (X) 6Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M200 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6) COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD8-60R-3/8-P8B Same composition as the CCD8-60-3/8-P8B with CD8 60R 3/8 (Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 3/8

3/8’’ (9,53 mm) 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Ref: CCD8-60-3/8-P8C Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 60 3/8

C200IVM

R200 125

T200 130

D200 6P (X)

M200 (X)

1Insulated 3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm

1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

9Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23)

3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Weight

Ref: CCD8-60R-3/8-P8C Same composition as the CCD8-60-3/8-P8C with CD8 60R 3/8 (Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 3/8

Ref: CCD8-60-3/8-P8D Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 60 3/8

1Insulated 3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm

R200 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

T200 130

1Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

D200 6P (X) 17 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X)

5Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/7/8)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Weight

Ref: CCD8-60R-3/8-P8D Same composition as the CCD8-60-3/8-P8D with CD8 60R 3/8 (Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 3/8

Ref: CCD8-60-3/8-P3A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A

ReferenceQtyDescription

C200IVM 1Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

R200VM 125 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

R200VM 250 1Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 250 mm with simple locking device

Weight

CD8 60 3/8 1Insulated 3/8’’ ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm 4300 g

D200 6P (X) 17 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24)

M200 (X) 5Insulated male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’ (4/5/6/7/8)

COFFRETP3 1 1Thermoplastic case 435 x 308 x 88 mm

Ref: CCD8-60R-3/8-P3A Same composition as the CCD8-60-3/8-P3A with CD8 60R 3/8

(Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 3/8

Ref: CCD8-60-1/2-P8A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

CD8 60 1/2 1Insulated 1/2’’ ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm

R250 125

T250 130

extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

square device T wrench 1/2’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

DL250 12P (X) 6Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/13/14/16/17/19)

M250 (X) 3Insulated male 6-sided sockets 1/2’’ (4/5/6)

COFFRETP8 1 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CCD8-60R-1/2-P8A Same composition as the CCD8-60-1/2-P8A with CD8 60R 1/2 (Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 1/2

Ref: CCD8-60-1/2-P4A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD8 60 1/2

C250IVM

DL250 12P (X) 19 Insulated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (10/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/1 9/21/22/23/24/26/27/28/29/30/32)

M250

Ref: CCD8-60R-1/2-P4A Same composition as the CCD8-60-1/2-P4A with CD8 60R 1/2 (Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench) instead of CD8 60 1/2

Ref: CD5 (T) Square drive T torque wrench 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) adjustable from 1.5 to 5 Nm

Tightening to a torque of 1.5 to 5 Nm for all male or female sockets with 1/4» square drive.

Adjustable release type II, class A (ISO 6789).

Accuracy: ± 6%

Reinforced thermoplastic insulation and polycarbonate window.

Torque adjustment via T-handle, lockable in position (pull-adjust-push).

When tightening, when the torque is reached, the key tightens over a range of approximately 7°, accompanied by a mechanical audible signal

Wrench is reset automatically and is ready for re-tightening

Delivered with calibration certificate, serial number marking and calibration date.

For regular normal use, have the wrench calibrated at least once a year, contact our aftersales service.

Weight: 415 g

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG:

Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz) NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini. The presence of the TAG enables the identification and traceability of regular calibrations (add T to the reference if desired with TAG)

211

Accessories (optional):

Wrench box and accessories storage ref. COFFRETP6 2

Insulated 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ réf D150 6P (4 to14), see page 46 (choice of composition)

Insulated long 6-sided female sockets 1/4 ‘’ réf DL150 6P (4 to 14), see page 47 (choice of composition)

Insulated male 6-sided sockets ref M150 (3 to 10), see page 48 (choice of composition)

Single-lock insulated extension bar 1/4’’ (6,35 mm) ref. R150 (L) see page 49 (Length 50, 100 or 150 as desired)

Ref: TD4 Insulated torque limiter screwdriver for precision tightening of power terminals on disjonctors and smart meters, from 4.5 to 5 Nm (4.72 ± 6%).

torque limiter screwdriver + Short blade size 4 hex socket reference L6P4C

Straight position for initial tightening

When the torque is reached, the dynamometric device, disengages and automatically resets itself. It is impossible to go over this torque limit

This tool can also be used for loosening (12 Nm maxi).

Characteristic:

▪ Tool made of fiber-glass-reinforced polyamide 6

▪ Compliant with 1000V IEC EN 60900

▪ Compliant with ISO 6789 standard, relating to hand

▪ Torque tools – type II class E, acceptable margin ± 6% (4.72Nm ± 6%)

▪ Delivered with a calibration certificate

▪ Serial No for traceability and verification

▪ Other torque values on request.

▪ Yearly calibration is recommended for normal use (Consult us)

Angled position (or straight) for torque tightening

Removable blades

(Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13.56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes min. The presence of the TAG allows the identification and traceability of periodic checks) Reading with a Windows Phone or Android smartphone

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: KIT BTR4 & KIT BTR4 NFC Tools kit for hexagonal sockets screws

Set of tools for tightening 6-sided socket screws for circuit breakers and meters

Reference KIT BTR4 and KIT BTR4 NFC include:

Ref: LC200D (couple) Insulated 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) torque limiter socket

Adapts to all the assembly tools and 3/8’’ (9.53mm) accessories (C200IVM ratchet wrench, T spanner T200, sockets D200, sockets M200)

It is preset in the factory to a tightening torque of between 15 and 35 Nm according to requirements. It is released when the torque is reached and automatically resets.

Length: 100 mm

Weight: 255 g

The torque limiter is identified by a serial number

Supplies with a checking report in accordance with standard NFX 07.011

Periodic checking: Consult us

Sample Reference: LC200D 18 for an 18 Nm socket

Complies with standard: ISO 6789 (Torque tool type II (Fixed torque) Accuracy: ± 4 %

Ref: CLC200 (couple) Torque limiter socket case

Ref: CLC200 18 M6 Torque limiter socket case

*Torque values and male socket can be changed

us

Ref: TR Telereport tools kit

Set of tools for preparing (cutting, stripping) TELEREPORT (telecommunication) cables.

ENEDIS No: 07.37.300

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

INSULATED BRUSH FOR BATTERY TERMINALS

Ref: BCB50 Hybrid brush for battery terminals

ENEDIS No: 07.83.528

Use

Clean battery terminals in substations.

Just one swift circular move does the job. Minimizes risks of short-circuit, saves you time

Characteristic

Removable wire brush, diameter 50 mm, mounted on a handle made of insulating material.

Dimensions: 115 mm x Ø 60 mm.

Weight: 365 g

Spare part:

Ref. BC50: Wire brush and its attachment

Complies with standard: 1000V EN IEC 60900

Disassembly:

Ref: COIN S Insulating simple wedge

Simple insulating wedge for spacing out phases

Spacing: 15 to 45 mm.

Dimensions: 180 x 48 x 22 mm

Weight: 65 g

Ref: COIN KTF Insulating guiding wedge

Phase spacing insulating wedge to be use with frontal ratchet cable cutters.

Allows the use of KTF321 and KTF361

Dimensions: 180 x 41 x 25 mm

Weight: 110 g

ENEDIS No: 07.84.244

Ref: COIN 5P Insulating 5 - groove wedge

Phase spacing insulating wedge with 5 positions.

Spacing: 20, 25, 30, 35 and 40 mm.

Dimensions: 175 x 50 x 22 mm

Weight: 80 g

Complie with Data sheet CTST No FT BT 504 model 2

Ref: COIN 5PD Pair of 5 groove insulating wedge

Phase spacing insulating wedge with 5 positions.

Spacing: 20, 25, 30, 35 and 40 mm.

PE rope length 800 mm, ø 4 mm

Dimensions: 175 x 50 x 22 mm

Weight: 170 g

ENEDIS No: 07.84.242

Complie with Data sheet CTST No FT BT 504 model 2

Ref: SI Insulating retractor with handle

Multi-function insulating tool made of fibreglass-reinforced insulating material for LV live working

Disassembly of accessories filled with a viscous insulating material Retract insulated conductors above and below ground

ReferenceENEDIS NoDimensionsWeight

SI 07.84.247245 x 25 x 35mm92 g

Complies with CTST data sheet No FT BT 504

Ref: LI Insulating lever

Insulating tool made of fibreglass-reinforced insulating material minimising the risk of short-circuits that can be used to flare, retract, lift the external sheath, lead tube, metal screen

ReferenceENEDIS NoDimensionsWeight

LI 07.84.245189 x 25 x 35mm72 g

Complies with CTST data sheet No FT BT 505 model 1

Ref: GI Insulating gouge

Insulating tool made of fibreglass-reinforced insulating material minimising the risk of short-circuits that can be used to open an external sheath, lift the tab of a lead tube, pre-cut metal screen, etc.

ReferenceENEDIS NoDimensionsWeight

GI 07.84.246173 x 25 x 35mm55 g

Complies with CTST data sheet No FT BT 505 model 2

Ref: OMEBCP(P) Insulating holding tool for insulation piercing connection ends

Tools made of insulating composite material reinforced with fibergla Used to hold the EBCP tips when tightening the self-locking screws, Models with or without handles

Suitable for all types of EBCP

SKIN PACK (Hybrid, Insulated or

The tool sets can be extented to your needs. Consult us.

Ref: DJ4D Set of 4 hybrid pliers

Ref:

Set of 6 Insulated and hybrid pliers

Ref: DJ8D Set of 8 Insulated and hybrid pliers

Ref: DJ7DT Set of 7 insulated pliers and screwdrivers

Ref: DJ11DT Set of 11 insulated pliers and screwdrivers

Protection

Dimensions

Skin Pack

495 x 345 mm

SKIN PACK (Insulated screwdriver)

The tool sets can be extented to your needs. Consult us.

Ref: DJ5T Set of 5 Insulated screwdrivers for slotted screws

Ref: DJ6T Set of 6 Insulated screwdrivers for slotted screws

Ref: DJ5C Set of 5 Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdrivers

Ref: DJ4P Set of 4 Insulated Pozidrive cross-head screwdrivers

Ref: DJ8TC Set of 8 Insulated screwdrivers for slotted and Phillips cross-head screwdrivers

SKIN PACK (Insulated screwdriver)

The tool sets can be extented to your needs. Consult us.

Ref: DJ8TP Set of 8 insulated screwdrivers for slotted and Pozidrive cross-head screwdriver ReferenceENEDIS

TB

Protection

Ref: DJ11TC Set of 11 insulated screwdrivers for slotted and Phillips cross-head screwdriver

ReferenceENEDIS NoQty

TB

TB

Ref: DJ11TCP

of 11 insulated screwdrivers for slotted and Phillips and Pozidrive cross-head screwdriver

Protection

SKIN PACK (Allen, single engineer’s or offset single wrenches)

The tool sets can be extented to your needs. Consult us.

Ref: DJ5D62 Set of 5 insulated long Allen keys

Ref: DJ13D62 Set of 13 insulated Allen keys , long and short

Ref: DJ10D14 Set of 10 insulated single open wrenches

Ref: DJ10D13 Set of 10 insulated offset single box wrenches

INSULATED TOOL CASE

You can change the kit contents according to your needs Consult us.

Ref: DC 54 Complete 1000 V insulated tool kit

Complete kit of insulated tools in a rigid sealed plastic case, large capacity, equipped with 3 superimposed foam trays.

Dimensions: 500 x 350 x 280 mm

Empty weight: 5,1 kg

Total weight: 16,2 kg

TB

TB

TB

TB

TB

CRU

INSULATED TOOL CASE

Possibility to choose between a leather case with (MA200-A or MA200-C) and a Plastic Toolbox (BO100 1 or BO101 1)

Possibility to adapt the contents of the case to your needs Consult us.

Ref: DS18 Leather case with 18 insulated tools

Ref: DB18 Plastic box with 18 insulated tools

Reference Qty Composition

MA200-A 1 Or Leather case with (410 x 280 x 150 mm)

BO100 1 1Plastic Toolbox (508 x 254 x 254 mm)

D22C 200 1Insulated long bent-nose half-round pliers (200 mm)

D52 180 1Insulated diagonal cutters for hard wire (180 mm)

D1 180 1Insulated combination pliers (enginer’s plier) (180 mm)

D20 160 1Insulated stripping pliers (160 mm)

DIS18 1Hybrid cable cutter

DH22D 1Removable straight long-nose hybrid pliers

D18 220 1Insulated cable cutters

D50 200 1Insulated end cutters for hard wire (200 mm)

Weight

DS18 7 kg

DB18 6,7 kg

D18

D50 200

D5

D52 180

Reference Qty Composition

D5 1Insulated double slip-joint adjustable pliers

KT521 1Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/alu (Ø 50 mm)

TB 3.5x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (3.5 x 100)

TB 4x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (4 x 100)

TB 5.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (5.5 x 150)

TB 6.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (6.5 x 150)

TB 8x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (8 x 150)

CRU 4X75 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (4 x 75)

CRU 5X100 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (5 x 100)

CRU 6X125 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (6 x 125)

MA200 A

Or

B0100 1

MA200-A or BO100 1

TB 3.5x100 IS

TB 4x100 IS

TB 5.5x150 IS

TB 6.5x150 IS

TB 8x150 IS

CRU 4x75 IS

CRU 5x100 IS

CRU 6x125 IS

KT 521

D20

D22C 200

D1 180

DIS18

DH22D

Ref: DS22 Leather case with 22 insulated tools

Ref: DB22 Plastic box with 22 insulated tools

Reference Qty Composition

MA200-A 1 Or Leather case with (410 x 280 x 150 mm)

BO100 1 1Plastic Toolbox (508 x 254 x 254 mm)

D22C 200 1Insulated long bent-nose half-round pliers (200 mm)

D52 180 1Insulated diagonal cutters for hard wire (180 mm)

D1 180 1Insulated combination pliers (enginer’s plier) (180 mm)

D20 160 1Insulated stripping pliers (160 mm)

DIS18 1Hybrid cable cutter

DH22D 1Removable straight long-nose hybrid pliers

D18 220 1Insulated cable cutters

D50 200 1Insulated end cutters for hard wire (200 mm)

D19 250 1Insulated adjustable wrench (250 mm)

D18

D50 200

D5

D19 250

D52 180

DS22 7,6 kg

Weight

DB22 7,2 kg

Reference Qty Composition

D62 3Insulated long Allen key (4/5/6)

D5 1Insulated double slip-joint adjustable pliers

KT521 1Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/alu (Ø 50 mm)

TB 3.5x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (3.5 x 100)

TB 4x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (4 x 100)

TB 5.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (5.5 x 150)

TB 6.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (6.5 x 150)

TB 8x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (8 x 150)

CRU 4X75 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (4 x 75)

CRU 5X100 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (5 x 100)

CRU 6X125 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (6 x 125)

MA200 A

Or

B0100 1

MA200-A or BO100 1

TB 3.5x100 IS

TB 4x100 IS

TB 5.5x150 IS

TB 6.5x150 IS

TB 8x150 IS

CRU 4x75 IS

CRU 5x100 IS

CRU 6x125 IS

KT 521

D20

D22C 200

D1 180

DIS18

DH22D

D62 4-5-6

Hand tools

Ref: DS35 Leather case with 35 insulated tools

Ref: DB35 Plastic box with 35 insulated tools

Reference Qty Composition

MA200-A 1 Or Leather case with (410 x 280 x 150 mm)

BO100 1 1Plastic Toolbox (508 x 254 x 254 mm)

D22C 200 1Insulated long bent-nose half-round pliers (200 mm)

D52 180 1Insulated diagonal cutters for hard wire (180 mm)

D1 180 1Insulated combination pliers (enginer’s plier) (180 mm)

D20 160 1Insulated stripping pliers (160 mm)

DIS18 1Hybrid cable cutter

DH22D 1Removable straight long-nose hybrid pliers

D18 220 1Insulated cable cutters

D50 200 1Insulated end cutters for hard wire (200 mm)

D1001 IS E 1Insulated knife with curved blade with étui

D5 1Insulated double slip-joint adjustable pliers

D19 250 1Insulated adjustable wrench (250 mm)

KT521 1Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/alu (Ø 50 mm)

Reference Qty Composition

Weight DS35 9,3 kg

DB35 8,9 kg

COFFRET2 2

D200 6P8-10-12-13-14

D62 (x) 3Insulated long Allen key (4/5/6)

C200IVM 1 Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

D200 6P (X) 10 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21) mm

R200 125 1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

COFFRET2 2 1Metal box 220 x 100 x 60 mm

TB 3.5x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (3.5 x 100)

TB 4x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (4 x 100)

TB 5.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (5.5 x 150)

TB 6.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (6.5 x 150)

TB 8x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (8 x 150)

CRU 4X75 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (4 x 75)

CRU 5X100 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (5 x 100)

CRU 6X125 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (6 x 125)

Or

B0100 1

TB 3.5x100 IS

TB 4x100 IS

TB 5.5x150 IS

TB 6.5x150 IS

TB 8x150 IS

CRU 4x75 IS

CRU 5x100 IS

CRU 6x125 IS

D22C 200

D1 180

IS E

D5

D18

D50 200

KT 521

D52 180

D20

DIS18

DH22D

D62 4-5-6

D19 250

D1001

16-17-18-19-21

Hand tools 1000V EN IEC 60900

Ref: DS49 Leather case with 49 insulated tools

Ref: DB49 Plastic box with 49 insulated tools

Reference Qty Composition

MA200-C 1 Or Leather case with (425 x 350 x 175 mm)

BO101 1 1Plastic Toolbox (540 x 295 x 295 mm)

D22C 200 1Insulated long bent-nose half-round pliers (200 mm)

D52 180 1Insulated diagonal cutters for hard wire (180 mm)

D1 180 1Insulated combination pliers (enginer’s plier) (180 mm)

D20 160 1Insulated stripping pliers (160 mm)

DIS18 1Hybrid cable cutter

DH22D 1Removable straight long-nose hybrid pliers

D18 220 1Insulated cable cutters

D50 200 1Insulated end cutters for hard wire (200 mm)

DCF-IS 1Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

D1001 IS E 1Insulated knife with curved blade with étui

D5 1Insulated double slip-joint adjustable pliers

D72 IS 1Hybrid hacksaw frame

D14 (x) 10 Insulated single engineer’s wrench + folding case 22 compartments (8/10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21) mm

D19 250 1Insulated adjustable wrench (250 mm)

Or

Weight

DS49 12,5 kg

DB49 13,8 kg

Reference Qty Composition

KT521 1Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/alu (Ø 50 mm)

D62 (x) 3Insulated long Allen key (4/5/6)

C200IVM 1 Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

D200 6P (X) 10 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21) mm

R200 125 1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

COFFRET2 2 1Metal box 220 x 100 x 60 mm

TB 3.5x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (3.5 x 100)

TB 4x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (4 x 100)

TB 5.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (5.5 x 150)

TB 6.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (6.5 x 150)

TB 8x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (8 x 150)

CRU 4X75 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (4 x 75)

CRU 5X100 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (5 x 100)

CRU 6X125 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (6 x 125)

POZI 4X75 IS 1Tournevis isolé cruciforme Pozidrive (4 x 75)

POZI 6X125 IS 1Tournevis isolé cruciforme Pozidrive (6 x 125)

TB 3.5x100 IS

TB 4x100 IS

TB 5.5x150 IS

TB 6.5x150 IS

TB 8x150 IS

D72 IS D18

D19 250

COFFRET2 2

D200 6P (8 - 10 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 16 - 1718 - 19 - 21)

R200 125

C200IVM

D52 180

D1 180

D22C 200

D14 (8 - 10 - 1213 - 14 - 16 - 17 - 18 - 1921 & folding)

MA200C or BO101 1

POZI 4x75 IS POZI 6x125 IS

CRU 4x75 IS

CRU 5x100 IS

CRU 6x125 IS

DIS18

D50 200

IS E

KT 521

D62 4-5-6

D1001

DH22D

MA200 C

DCF-IS

Ref: DS52 Leather case with 52 insulated tools

Ref: DB52 Plastic box with 52 insulated tools

Reference Qty Composition

MA200-C 1 Or Leather case with (425 x 350 x 175 mm)

BO101 1 1Plastic Toolbox (540 x 295 x 295 mm)

D22C 200 1Insulated long bent-nose half-round pliers (200 mm)

D52 180 1Insulated diagonal cutters for hard wire (180 mm)

D1 180 1Insulated combination pliers (enginer’s plier) (180 mm)

D20 160 1Insulated stripping pliers (160 mm)

DIS18 1Hybrid cable cutter

DH1 1Universal hybrid pliers with removable jaws

DH22D 1Removable straight long-nose hybrid pliers

D18 220 1Insulated cable cutters

D50 200 1Insulated end cutters for hard wire (200 mm)

DCF-IS 1Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

D1001 IS E 1Insulated knife with curved blade with étui

D5 1Insulated double slip-joint adjustable pliers

D72 IS 1Hybrid hacksaw frame

D14 (x) 10 Insulated single engineer’s wrench + folding case 22 compartments (8/10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21) mm

D19 250 1Insulated adjustable wrench (250 mm)

KT521 1Insulated ratchet cable cutters for copper/alu (Ø 50 mm)

Or

TB 3.5x100 IS TB 4x100 IS

TB 5.5x150 IS

TB 6.5x150 IS TB 8x150 IS

250

COFFRET2 2

D200 6P (8 - 10 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 16 - 1718 - 19 - 21)

R200 125

Weight

DS52 14,5 kg

DB52 15,8 kg

Reference Qty Composition

PBT 20-20 B 1Pince isolée to dégainer modèle B (Ø20 to Ø54 mm)

D62 (x) 3Insulated long Allen key (4/5/6)

C200IVM 1 Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

D200 6P (X) 10 Insulated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (8/10/12/13/14/16/17/18/19/21) mm

R200 125 1 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

COFFRET2 2 1Metal box 220 x 100 x 60 mm

CD8 55RVM 3/8 1 Reversible insulated torque wrench with interchangeable head and mechanical locking

TB 3.5x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (3.5 x 100)

TB 4x100 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (4 x 100)

TB 5.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (5.5 x 150)

TB 6.5x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (6.5 x 150)

TB 8x150 IS 1Insulated screwdriver for slot head screws (8 x 150)

CRU 4X75 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (4 x 75)

CRU 5X100 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (5 x 100)

CRU 6X125 IS 1Insulated Phillips cross-head screwdriver (6 x 125)

POZI 4X75 IS 1Tournevis isolé cruciforme Pozidrive (4 x 75)

POZI 6X125 IS 1Tournevis isolé cruciforme Pozidrive (6 x 125)

POZI 4x75 IS

POZI 6x125 IS

CRU 4x75 IS

CRU 5x100 IS

CRU 6x125 IS

KT 521

PBT 20 20 B

200

MA200 C

D19

D72 IS

D18

D5

D22C 200

D62 4-5-6

D50

D52 180

D1 180

C200IVM

DIS18

D1001 IS E

CD8 55RVM 3/8

DH22D

DCF-IS

Cable stripping tools

Ref: PDA10

0 to 10 mm² automatic stripping pliers

For flexible and rigid wires with PVC insulation

Stripping length adjustable with stops from 3 to 18 mm

The steel cutting blades are inserted into a removable insulating jaw (available as spare parts ref.LPDA10: Replacement blade block)

Characteristics:

Strip: flexible conductors with PVC insulation from 0 to 10 mm²

Cut: flexible conductors with PVC insulation from 0 to 10 mm²

ReferenceENEDIS NoDimensionsWeight

PDA10 07.83.348191 x 90 x 20 mm136 g

Ref: PDA16

4 to 16 mm² automatic stripping pliers

For flexible and rigid wires with PVC insulation

Stripping length adjustable with stops from 3 to 18 mm

The steel cutting blades are inserted into a removable insulating jaw (available as spare parts ref.LPDA16: Replacement blade block)

Characteristics:

Strip: flexible conductors with PVC insulation from 6 to 16 mm²

Cut: flexible conductors with PVC insulation from 6 to 16 mm²

ReferenceENEDIS NoDimensionsWeight PDA16 191 x 90 x 20 mm136 g

Ref: AM

Round PVC cable stripping tool

Circular and longitudinal cutting

Auto-tensioning stirrup. Cutting-depth thumbscrew adjustment

Lever pivoting blade to longitudinal cut

Replacement blade in the lower part of the handle

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthØ of conductorWeight

AM1 07.57.884135 mm4,5 to 25 mm135 g

AM2 140 mm25 to 36 mm135 g

Ref: SES3051

Sheath stripping tool with retractable blade

Retractable blade with guide for longitudinal cut of the insulation of cables with 3.5 mm maximum insulation.

Insulated handle entirely made of plastic (Polyamide)

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

SES3051 170 mm90 g

Complies with SERECT technical specifications n° FT BT 536

Ref: R3840

Ø 8 to 28 mm sheath stripping tool

Adjustable cutting-depth by thumbwheel

Circular and longitudinal cutting

Replacement blade in the handle

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

R3840 130 mm70 g

Ref: R3740

Ø 6 to 28 mm sheath stripping tool

Crosswise and lengthwise cut of the insulation thanks to its swivel knife. PA body (glass fiber reinforced polyamide). For fibre-optics, coaxial and water-resistant cable

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

R3740 130 mmø6 to 28 mm100 g

Ref: DENUDEUR PLAST

Function:

Stripping outer sheathing

Capacity:

up to Ø 20 mm

Field of application

Examples:

NF C 33-209 twisted insulated low-voltage cables: 16², 25², 35², 50², 54.6², 70², 95², 150².

Cables for sheathed MV 54.6², 148² (ASTER GAINE).

Note: Can also be used on other types of cables

Characteristics:

Thermoplastic handle on which an HSS steel blade is fixed for stripping a cable. An end socket, chosen according to the cable section, is placed on the end of the handle and fastened by a manual screw.

A stop, adjustable between 10 to 100 mm allows the desired measurement.

A fixed stop allows stripping of 160 mm of the 148 mm² sheathed bridge and this in turn can be fixed to a male hex bit and be used with a portable electric screwdriver.

Available with a plastic box, reference:e: MULTIDENUDEUR PLAST

Weight: 175 g

Ref: MULTIDENUDEUR PLAST

ENEDIS No: 07.83.234

Includes the following accessories:

Reference Description

DENUDEUR PLAST Stripping tool

ED 16 16 mm² end socket

ED 25 25 mm² end socket

ED 35 35 mm² end socket

ED 50 50 mm² end socket

ED 54.6 54.6 mm² end socket

ED 70 70 mm² end socket

ED 95 95 mm² end socket

ED 150 150 mm² end socket

ED 148 148 mm² end socket

DEN BUTEE 160 M* 160 mm fixed stop 6-sided male socket

DEN BUTEE10 100 Adjustable 10 to 100 mm stop

DEN3999 Template for mounting the blade

LAME D Stripping blade

COFFRETP7 1 Thermoplastic case 225 x 200 x 75 mm and fitting foam

Weight750 g

Operations:

Cable stripping tools

Ref:OD PE PVC PB

Stripper for PE, PVC, Lead, Ø 25 to 80 mm

ENEDIS No: 07.57.989

EDR sheath, fluted or smooth PE

PVC Lead

Characteristics:

Tool made of composite material and stainless steel.

The tool is equipped with an interchangeable blade based on the material and thickness, Quick removal of the blade without tools..

Blade for PE/ PVC ref MB(XX)-AL

Available from 0 to 4 mm: 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8

Example: 2.8 mm thickness, use ref MB28-AL

Blade for lead tubing (non-cutting) depth 2 mm ref MB20-PB

Dimensions: 300 x 123 x 70 mm

Weight: 1,5 kg

Operating principle:

Turn the blade and roller blocks for circular or longitudinal cutting. Use the 3/8’’ square T-wrench ref T200 75 NI for longitudinal cutting.

Allows straight cutting over long lengths without effort. Use the retractor, ref ECARTE DT remove the outer sheath.

Tool OD PE PVC PB supplied alone comes with:

• One External square T wrench T200 75 NI

• One lead blade doubles cutting MB20PB2

• One blade MB20-AL. (delivered by default with the possibility to modify it on request)

Ref:KIT OD PE PVC PB

Includes the following accessories:

Operations:

MB(XX)-AL MB20PB2

Cable stripping tools

Ref: KIT CABLE PAPIER 1

Tool box for preparation of lead cables insulated with impregnated paper

Reference

OD PE PVC PB

Description

Stripper for PE, PVC, Lead, Ø 25 to 80 mm

1 T200 75 NI

External square T wrench 3/8’’

1 MB20-AL PE, PVC blade depth 2 mm

1 MB20PB2 Lead blade doubles cutting (no-cutting) depth 2 mm

MB30PB2 Lead blade doubles cutting (no-cutting) depth 3 mm for OD PE PVC PB

PBT IS 2030 B PB Cable sheath stripping pliers for lead tubing Ø 20 to 55 mm

D1003 Insulated strip saw

LI Insulating lever

DM PLAST Double rules

ECARTE DT Retractor (Lifting the outer sheath of POPY and NIKOL (UTE C33 - 226) type cables)

R3090 Wire brush

BOBINE FICELLE String

COFFRETP5 7 Thermoplastic case 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Weight5,2 kg

Ref: KIT CABLE PAPIER 2

Tool box for preparation of lead cables insulated with impregnated paper

Same composition but without stripper PBT IS 20 30 B PB

Reference

OD PE PVC PB

Description

Stripper for PE, PVC, Lead, Ø 25 to 80 mm

1 T200 75 NI External square T wrench 3/8’’

1 MB20-AL PE, PVC blade depth 2 mm

1 MB20PB2 Lead blade doubles cutting (no-cutting) depth 2 mm

MB30PB2 Lead blade doubles cutting (no-cutting) depth 3 mm for OD PE PVC PB

D1003 Insulated strip saw

LI Insulating lever

DM PLAST Double rules

ECARTE DT Retractor (Lifting the outer sheath of POPY and NIKOL (UTE C33 - 226) type cables)

R3090 Wire brush

BOBINE FICELLE String

COFFRETP5 7 Thermoplastic case 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Weight4,6 kg

Cable stripping tools

stripping pliers [pad /pbt/pbtis]

The reference number defines the model of stripper

PAD: Non-insulated model

For non-live working

Example: PAD 16 20 B

2

PBT: Insulated model

For LV live working

1000 V IEC EN 60900

Protects the user against electric shocks

Example: PBT 28-32 B

Choice according to the thickness of the outer sheath:

Other size: Consult us

Example: PBT 12-16 A

Example: PBT IS 28 30 B

PBT IS: Hybrid model made from composite material

For LV live working

1000 V IEC EN 60900

Protects the user against electric shocks

Reduces the risk of short circuits

Example: PBT IS 30 32 B

0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0

Circular cutting depth 1,2 mm

Longitudinal cutting depth 1,6 mm

Circular cutting depth 2,8 mm

Longitudinal cutting depth 3,0 mm

The cutting depth is stamped on each cutting wheel

Rule: the longitudinal cutting depth is chosen based on the thickness of the sheath, greater than or equal to the circular depth of cut. Longitudinal cutting blade can be changed if necessary, but respecting this rule

Choice according to the cable diameter:

Choice according to electrical hazards: For diameter 10 to 45 mm

Example: PBT IS 16 20 A

Model B

Model A For diameter 20 to 55 mm

Example: PBT IS 28 32 B

4 DERANCOURT TOOL

Choice of a model with device for adjustment of the longitudinal depth of cut from 0 to 4 mm

Model VA or VB

Remark: the circular cutting depth must be specified

Example: PBT IS 12 VA

Choice of a model for lead tubes. Equipped with non-cutting blades Model PB (Example: PBT 20-30 PB)

ADVANTAGES of stripping pliers [pad /pbt/pbtis]

Good grip to perform the three functions:

The cutting wheels are mounted on hinges:

Increases capabilities and enables it to handle cable deformations, in particular sector shapes

New innovative device for adjusting the longitudinal cutting depth from 0 to 4 mm (model V)

The longitudinal cutting blade can be quickly changed for different cutting depths (All models except model «V»)

The strippers can be configured for right-handed or left-handed use (PBT IS)

Configured for left-handed

Configured for right-handed

Longitudinal cut

Circular cut

Stripping of the sheath

Cable stripping tools

Use:

TYPE «A» STRIPPING PLIERS [PAD /PBT/PBTIS]

Remove the outer sheath from a cable.

Characteristics:

• Ø 10 to 45 mm

• 3 circular cutting blades.

• 1 longitudinal cutting blade

• Centrally hinged device

• Complies with SERECT technical specifications: LV Live working n° 537

Ref: PAD (XX)-(YY) A / PBT (XX)-(YY) A / PBT IS (XX)-(YY) A

Type «A» stripping pliers

Model PAD 12-16 A: ENEDIS No 07.83.668

Non-insulated aluminum model

Black ergonomic handle

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 80 mm

Weight: 565 g

Model PBT 12-16 A:

ENEDIS No 07.83.665

Insulated aluminum model

1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 90 mm

Weight: 645 g

Hybrid model made from composite material

1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 270 x 81 x 95 mm

Weight: 550 g

Models PBT 12-16 A, PAD 12-16 A or PBT IS 12 16 A allows you to degainer in a stripping pliers:

• Branch cables with neutral shielding HM27/03/139B single phase and three-phase.

• Underground cables NF C 33-210 cross-sections of 25, 35, 50, 95 mm²

• Overhead twisted cables NF C 33-209 cross-sections from 25 to 150 mm²

• External sheath of shielded telereport cable NF C 33-400, Ø10 mm mini.

• Industrial cables U1000R02V, Ø10 to 45 mm.

Specify the circular and longitudinal cutting depths:

Example for a circular cutting depth of 1.8 mm and 2.2 mm in the longitudinal direction:

Reference PAD 18-22 A / PBT 18-22 A / PBT IS 18 22 A

| 4,0 mm

IMPORTANT: Select a circular cutting depth which is less than or equal to the longitudinal cut depth

Accessories for Type «A» stripping pliers

• Storage bag, ref. SAC KT

• Longitudinal cutting wheel:

▪ Ref MA(YY)-PL for PBT IS.

▪ Ref MA(YY)-AL for PAD and PBT.

Example MA 20-PL for a depth of 2 mm.

• Kit 3 circular cutting wheels:

▪ Ref KIT A (XX) PL for PBT IS

▪ Ref KIT A (XX) AL for PAD and PBT.

Example KIT A 26 AL for a depth of 2,6 mm.

Use:

TYPE «VA» STRIPPING PLIERS [PAD /PBT/PBTIS]

Remove the outer sheath from a cable.

Characteristics:

• Ø 10 to 45 mm.

• 3 circular cutting blades.

• 1 longitudinal cutting blade, depth adjustable between 0 and 4 mm.

• Centrally hinged device

• Complies with SERECT technical specifications: LV Live working n° 537

Ref: PAD (XX) VA / PBT (XX) VA / PBT IS (XX) VA

Type «VA» strippers pliers with adjustable longitudinal cutting

Non-insulated aluminum model

Black ergonomic handle

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 80 mm

Weight: 605 g

Insulated aluminum model 1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 90 mm

Weight:

Model PBT IS 12 VA:

ENEDIS No 07.83.666

Hybrid model made from composite material 1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 270 x 81 x 95 mm

Weight: 580 g

Models PBT 12 VA, PAD 12 VA or PBT IS 12 VA allows you to degainer in a stripping pliers:

• Branch cables with neutral shielding HM27/03/139B single phase and three-phase.

• Underground cables NF C 33-210 cross-sections of 25, 35, 50, 95 mm²

• Overhead twisted cables NF C 33-209 cross-sections from 25 to 150mm².

• External sheath of shielded telereport cable NF C 33-400, Ø10 mm mini.

• Industrial cables U1000R02V, Ø10 to 45 mm.

Specify the circular cutting depth:

Example: for a circular cutting depth of 1.8 mm: Reference PAD 18 VA / PBT18 VA / PBT IS 18 VA

The operator adjusts the longitudinal cutting depth according to the sheath thickness, using the graduated wheel

IMPORTANT: Select a circular cutting depth which is less than or equal to the longitudinal cut depth

Accessories for Type «VA» stripping pliers

• Adjustable longitudinal cutting device, Ref. CLV

Longitudinal blade depth adjustment button

• Storage bag, ref. SAC KT

• Kit 3 circular cutting wheels: ▪ Ref KIT A (XX) PL for PBT IS ▪ Ref KIT A (XX) AL for PAD and PBT.

KIT A 26 AL for a depth of 2,6 mm.

Cable stripping tools

Use:

TYPE «B» STRIPPING PLIERS [PAD /PBT/PBTIS]

Remove the outer sheath from a cable.

Characteristics:

• Ø 20 to 55 mm

• 4 circular cutting blades

• 1 longitudinal cutting blade

• Twin lateral hinge device

• Complies with SERECT technical specifications: LV Live working n° 537

Ref: PAD (XX)-(YY) B / PBT (XX)-(YY) B / PBT IS (XX)-(YY) B

Type «B» stripping pliers

Model PAD 20-20 B:

ENEDIS No 07.83.673

Non-insulated aluminum model

Black ergonomic handle

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 80 mm

Weight: 610 g

Model PBT 20-20 B:

ENEDIS No 07.83.672

Insulated aluminum model

1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 90 mm

Weight: 690 g

Hybrid model made from composite material

1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 270 x 81 x 95 mm

Weight: 560 g

Models PBT 20-20 B, PAD 20-20 B or PBT IS 20-20 B allows you to degainer in a stripping pliers:

• BT HN33S33 cables NF C33210 from 50 to 240 mm ².

Specify the circular and longitudinal cutting depths:

Example: for a circular cutting depth of 1.8 mm and 2.2 mm in the longitudinal direction, you will need

Reference: PAD 28-32 B / PBT 28-32 B / PBT IS 28 32 B

IMPORTANT: Select a circular cutting depth which is less than or equal to the longitudinal cut depth

Accessories for Type «B» stripping pliers

• Storage bag, Ref. SAC KT

• Longitudinal cutting wheel:

▪ Ref MB(YY)-PL for PBT IS.

▪ Ref MB(YY)-AL for PAD and PBT.

Example MB 20-PL for a depth of 2 mm.

• Kit 4 circular cutting wheels:

▪ Ref KIT B (XX) PL for PBT IS

▪ Ref KIT B (XX) AL for PAD and PBT.

Example KIT B 26 AL for a depth of 2,6 mm.

Cable stripping tools

TYPE «VB» STRIPPING PLIERS [PAD /PBT/PBTIS]

Use:

Remove the outer sheath from a cable.

Characteristics:

• Ø 20 to 55 mm.

• 4 circular cutting blades.

• 1 longitudinal cutting blade, depth adjustable between 0 and 4 mm.

• Twin lateral hinge device.

• Complies with SERECT technical specifications: LV Live working n° 537

Ref: PAD (XX) VB / PBT (XX) VB / PBT IS (XX) VB

Type «VB» strippers pliers with adjustable longitudinal cutting

Non-insulated aluminum model

Black ergonomic handle

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 80 mm

Weight: 650 g

Insulated aluminum model

1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 90 mm

Weight: 680 g

Hybrid model made from composite material

1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 270 x 81 x 95 mm

Weight: 590 g

Models PBT 20 VB, PAD 20 VB or PBT IS 20 VB allows you to degainer in a stripping pliers:

• BT HN33S33 cables NF C33210 from 50 to 240 mm ²

Specify the circular cutting depth:

Example: for a circular cutting depth of 1.8 mm

Reference PAD 18 VB / PBT18 VB / PBT IS 18 VB

The operator adjusts the longitudinal cutting depth according to the sheath thickness, using the graduated wheel

IMPORTANT: Select a circular cutting depth which is less than or equal to the longitudinal cut depth

Accessories for Type «VB» stripping pliers

• Adjustable longitudinal cutting device, Ref. CLV

Longitudinal blade depth adjustment button

• Storage bag, Ref. SAC KT

• Kit 4 circular cutting wheels:

▪ Ref KIT B (XX) PL for PBT IS

▪ Ref KIT B (XX) AL for PAD and PBT.

Example KIT B 26 AL for a depth of 2,6 mm.

Use:

TYPE «B» LEAD STRIPPERS PLIERS [PAD /PBT/PBTIS]

Remove lead tubing from cables insulated with impregnated paper. Non-cutting blades chase the lead before removal.

Characteristics:

• Ø 20 to 55 mm

• 4 circular cutting blades, depth 2 mm

• 1 longitudinal cutting blade, depth 3 mm

• Twin lateral hinge device

• Complies with SERECT technical specifications: LV Live working n° 539

Ref: PAD 20-30 B PB / PBT 20-30 B PB / PBT IS 2030 B PB

Type «B» lead strippers pliers

Model PAD 20-30 B PB:

ENEDIS No 07.83.682

Non-insulated aluminum model

Grey ergonomic handle

Model for stripping the lead

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 80 mm

Weight: 610 g

Using advice:

Insulated aluminum model

Model for stripping the lead 1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 283 x 78 x 90 mm

Weight: 690 g

After having prepared and determined the length of the lead tubing to be removed.

Draw two parallel longitudinal lines spaced about 10 mm apart.

Draw the circular line to the limit.

Remove the tab obtained in this way.

Remove the remaining lead tube

Accessories for Type «B» stripping pliers (Lead)

• Storage bag, Ref. SAC KT

• Longitudinal cutting wheel double taillant 3,0 mm:

▪ Ref MB30PB2 for PBT IS, PBT and PAD.

• Kit 4 circular cutting wheels depth 2 mm:

▪ Ref KIT PB 20 for PBT IS, PBT and PAD.

Model PBTIS 2030B PB:

ENEDIS No 07.83.680

Hybrid model made from composite material

Model for stripping the lead 1000V IEC EN 60900

Dimension: 270 x 81 x 95 mm

Weight: 590 g

Cable stripping tools

Ref: KIT CABLE TST BT 1

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «1»

Reference

Description

KTF 361 Insulated frontal ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 36 mm

PBT IS 12 VA18 Hybrid strippers pliers Type VA with adjustable longitudinal cutting from 0 up to 1,8 mm and circular cut 1,2 mm

PBT IS 20 VB Hybrid Type VB strippers pliers with adjustable longitudinal cutting and circular cut 2,0 mm

DCF-IS Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

CTPC-R Hybrid Knife for TPC cable protection tubes

D18C 220 Insulated cable cutters

COIN KTF Insulating guiding wedge

LI Insulating lever

COFFRETP5 8 Thermoplastic case 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Weight 4,3 kg

Cable stripping tools

Ref: KIT CABLE TST BT 2

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «2»

Same composition that KIT CALBE TST BT 1 with PBT IS 12 16 A and PBT IS 20 20 B

Reference

Description

KTF 361 Insulated frontal ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 36 mm

PBT IS 12 16 A

Hybrid Type A stripping pliers with circular cut 1,2 mm and longitudinal cut 1,6 mm

PBT IS 20 20 B Hybrid Type B stripping pliers with circular cut 2,0 mm and longitudinal cut 2,0 mm

DCF-IS Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

CTPC-R Hybrid Knife for TPC cable protection tubes

D18C 220 Insulated cable cutters

COIN KTF Insulating guiding wedge

LI Insulating lever

COFFRETP5 8 Thermoplastic case 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Weight 4,3 kg

Ref: KIT CABLE TST BT 3

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «3»

Same composition that KIT CALBE TST BT 1 with PBT 12 16 A and PBT 20 20 B

Reference

Description

KTF 361 Insulated frontal ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 36 mm

PBT 12 16 A

PBT 20 20 B

Insulated Type A stripping pliers with circular cut 1,2 mm and longitudinal cut 1,6 mm

Insulated Type B stripping pliers with circular cut 2,0 mm and longitudinal cut 2,0 mm

DCF-IS Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

CTPC-R Hybrid Knife for TPC cable protection tubes

D18C 220 Insulated cable cutters

COIN KTF Insulating guiding wedge

LI Insulating lever

COFFRETP5 8 Thermoplastic case 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Weight 4,6 kg

MV cable preparation tools

CABLE PREPARATION TOOLS

MediuM voltage 25 to 630 MM²

Synthetic insulation cable in accordance with standards: HN33S23, NF C33-223, UTE C33-223 (Cable 2000), NF C33-226 (POPY-VINYL-NIKOL)

USE AUTHORISED BY ENEDIS

POLY

Functions:

Stripping outer sheathing

Stripping insulation

ENEDIS No: 07.57.764

OUT SCP/NP

Functions:

Incising peelable semi-conductor

Machining non-peelable semi-conductor

ENEDIS No: 07.57.766

FENTE DT

Functions:

Making the slots to insert the screen connection

ENEDIS No: 07.57.733

(RABAT DT + FENTE DT set)

EVASEUR DT

Functions:

Flaring out the external sheathing of cables to insert the screen connection

ENEDIS No: 07.57.721 / 07.57.722 / 07.57.723

CHANFREIN DT

Functions:

Making a chamfer on the insulation

ENEDIS No: 07.57.836

ETAU RSM

Functions:

Tool for holding mechanically tightened connectors and for forming 240 mm2 phases

ENEDIS No: 07.57.980

Removing mechanical protectionStripping outer sheathing Stripping insulation

Incising and removing peelable semi-conductor Machining bonded semi-conductor

ECARTE DT

Functions:

Spreading the external sheathing of cables to insert the screen connection

ENEDIS No: 07.57.729

RABAT DT

Functions:

Roller pliers for pushing back the outer sheathing onto the connection screen

ENEDIS No: 07.57.733

(RABAT DT + FENTE DT set)

CONE DT

Functions:

Making a cone on the insulation end

ENEDIS No: 07.57. (820 to 824)

OAGE

Functions:

Abrasive tool for scraping the external sheathing

ENEDIS No: 07.57.683

(ETAU RSM + OAGE set)

POLY

& OUT SPECIFICATIONS

Ref: POLY POLY 75

Ref: POLY SCP

Ref: POLY SCNP

Ref: OUT SCP/NP

Ref: OUT SCP

and removing

Removing the mechanical protection

Stripping outer sheath

Stripping outer sheathing

Stripping outer sheath Stripping insulation

Incising peelable semi-conductor Stripping insulation

Machining non-peelebla semi-conductorStripping insulation

Incising and removing peelable semi-conductor

Machining non-peelable semi-conductor

Ref: OUT SCNP

Ref: OUT SCNP SG

Machining bonded semi-conductor

Incising

peelablesemi-conductor

Machining bonded semi-conductor (without grease)

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: POLY & POLY-75

Functions:

Stripping EDR sheath

Stripping outer sheath

Stripping insulation

Cutting depth max: 12 mm

For all materials (example XLPE / EPR)

Adaptable stop for stripping insulation (20 to 110 mm)

Supplied with 3 soles protectors set

Replacement parts:

Tool Replacement blades Soles protectors set

Use:

Removing the mechanical protection

Stripping outer sheathing

Stripping insulation

POLY: TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES

Knurled knob for adjusting cutting depth, and indexed to maintain adjustment

Blade direction lever for straight or helical cutting

Thermoplastic interchangeable soles protectors

Jaws made of high-resistance Aluminum alloy.

Markings (directions of use, serial no., etc.).

Colour code for easy identification of the tool.

Star knob for opening and closing the jaws

Locknut for maintaining the position

HSS steel interchangeable heel blade for cutting external sheathing and insulation

Graduated stop, 20 to100 mm for controlling the length of insulation to be stripped.

2 stainless steel guides

Stainless steel reverse thread screw for fast opening and closing of clamps

Offset tool operating handle

Ref: OUT SCP/NP

Functions:

Incising peelable semi-conductor

Machining bonded semi-conductor

Capacity: 25 mm² to 630 mm²

End of semi-conductors with chamfer

For all materials (Example: XLPE / EPR)

For all types of semi conductor.

Length of remaining semi-conductor with adjustable stop 25 to 55 mm

ENEDIS No: 07.57.766

Weight: 1200 g

Replacement blades:

Ref LAME OUT SCP CH (Peelable semi-conductor)

Ref LAME OUT SCNP (Bonded semi-conductor)

ENEDIS No: 07.57.767 (the set)

Use:

Incising and removing peelable semi-conductor

Machining

Bonded semi-conductor

OUT SCP NP: TECHNICAL AVANTAGES 

1/10 mm graduated knurled knob for fast adjustment of the machining blade for bonded semi-conductor

Cutting blades for peelable semi-conductor and machining of bonded semiconductor, in high-speed steel, interchangeable

Retractable stop for controlling the length of the remaining semi-conductor

Blade direction lever for straight or helical cutting.

Clamps made of high-resistance Aluminum alloy.

Knurled knob graduaded in 1/10 mm from 0 to 1.1 mm for accurate adjustment of the cutting blade for peelable semi-conductor.

Colour code for easy identification of the tool

Star knob for opening and closing the clamps

Locknut for maintaining the position

Knurled position locking knob for the machining blade

Stainless steel reverse thread screw for fast opening and closing of jaws

Markings (directions of use, serial no., etc.).

2 stainless steel guides

Offset tool operating handle

chanfrein

Ref: POLY SCP

Functions:

Stripping outer sheath

Incising peelable semi-conductor

Stripping insulation

Capacity: 25 mm² to 630 mm²

Cutting depth: 12 mm.

End of semi-conductor with chamfer

For all materials (example: XLPE / EPR)

25 to 55 mm retractable stop

Weight: 1270 g

Replacement blades:

Ref: LAME POLY L (External sheath and insulation)

Ref: LAME OUT SCP CH (Peelable semi-conductor)

Use:

Ref: POLY SCNP

Functions:

Stripping outer sheath

Machining bonded semi-conductor

Stripping insulation

Capacity: 25 mm² to 630 mm²

Cutting depth: 12 mm.

End of semi-conductors with chamfer.

For all materials (Example: XLPE / EPR)

Weight: 1140 g

Replacement blades:

Ref: LAME POLY L (External sheath and insulation)

Ref: LAME OUT SCNP (Bonded semi-conductor)

Use:

Stripping outer sheath

Stripping insulation

Incising and removing peelable semi-conductor

Stripping outer sheath

Stripping insulation Machining Bonded semi-conductor

Ref: OUT SCP

Function:

Incising peelable semi-conductor

Capacity: 25 mm² to 630 mm²

Cutting depth: 1.1 mm.

End of semi-conductors with chamfer. For all materials (Example: XLPE / EPR)

25 to 55 mm retractable stop

Weight: 1000 g

Replacement blades:

Ref: LAME OUT SCP CH

Use:

Incising and removing peelable semi-conductor

Ref: OUT SCNP

Function:

Machining bonded semi-conductor

Capacity: 25 mm² to 630 mm²

End of semi-conductors with chamfer.

25 to 55 mm retractable stop

Weight: 1000 g

Replacement blades:

Ref: LAME OUT SCNP

Use:

Machining bonded semi-conductor (End of semi-conductors with chamfer)

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: OUT SCNP SG

Non-peelable semi-conductor machining tool 25 to 630 mm² works without grease

Function: machine non-peelable semiconductors

Stainless steel roller construction (1) makes it possible to machine non-peelable semi-conductors without the prior use of grease. Use is simplified and automatic throughout the machining process and allows the surface condition of the insulator (2) to be as smooth as possible. Maximum cutting depth 1.2 mm adjustable with steps of 0.1 mm using graduated adjustment knob (3)

Capacity: max. ø 55 mm for cables with cross-sections of 25 to 630 mm² (4)

Retractable stop (5) iintegrated into the tool for the length of the semiconductor to be retained: 25 / 30 / 35 / 40 / 45 / 55 mm.

Treated aluminium alloy jaws (6)

When worn, the rollers can be replaced

Weight: 858 g

Supplied with instructions

Replacement parts:

Use:

Ref. GALET6: kit of 6 replacement rollers

Ref. LAME OUT SCNP: Replacement blade for nonpeelable semiconductor

Machine the non-peelable semiconductor (chamfer at the end of the semiconductor)

Ref: FENTE DT

Function:

Making the slots to insert the screen connection

Capacity: 25 to 630 mm²

Slot length: 40 mm.

Adjustment of the cutting depth (6 positions).

Cut made when lever fully actioned.

Blade return spring.

Cutting marker enabling to space out the slots of about 120°.

Steel body.

Dimensions: 210 x 90 x 45 mm.

Weight: 800 g.

Use:

Replacement blades:

Ref: RABAT DT

Function:

Roller pliers for pressing down the outer sheathing on to the connection screen

Capacity: 25 to 630 mm²

Treated Aluminum alloy pliers.

Stainless steel rollers and fastenings.

PVC comfort sheath

Dimensions: 285 x 65 x 55 mm.

Weight: 880 g.

Use:

Replacement parts:

FENTE DT + RABAT DT set

Ref: ENS FENTE RABAT

Ref: LAME FENTEDT ENEDIS No: 07.57.737

Roller Ref: ROULEAU RABATDT

Making

Rebating the external sheath over the connection screen

ENEDIS No: 07.57.733

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: EVASEUR DT

Function:

Flaring the outer sheath of VINYL (UTE C33-226) HN33S23, NFC33 - 223 type cables to enable the insertion of a screen

Capacity: 25 to 630 mm²

Bronze flaring tool.

Polyamide coated steel handle

Dimensions: 185 x 29 x 23 mm.

Use:

Ref: ECARTE DT

Function:

Lifting the outer sheath of POPY and NIKOL (UTE C33 - 226) type c

ENEDIS No: 07.57.729

Capacity: 25 to 630 mm²

Treated zinc-coated steel.

Guided by two conical support rollers.

Rear heel allows the opening angle to be maintained.

Flexible PVC coated handle

Dimensions: 145 x 90 x 20 mm.

Weight: 180 g.

Use:

Flaring out the external sheathing of cables to insert the screen connection

Lifting out the external sheath of cables to insert the screen connection

Ref: CONE DT

Function:

Making a cone on the insulation end

Capacity: 50 to 630 mm²

Aluminum alloy body

Screw-on zinc-coated steel handles (55 mm lg)

30 to 40 mm cone length

(Other lengths, please consult us)

Dimensions: Ø 56 mm x lg 70 mm

MV cable preparation tools

Use:

Making a cone on the insulation end

Ref: ENS CONES2000

Replacement parts:

Replacement blade ref: LAME CONE DT (Same blade whatever the section)

ENEDIS No: 07.57.829

Set of handles ref: HTA1254

Set of CONE150 DT2000 and CONE 240DT2000

ENEDIS No: 07.57.824

Ref: COFFRET CONE

Case of 7 cones from 50 to 630 mm²

ENEDIS No: 07.57.842

MV cable

Ref: CHANFREIN DT

Function:

Making a chamfer on the insulation

ENEDIS No: 07.57.836

Capacity: 25 to 630 mm²

Bevel angle = approx. 30°

Hard Aluminum alloy clamps

Stainless steel columns

Dimensions: 195 x 90 x 55 mm

Weight: 410 g

Use:

Make a

Ref: GRATTOIR DT

Function: Removing the bonded semi-conductor residues left on the insulation

Examples: Synthetic insulation cable compliant with standard UTE C33-226 (NIKOL).

ENEDIS No: 07.57.688

Aluminum alloy body.

Factory-adjusted cutting depth.

Dimensions: 42 x 32 x 20 mm.

Weight: 45 g.

Use:

Replacement blades:

Ref: LAME CHANFREIN DT

ENEDIS No: 07.57.837

Remove the non-peelable semi-conductor residues

Ref: PINCELIGA

Function:

Replacement blades:

Ref: LAME GRATTOIR DT

Securing the outer sheath with two metal strips after inserting and recovering the connection screen

Dimensions: 160 x 45 x 20 mm.

Weight: 270 g.

Ref: ETAU RSM

Function:

Tool for holding mechanically-clamped connectors and for forming 240 mm² phases

ENEDIS No: 07.57.980

Fits to all clamping devices for round core and grid cables

Hard Aluminum alloy jaws

Stainless steel columns

Holds a socket with a diameter of 20 to 45 mm or a 80 mm long derivation connector

Forms 240 mm² grid phase

Maximum opening: 80 mm

Dimensions: 240 x 120 x 60 mm

Weight: 800 g

Possibility of mounting an abrasive tool (ref OAGE) on the ETAU RSM tool for the abrasion of the outer sheathe.

Use:

Holds mechanically-clamped connectors

Ref: OAGE

Shapes grid phases

Function: Abrasive tool for scraping the outer sheath

ENEDIS No: 07.57.988

Use:

Abrasion of the external sheathing

The OAGE is to be fitted on the ETAU RSM. It is made of an abrasion block which is attached to the mobile jaws, and of a V-shaped thermoplastic wear pad which simply clips on the clamp.

The two elements are linked by a plastic thread

L’OAGE comes with 3 spare wear pads

ref: PLAQ OAGE

Ref: ETAU-OAGE Set ETAU RSM with OAGE

ENEDIS No: 07.57.987

Ref: COFFRET RSM

Ref: COFFRET ETAU OAGE

COFFRET ETAU OAGE

COFFRET RSM

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: CVRSM

Impact wrench and accessories set

Use:

Installation of RSM mechanically tightened connectors with shear-off heads in the MV field.

ENEDIS authorised operating model

Characteristics visseuse to chocs:

Empty rotation speed: 2200 rpm

Speed of rotation under load: 3200 impacts/m

Max torque: 200 Nm

Square drive 1/2

Fitted housing for good weather protection

Rotation speed adjustable according to the pressure exerted on the trigger

Rotation direction push-button

Autonomy (number of screws): 100 fuse screws (40 Nm cut-off)

Operating temperature: from – 10 to + 40 °C

LED light

Belt attachment hook

Battery residual power indicator

Dimensions with battery: 234 x 168 x 79 mm.

Ref: TESTECRAN

Functions:

Device for checking the state of the external sheath of a medium or low-voltage underground cable by measuring the insulation resistance between the sheath and the earth.

Device recommended by ENEDIS for checking underground medium or low voltage cables.

Completely automated operation, as soon as the device is witched on, measuring begins until the result is shown.

«Cable OK» indicator light on: the cable is ok

«Cable fault» indicator light on + buzzer: the cable is faulty

Note:

The duration of the flashing of the «Measurement» indicators approximately shows the length of the cable requiring testing: 12 seconds per Km on average

Connection:

Earth spike

Screen

PE sheath

End not linked to the earth

Ref: COFFRET HTA 630 R RSM OD Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Without CONE DT without PINCE LIGA with tool OD PEPVCPB

Weight9,8 kg

Ref:

MV cable preparation tools

RSM

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm² Without CONE

ENEDIS

without PINCE LIGA

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: COFFRET HTA 630 R

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Without CONE DT without PINCE LIGA without ETAU-OAGE

FENTE DT

Weight7,6 kg

Ref: COFFRET HTA 630 C RSM

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Without ETAU-OAGE

Composition COFFRET HTA630C-RSM:

for making a cone on the insulation end 95 mm²

CONE 150DT SP 07.57.8221Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 150 mm²

CONE 240DT SP 07.57.8231Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 240 mm²

CONE 150DT 2000 SP 07.57.8241Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 150 mm² cable 2000

CONE 240DT 2000 SP 07.57.8241Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 240 mm² cable 2000

CONE 630DT SP 07.57.8321Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 630 mm²

HTA1254 4Set of handles for cones

PINCELIGA

1Tool for securing the outer sheath with two metal strips after inserting and recovering the connection screen

PLAQ POLY 2Soles protectors set for POLY

1Blade mounting keys and cleaning brush

1User manual

COFFRETP5 5 1Thermoplastic case and foam of blocking 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Ref: COFFRET HTA240C-RSM

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 240 mm²

The same case as COFFRET HTA630C-RSM, without CONE 630DT

EVASEUR

ECARTE

RABAT

GRATTOIR

POLY

OUT SCP/NP

ETAU-OAGE

PINCELIGA

PLAQ POLY

Ref: COFFRET HTA 630 C

Cable

Without ETAU-OAGE

Composition

COFFRET HTA630C:

GRATTOIR DT

CHANFREIN DT

CONE

CONE

CONE 150DT SP

Weight10,3

end for cable 150 to 240 mm²

for removing the bonded semi-conductor residues left on the insulation

for making a cone on the insulation end 150 mm²

CONE 240DT SP 07.57.8231Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 240 mm²

CONE 150DT 2000 SP 07.57.8241Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 150 mm² cable 2000

CONE 240DT 2000 SP 07.57.8241Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 240 mm² cable 2000

CONE 630DT SP 07.57.8321Tool for making a cone on the insulation end 630 mm²

HTA1254

PINCELIGA

PLAQ POLY

COFFRETP5 5

Ref: COFFRET HTA240C

4Set of handles for cones

1Tool for securing the outer sheath with two metal strips after inserting and recovering the connection screen

2Soles protectors set for POLY

1Blade mounting keys and cleaning brush

1User manual

1Thermoplastic case and foam of blocking 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 240 mm²

The

as

, without

EVASEUR

ECARTE

RABAT

GRATTOIR

tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: COFFRET HTA1

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA1:

ReferenceENEDIS No

Functions

COFFRETP4 3 Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY 07.57.764

OUT SCP/NP 07.57.766

FENTE DT 07.57.733

Tool kit for stripping outer sheath, insulation and EDR sheath

Tool kit for incising peelable semi-conductor and machining bonded semi-conductor

Tool kit for making the slots to insert the screen connection

RABAT DT 07.57.733 Tool kit for flattening the outer sheath over the connection screen.

ECARTE DT 07.57.729Tool kit for lifting the outer sheath

LAMES SCP NP 07.57.767Replacement blade kit for OUT SCP/ NP including:

LAME OUT SCP CH Replacement blade for SCP part

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for SCNP part

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

LAME FENTEDT 07.57.737Replacement blade for FENTE DT

Weight5,4 kg

Ref: COFFRET HTA-1R

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA1R:

ReferenceENEDIS No

COFFRETP4 4

Functions

Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY 07.57.764 Tool kit for stripping outer sheath, insulation and EDR sheath

OUT SCP/NP 07.57.766

Tool kit for incising peelable semi-conductor and machining bonded semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAMES SCP NP 07.57.767Replacement blade kit for OUT SCP/ NP including:

LAME OUT SCP CH Replacement blade for SCP part

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for SCNP part

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

Weight4 kg

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: COFFRET HTA630MDA

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630MDA:

ReferenceENEDIS No

Functions

COFFRETP4 4 Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY SCP Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and incising peelable semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAME OUT SCP CH Replacement blade for peelable semi-conductor

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

Weight3 kg

Ref: COFFRET HTA630MDB

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630MDB:

ReferenceENEDIS No

Functions

COFFRETP4 4 Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY SCNP

Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and machining bonded semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837 Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for bonded semi-conductor

LAME POLY L 07.57.765 Replacement blade for POLY

Weight2,8 kg

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: COFFRET HTA630GDA

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630GDA:

ReferenceENEDIS No

Functions

COFFRETP4 4 Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY SCP

OUT SCNP

Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and incising peelable semi-conductor

Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and incising peelable semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAMES SCP NP

07.57.767 Replacement blade kit for OUT SCP/ NP including:

LAME OUT SCP CH Replacement blade for SCP part

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for SCNP part

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

Ref: COFFRET HTA630GDB

Weight4 kg

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630GDB:

ReferenceENEDIS No

Functions

COFFRETP4 4 Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY SCNP

Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and machining bonded semi-conductor

OUT SCP Tool for incising peelable semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAMES SCP NP 07.57.767Replacement blade kit for OUT SCP/ NP including:

LAME OUT SCP CH Replacement blade for SCP part

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for SCNP part

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

Weight3,8 kg

Ref: COFFRET HTA630JDA

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630JDA:

ReferenceENEDIS No

COFFRETP4 4

POLY SCP

PAD 28-32 B*

KIT 28-32 B

Functions

Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and incising peelable semi-conductor

Type «B» stripping pliers Ø 20 to 55 mm

Circular cutting 2,8 mm

Longitudinal cutting 3,2mm

Set of 5 blades + claw blade

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAME OUT SCP CH Replacement blade for peelable semi-conductor

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

*Other size or model please consult us

Weight3,5 kg

MV cable preparation tools

Ref: COFFRET HTA630JDB

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630JDB:

ReferenceENEDIS No

COFFRETP4 4

POLY SCNP

PAD 28-32 B*

KIT 28-32 B

Functions

Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

Tool for stripping outer sheath and insulation and machining bonded semi-conductor

Type «B» stripping pliers Ø 20 to 55 mm

Circular cutting 2,8 mm

Longitudinal cutting 3,2mm

Set of 5 blades + claw blade

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for bonded semi-conductor

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

*Other size or model please consult us

Weight3,2 kg

Ref: COFFRET HTA630FDA

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630FDA:

ReferenceENEDIS No

COFFRETP4 4

Functions

Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY 07.57.764 Tool kit for stripping outer sheath, insulation and EDR sheath

OUT SCP Tool for Incising peelable semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAME OUT SCP Replacement blade for peelable semi-conductor

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

*Other size or model please consult us

Weight3,8 kg

Ref: COFFRET HTA630FDB

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Composition COFFRET HTA630FDB:

ReferenceENEDIS No

COFFRETP4 4

Functions

Thermoplastic case and foam 450 x 330 x 110 mm

POLY 07.57.764 Tool kit for stripping outer sheath, insulation and EDR sheath

OUT SCNP

Tool for machining bonded semi-conductor

CHANFREIN DT 07.57.836Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

LAME CHANFREIN DT 07.57.837Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

LAME OUT SCNP Replacement blade for bonded semi-conductor

LAME POLY L 07.57.765Replacement blade for POLY

*Other size or model please consult us

Weight3,7 kg

Hand crimping tools

Hydraulic crimping tools

Hydraulic and electric cable cutters

Hydraulic compressors and accessories

Ref: PS6

Manual crimpers for connector crimping

Crimpers for crimping connectors and non-insulated lugs

Crimping range: 0,5 - 6 mm²

Crimping with indentation

Longueur: 200 mm

Weight: 540 g

Ref: PS25

Manual crimpers for connector crimping

Crimpers for crimping connectors and non-insulated lugs

Crimping range: 10/16/25 mm²

Crimping with indentation

Longueur: 256 mm

Weight: 550 g

Ref: PS6 TST

Insulated manual crimping pliers for contacts

ENEDIS no: 07.83.349

Insulated crimping pliers for contacts, insulated terminals

Crimping range: 0.75 - 6 mm²

Oval crimping

Length: 255 mm

Weight: 665 g

Complies with standard IEC 60900 1000V

Ref: PSCI 6

Manual crimpers for connector crimping

Crimping pliers for contacts, insulated terminals

Crimping range: 0.75 - 6 mm²

Oval crimping

Length: 255 mm

Weight: 665 g

Ref: PINCESIMPI

Manual crimpers

Hexagonal indenting for service line and public lighting LV insulated networks connectors, thanks to an integrated hexagonal E140 die.

Use:

MJPB - MJPBAS - MJPBS - EBPAU - CCFBD 4 to 35 mm².

CPTA - CPTAU 16 to 25 mm².

Dimensions: 270 x 60 x 30 mm.

Weight: 1,1 kg.

Optional: carrying and storage case ref. SAC KT

Ref: R3124

Manual crimpers

Hand operated crimpers from 4 to 120 mm², hexagonal crimping.

Dimensions: 430 x 130 x 65 mm.

Weight: 2 kg.

Dies:

Hand crimping tools

M60

M95-25

M120-4

M173-5

M173

M140E

Optional: Carrying and storage box for crimpers and dies ref. MR3124

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

35 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping from 4 to 95 mm²

Force: 35 kN.

Stroke: 8 mm.

Ref: PM31

35kN manual hydraulic press

Manual hydraulic press enabling single-hand crimping of connectors.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» when the force of 35 kN is reached.

Piston return by release trigger

Weight: 1,32 kg.

Dimensions: 200 x 50 x 175 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 350 x 260 x 85 mm

Weight: 2,02 kg.

Ref: DB31

35kN battery-powered straight hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 2,1 kg.

Dimensions: 340 x 75 x 128 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions du coffret 471 x 415 x 116 mm

Weight: 2,05 kg

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 2 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V20A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

35KN CRIMPING DIE SETS Common to tools Pm31 / DB31

35 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping from 4 to 150 mm²

Force: 35 kN.

Stroke: 8 mm.

Ref: PM35

35kN manual hydraulic press

Manual hydraulic press enabling single-hand crimping of connectors.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» when the force of 35 kN is reached.

Piston return by release trigger.

Weight: 1,36 kg.

Dimensions: 215 x 50 x 175 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 350 x 260 x 85 mm

Weight: 2,06 kg.

Ref: DB35A

35kN battery-powered straight hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 2,2 kg.

Dimension: 340 x 75 x 128 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 471 x 415 x 116 mm

Weight: 2,05 kg

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 2 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V20A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

DIES DE SERTISSAGE 35 kn Common to tools Pm35 / DB35

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

55 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping from 4 to 240 mm²

Force: 55 kN.

Stroke: 13 mm.

Ref: PM55 55 kN manual hydraulic press

Manual hydraulic press for crimping connectors

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» when the force of 55 kN is reached.

Piston return by release trigger.

Weight: 2,28 kg.

Dimensions: 380 x 140 x 65 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 490 x 302 x 90 mm

Weight: 1,3 kg.

Ref: PB55 55kN battery-powered mini gun hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

Manual decomPressure using a control button.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

Fast open and close head, 340° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Automatic return at the end of the crimping cycle

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 2,36 kg.

Dimensions: 285 x 270 x 60 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 520 x 440 x 130 mm

Weight: 2,3 kg

Ref: DB55 55kN battery-powered straight hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Instant motor shut-off function.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 2,9 kg.

Dimensions: 390 x 75 x 128 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 471 x 415 x 116 mm

Weight: 2,05 kg

Accessories for PB55 and DB55:

18V Li-Ion 2 Ah battery (for DB55): Ref. BAT18V20A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

Ref: TS55 55 kN hydraulic crimping head

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers

Semi-intensive or intensive use

Interchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads

Fast open and close head.

Weight: 1,75 kg.

Dimensions: 180 x 53 x 74 mm.

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

55 kn criMping die sets Common to tools Pm55/PB55/DB55/ts55

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

62 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping from 6 to 300 mm²

Force: 62 kN.

Stroke: 13 mm.

Ref: PM62 62 kN manual hydraulic press

Manual hydraulic press for crimping connectors

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» when the force of 62 kN is reached.

Return of piston by release trigger placed in the moveable handle.

Weight: 2,85 kg.

Dimensions: 420 x 53 x 150 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 490 x 302 x 90 mm

Weight: 1,3 kg.

Ref: PB62 62 kN battery-powered mini gun hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

Manual decomPressure using a control button.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

Fast open and close head, 340° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Automatic return at the end of the crimping cycle

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 2,55 kg.

Dimensions: 290 x 285 x 66 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 520 x 440 x 130 mm

Weight: 2,3 kg

Ref: DB62 62 kN battery-powered straight hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Instant motor shut-off function.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 3,3 kg.

Dimensions: 390 x 75 x 128 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 471 x 415 x 116 mm

Weight: 2,05 kg

Accessories for PB62 and DB62:

18V Li-Ion 2 Ah battery (for DB62): Ref. BAT18V20A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

Ref: TS62 62 kN hydraulic crimping head

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers

Semi-intensive or intensive use

Interchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads

Weight: 2,2 kg.

Dimensions: 195 x 53 x 100 mm.

•

•

•

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

62 kN CRIMPING DIE SETS Common to tools Pm62/PB62/DB62/ts62

80 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping from 6 to 300 mm²

Force: 80 kN.

Stroke: 13 mm.

Ref: PM80 80 kN manual hydraulic press

Manual hydraulic press for crimping of connectors

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» when the force of 80 kN is reached.

Piston return by handle rotation and lock.

Weight: 3,86 kg.

Dimensions: 535 x 57 x 175 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 680 x 430 x 160 mm

Weight: 3,6 kg.

Ref: PB80 80 kN battery-powered gun hydraulic press

18V - 5.0 Ah Li-Ion battery

Charging time 90 minutes.

On/Off start button.

Fast open and close head, 270° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Instant motor shut-off function.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Double toggle switch trigger control system. Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 5,000 kg.

Dimensions: 355 x 75 x 325 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 594 x 494 x 149 mm

Weight: 3,66 kg

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

• BAT18V50A

• C220V18V

• C12V18V

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

80 kN CRIMPING DIE SETS Common to tools Pm80 / PB80

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

130 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping A: 6 à 300 mm² / C: 6 à 400 mm²

Force: 130 kN.

Stroke A: 26 mm. / Stroke C: 38 mm

130 kN manual hydraulic press

New C-shaped head with mechanical stop

360° swivel head with interchangeable die sets.

Two-speed hydraulic pump for fast progress

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Manual return by rotation and closure of the handle.

Suitable for crimping overhead lines

130 kN battery-powered gun hydraulic press

18V - 5.0 Ah Li-Ion battery

Charging time 90 minutes.

On/Off start button.

C-head, 360° swivel..

Balanced centre of gravity.

Instant motor shut-off function.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Double toggle switch trigger control system.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 594 x 494 x 149 mm

Weight: 3,66 kg.

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

130 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Hexagonal crimping from 6 to 400 mm²

Force: 130 kN.

Stroke A: 26 mm. / Stroke C: 38 mm / Stroke D: 12 mm

Ref: PB130D 130 kN battery-powered mini gun hydraulic press

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

Fast open and close head, 360° swivel.

Safety system preventing any overpressure.

Balanced centre of gravity.

Manual decomPressure using a control button

Lighting of the work area by LED.

Automatic return at the end of the crimping cycle

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight: 4,68 kg

Dimensions: 310 x 65 x 300 mm

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Dimensions: 520 x 440 x 130 mm

Weight: 2,3 kg

130 kN Hydraulic crimping head

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers

Semi-intensive or intensive use.

Interchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads. End of run piston stop

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

130 kN CRIMPING DIE SETS

Common to tools Pm130

/

/

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

130 kN CRIMPING DIE SETS

Common to tools Pm130 A -

- U / PB

/ ts130 A -

130 kN HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Deep indenting from 16 to 240 mm²

Hexagonal crimping from 10 to 400 mm²

Force: 130 kN

Stroke: 26 mm

Clearance max: 34 mm

Ref: PM130U 130 kN manual hydraulic press

Manual hydraulic press particularly suited for deep indenting of underground lines

New U-shaped head with mechanical stop

2-speed hydraulic system

Head according to HN 68-S-90 (ENEDIS), 360° swivel.

Piston return by handle rotation and lock..

Weight: 5,26 kg.

Dimensions: 560 x 80 x 165 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 680 x 430 x 160 mm, 3,60 kg.

Ref of case: CPM 130U

Ref: PB130U 130 kN battery-powered gun hydraulic press

18V - 5.0 Ah Li-Ion battery

Charging time 90 minutes.

On/Off start button.

U-head, 270° swivel.

Heads for HN68590 (ENEDIS)

Balanced centre of gravity.

Instant motor shut-off function.

Manual return at the end of the crimping cycle.

Double toggle switch trigger control system.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 6,300 kg.

Dimensions: 415 x 75 x 310 mm.

Supplied in a case with battery and charger

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Shoulder strap: Ref. BPC

Ref of case: CPB 130U

• BAT18V50A • CC200V18V • C12V18V

Ref: TS130U 130 kN hydraulic crimping head

Stroke 26 mm.

Heads for HN68590 (ENEDIS)

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers Semi-intensive or intensive use

Interchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads

Weight: 3,6 kg.

Dimensions: 205 x 80 x 80 mm.

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

130 kN CRIMPING DIE SETS

Common to tools Pm130U / PB130U / ts130U

LV

Adaptor type A12D2 for use with 130 kN dies ( see page 132 and 133 of the catalogue.)

Reference: 85880

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

250 kN

HYDRAULIC CRIMPING PRESSES

Deep indenting from 16 to 400 mm²

Hexagonal crimping from 50 to 1000 mm²

Force: ≥ 250 kN

Stroke: 28 to 35 mm

Ref: TS250U 250kN hydraulic crimping head

Force: 250 kN.

Deep indenting from 16 to 400 mm²

Stroke 29mm.

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers

Semi-intensive or intensive use

Interchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads

Weight: 6,65 kg.

Dimensions: 255 x 85 x 100 mm.

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

Hydraulic crimping tools and dies set

Ref: TS250H Tête hydraulique 250kN

Force: 250 kN.

Hexagonal crimping from 50 to 630 mm²

Stroke: 28 mm.

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers

Semi-intensive or intensive use

IInterchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads

Weight: 6,9 kg.

Dimensions: 287 x 100 x 130 mm.

Ref: TS450H Tête hydraulique 450kN

Force: 450 kN.

Hexagonal crimping from 95 to 1000 mm²

Stroke: 35 mm.

The crimping head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers

Semi-intensive or intensive use

IInterchangeability of the different crimping or cable-cutter heads.

Weight: 11 kg.

Dimensions: 285 x 115 x 120 mm.

Hydraulic cable cutters

HYDRAULIC CABLE CUTTERS - MAX. CLEARANCE: Ø25 MM

Force: 55 kN

For steel, copper and aluminium cables

Not to be used for live working

Max cutting capacity M55D25 / DB55D25/ TC55D25

Ref: M55D25

55 kN manual hydraulic cable-cutters

Manual guillotine-type hydraulic cable-cutters.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» in case of overload.

Blade return by release trigger.

Weight: 2,94 kg.

Dimensions: 380 x 60 x 140 mm.

Supplied in a case

Dimensions: 490 x 302 x 90 mm

Weight: 1,3 kg.

Ref: DB55D25

55 kN battery-powered hydraulic cable-cutters

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity for optimum manoeuvrability and reduced user fatigue

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the cutting cycle..

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Weight (with battery): 3,3 kg.

Dimensions: 400 x 75 x 128 mm.

Supplied in plastic box with battery and charger.

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 2 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V20A

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Dimensions: 215 x 52 x 90 mm.

Ref: TC55D25

55 kN hydraulic cable-cutters head

The cable-cutter head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers.

Fast opening and closing. Safety housing.

Weight: 2,4 kg.

• C220V18V

• C12V18V

• BAT18V50A

• BAT18V20A

Hydraulic cable cutters

HYDRAULIC CABLE CUTTERS - MAX. CLEARANCE: Ø35 MM

Force: 45 kN

For copper and aluminium cables

Not to be used for live working

Max cutting capacity DB45D35/ PB45D35

Ref: DB45D35

45 kN battery-powered hydraulic cable-cutters

Shear type

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes

On/Off start button.

Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity for optimum manoeuvrability and reduced user fatigue

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the cutting cycle.

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight: 3,3 kg.

Dimensions: 445 x 107 x 78 mm

Supplied in a case with battery and charger.

Dimensions: 471 x 415 x 116 mm

Weight: 2 kg.

Ref: PB45D35

45 kN battery-powered hydraulic cable-cutters

Shear type

18V - 2Ah Li-Ion battery.

Charging time 40 minutes.

360° swivel head

Balanced centre of gravity for optimum manoeuvrability and reduced user fatigue

Automatic end of cycle return

Lighting of the work area by LED.

Hooking clip for shoulder strap or life line.

Weight (with battery): 3,4 kg.

Dimensions: 345 x 285 x 80 mm

Supplied in a case with battery and charger.

Dimensions: 520 x 440 x 130 mm

Weight: 2,3 kg

Hydraulic cable cutters

HYDRAULIC CABLE CUTTERS - MAX. CLEARANCE: Ø40 MM

Force: 88 kN

For steel, copper and aluminium cables

Not to be used for live working

Max cutting capacity M88D40 / PB88D40/ TC88D40

Ref: M88D40

88 kN manual hydraulic cable-cutters

Manual guillotine-type hydraulic cable-cutters.

Fast open and close head, 340° swivel.

Safety locking pin

Automatic release with audible «click» in case of overload.

Piston return by handle rotation and lock.

Weight: 5,88 kg.

Dimensions: 645 x 85 x 165 mm.

Supplied with canvas bag.

Ref: PB88D40

88kN battery-powered hydraulic cable-cutters

18V - 5.0 Ah Li-Ion battery

Charging time 90 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Safety locking pin.

Balanced centre of gravity for optimum manoeuvrability and reduced user fatigue

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the cutting cycle..

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Weight (with battery): 7,4 kg.

Dimensions: 480 x 325 x 85 mm.

Supplied in plastic box with battery and charger.

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

Chargeur allume cigare 12V-18V Li-Ion: Ref. C12V18V

Ref: TC88D40

88 kN hydraulic cable-cutters head

The cable-cutter head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers.

Fast opening and closing.

Safety housing.

Weight: 4,3 kg.

Dimensions: 285 x 85 x 105 mm.

• BAT18V50A

• C220V18V

• C12V18V

Hydraulic cable cutters

HYDRAULIC CABLE CUTTERS - MAX. CLEARANCE: Ø55 MM

Force: 43 kN

For copper and aluminium cables

Not to be used for live working

Max cutting capacity M43D55 / PB43D55/ TC43D55

Ref: M43D55

43 kN manual hydraulic cable-cutters

Manual guillotine-type hydraulic cable-cutters.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Automatic release with audible «click» in case of overload.

Return of the piston by release trigger located in the mobile handle.

Weight: 3,70 kg.

Dimensions:

Supplied with canvas bag.

Ref: PB43D55

43 kN battery-powered hydraulic cable-cutters

Batterie 18V-5,0Ah Li-Ion.

Charging time 90 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 270° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity for optimum manoeuvrability and reduced user fatigue

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the cutting cycle..

Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Weight (with battery): 6,4 kg.

Dimensions: 500 x 335 x 75 mm.

Supplied in plastic box with battery and charger.

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

Ref: TC43D55

43 kN hydraulic cable-cutters head

The cable-cutter head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers.

Fast opening and closing.

Safety housing.

Weight: 3,0 kg.

Dimensions: 300 x 55 x 110 mm.

Hydraulic cable cutters

HYDRAULIC CABLE CUTTERS - MAX. CLEARANCE: Ø85 MM

Force: 55 kN

For copper and aluminium cables

Not to be used for live working

Max cutting capacity M55D85 / PB55D85/ TC55D85

Ref: M55D85

55 kN manual hydraulic cable-cutters

Manual guillotine-type hydraulic cable-cutters.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Safety locking pin.

Automatic release with audible «click» in case of overload.

Piston return by handle rotation and lock..

Weight: 7,60 kg.

Dimensions: 745 x 72 x 190 mm.

Supplied with canvas bag.

Ref: PB55D85

55 kN battery-powered hydraulic cable-cutters

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery

Charging time 90 minutes.

On/Off start button. Grip coating.

Fast open and close head, 180° swivel.

Balanced centre of gravity, supporting side handle for when cutting

Quick motor stop function: instant cut-out of the motor.

Manual return at the end of the cutting cycle.. Safety system preventing any overpressure

Auto standby of the tool after 10 minutes.

Lighting of the work area by LED.

USB connection, dedicated software for analysis and preventive maintenance

Weight (with battery): 8,9 kg.

Dimensions: 580 x 340 x 85 mm.

Supplied in plastic box with battery and charger.

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery: Ref. BAT18V50A

220V 18V Li-Ion 60 mn charger 60mn: Ref. C220V18V

12V-18V Li-Ion cigarette-lighter charger: Ref. C12V18V

• BAT18V50A

Ref: TC55D85

55 kN hydraulic cable-cutters head

The cable-cutter head connects to a 700 bar hydraulic unit, by a high-pressure hose and couplers.

Fast opening and closing.

Safety housing.

Weight: 6,2 kg.

Dimensions: 385 x 75 x 170 mm.

• C220V18V

• C12V18V

ELECTRICAL CABLE CUTTERS

For Aluminium and Copper cables Do not use for live work

Ref: KTE50

Electric ratchet cable cutters 50 mm

Effortlessly cuts copper and aluminium cables up to 50 mm diameter

Capacity: copper and aluminium cables 4x185 mm² or 1x630 mm²

Dimensions: 110 x 190 x 365 mm

Weight: 2.1 kg

Comes with case, battery charger and 14.4 V battery

Accessories:

Ref CHAR KTE: 100-240 V/14.4 V 50-60 Hz battery charger

Ref BAT KTE: 14.4 V 4.0 Ah battery

Charging time: approximately 90 min

Dimensions: 100 x 77 x 138 mm

Weight: 560 gr

Ref: KTE60

Electric ratchet cable cutters 60 mm

Effortlessly cuts copper and aluminium cables up to 60 mm diameter

Capacity: 4x240 mm² or 4x185 mm² copper or 1x630 mm² aluminium cables

Dimensions: 110 x 230 x 355 mm

Weight: 2.7 kg

Comes with case, battery charger and 14.4 V battery

Accessories:

Ref CHAR KTE: 100-240 V/14.4 V 50-60 Hz battery charger

Ref BAT KTE: 14.4 V 4.0 Ah battery

Charging time: approximately 90 min

Dimensions: 100 x 77 x 138 mm

Weight: 560 gr

Ref: KTEF50

Electric ratchet frontal cable cutters 50 mm

Effortlessly cuts copper and aluminium cables up to 50 mm diameter

Capacity: copper and aluminium cables 4x185 mm² or 1x500 mm²

Dimensions: 110 x190 x 385 mm

Weight: 2.8 kg

Comes with case, battery charger and 14.4 V battery

Accessories:

Ref CHAR KTE: 100-240 V/14.4 V 50-60 Hz battery charger

Ref BAT KTE: 14.4 V 4.0 Ah battery

Charging time: approximately 90 min

Dimensions: 100 x 77 x 138 mm

Weight: 560 gr

Hydraulic compressors and accessories

Ref: GB700

Hydraulic unit on rechargeable battery

Pressure: 700 bar.

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery..

Self-contained hydraulic unit with extractable rechargeable battery. 400 W motor with automatic cut-off at 700 bar.

For use with all TS crimping heads, 360° coupler

ON/OFF button, LED indicators (load level, cycle compliance, maintenance).

Cut / crimp control selector, integrated remote control + 3m wired remote control.

USB connection.

0.8 l oil reservoir

IP42 protection

Dimensions: 330 x 250 x 160 mm

Weight: 5,67 kg (with battery and coupler)

Accessories:

18V Li-Ion 5.0 Ah battery. ref BAT18V50A

220 V Charger ref C220V18V

Remote control ref TEL 700

0,5 L hydraulic oil ref HUI G05

5 L hydraulic oil ref HUI G5

Case 550 x 336 x 308 mm 4,8 kg ref COF GB700

Ref: GE700

220 V electric hydraulic unit

Pressure: 700 bar

Alimentation 220 V 50 Hz

Intensive use

Automatic cut-off at 700 bar,

Thermal and mechanical protection systems

For use with all TS crimping heads

Comes with remote control with 2 functions and 3m cable

2 L oil reservoir

IP55 protection

Dimensions: 380 x 200 x 420 mm

Weight: 17 kg (inclus plein d’huile)

Accessories:

Remote control ref TEL 700

0,5 L hydraulic oil ref HUI G05

5 L hydraulic oil ref HUI G5

Case 600 x 490 x 400 mm 10,7 kg ref COF GE700

Ref: R3509 700B

Hydraulic foot pump

Pressure: 700 bar.

Sump: 0,7 L.

Effort on pedal: 38 DaN.

Dimensions: 630 x 175 x 165 mm.

Weight: 7,3 kg

2-speed hydraulic pump.

Connection of crimping heads

Automatic triggering at 700 bar

Release lever

Case Ref: R3509 COF (empty)

Dimensions: 820 x 315 x 320 mm

Weight: 10,9 kg

Ref: FLEX

Hoses

Connection accessories

High pressure hose, 700 bar fitted with ball jointss.

Non-insulated body Insulated body

Length 1,6 m3 m6 m12 m2 m4 m10 m

Reference FLEX16NIFLEX3NIFLEX6NIFLEX12NIFLEX2ISOFLEX4ISOFLEX10ISO

Sliding quick-fit end piece with 1/4 BSP thread, for fitting on hydraulic head. Ref: R3511 TS

Sliding quick-fit coupler with 1/4 BSP thread, for fitting on hydraulic pump. Ref: R3511 GH

Non-insulated tools

Ref: D1 NI Combination pliers

Rectangular gripping area, straight serration with tube grip. Induction hardened, diagonal cutting edges. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

D1 160NI 165 mm195 g

D1 180NI 185 mm250 g

D1 200NI 205 mm320 g

D1 220NI 225 mm355 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5746

Ref: D52 NI

Diagonal cutters for hard cable

Diagonal cutters for hard cable.

Induction hardened, diagonal cutting edges. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

D52 140NI 145 mm190 g

D52 160NI 165 mm270 g

D52 180NI 185 mm300 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5749

Ref: D22D NI

Long straight-nose half-round pliers

Straight serrated jaws, half-round. Induction hardened, diagonal cutting edges. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

D22D 160NI 165 mm170 g

D22D 200NI 205 mm235 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D9 NI

Round jaw pliers

Straight serrated round section jaws. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

D9 160NI 170 mm155 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D5 NI

Double slip-joint adjustable pliers

Adjustable pliers, double toothed slip joint. 7 adjustment positions. Nut maximum opening: 36 mm. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

D5 245NI 245 mm390 g

D5 310NI 310 mm430 g

Complies with standard: ISO 8976

Ref: D50 NI

End cutters for hard cable

End cutters for hard cable.

Induction hardened, diagonal cutting edges. PVC sheathing

ReferencesLengthWeight

D50 160NI 165 mm250 g

D50 200NI 205 mm265 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5748

Ref: D22C NI

Long bent-nose half-round pliers

Bent serrated half-round section jaws.

Induction hardened, diagonal cutting edges. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

D22C 160NI 165 mm155 g

D22C 200NI 205 mm235 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D6 NI

Flat jaw pliers

Straight serrated flat section jaws. PVC sheathing.

ReferenceLengthWeight

D6 160NI 165 mm225 g

Complies with standard: ISO 5745

Ref: D20 NI

Stripping pliers

Thumb wheel adjustment, PVC sheathing.

Length: 170 mm

Cap. 0,5 to 10 mm²

Weight: 200 g

Ref: G480 NI

Cutting pincers

PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthWeight

G480 220NI 200 mm330 g

Ref: D180 NI Cable cutters

Precision cable cutter.

Cuts cleanly, without deforming copper and Aluminum cables. With wire cutter. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthOpeningWeight

D180 160NI 160 mmØ 12 mm220 g

D180 210NI 210 mmØ 14 mm350 g

D180 240NI 240 mmØ 18 mm420 g

Ref: D18C NI Cable cutters

Cable cutters with «Parrot» jaws

Return spring.

Closed position blocking system. PVC sheathing.

ReferencesLengthCapacityWeight

D18C 180NI 180 mmØ 10 mm400 g

D18C 220NI 225 mmØ 16 mm480 g

Ref: C600NI & C800NI

Long handled ratchet cable cutters

For copper and Aluminum.

ReferencesLengthCapacityWeight

C600NI 550 mmØ 35 mm2,1 kg

C800NI 810 mmØ 44 mm3,7 kg

Set of blades:

Ref. M600 for the C600NI.

Ref. M800 for the C800NI.

Ref: D60 NI Bolt cutters

A fully adapted tool for general building-relased metal work. Diagonal cutting for steels up to 140 kg/mm².

ReferencesLength Sections Weight Steel 60 KgSteel 140 Kg

D60N0NI 450 mmØ 8 mmØ 6 mm1,9 kg

D60N1NI 600 mmØ 10 mmØ 8 mm2,9 kg

D60N2NI 750 mmØ 13 mmØ 9 mm4,6

Ref: C10 Single blade «electrician’s» knife

Stainless steel - Wood handle

One 80mm straight blade

Folding bladee

Length: 185 mm

Weight: 70 g

Ref: D18 NI Cable cutters

High strength cable cutters for copper, al. Ø 20 mm max

PVC sheathing.

Length: 220 mm

Weight: 490 g

Ref D182 NI Electrician’s diagonal cutters

Flush cut.

Short strengthened blades for cutting steel wire

Cuts thin metallic cable shielding. PVC sheathing.

Length: 130 mm

Weight: 100 g

Ref: C16NI Cable cutters copper

Aluminum steel

For copper, Aluminum and steel, chromed head. 20 mm diameter Aluminum - copper. 16 mm diameter mild steel. 10 mm diameter hardened steel.

Accessory: Set of blades Ref. LX 16

Length: 660 mm

Weight: 2800 g

Ref: R3089 Bow saw

American toothed bow saw. Hard Point treated

ReferencesLengthWeight

R3089 A 550 mm 540 g

R3089 B 810 mm 785 g

Replacement blade:

Ref. R3089 L

Long. 530mm

Ref. R3795

Long. 760mm

Ref: R3590 Hacksaw frame

Light alloy revolver handle Blade storage

Cutting height max. : 110 mm

Supplied with a fitted blade

Accessory: replacement blade ref. LAMED72

Length: 420 mm

Weight: 650 g

Ref: C11 2-blade «electrician’s» knife

Stainless steel - Wood handle

One straight 80mm blade - One 65 mm curved blade

Folding blades

Length: 185 mm

Weight: 100 g

Non-insulated tools

Ref: KTF321NI

Frontal ratchet cable cutters ø 32 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper cable: 250 mm²

Multi-strand Aluminum cable: 320 mm²

Accessories:

MLF KTF321 (fixed blade)

MLM KTF321 (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 305 mm

Capacity: Ø32 mm

Weight: 1050 g

Ref: KT361NI

Ratchet cable cutters ø 36 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper cable: 185 mm²

Multi-strand Aluminum cable: 185 mm²

Accessories:

MLF36 (fixed blade)

MLM36 (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 255 mm

Capacity: Ø36 mm

Weight: 720 g

Ref: KT501NI

Ratchet cable cutters for steel cables

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 300 mm² (Don’t cut the 3 x 240² + 95²)

Accessories:

MLF50 (fixed blade)

MLM50 (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 230 mm

Weight: 1150 g

Ref: KT521R NI

Reinforced ratchet cable cutters ø 52 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 400 mm²

Accessories:

MLF521R (fixed blade)

MLM521R (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 280 mm

Capacity: Ø52 mm

Weight: 1270 g

Ref: KT80NI

Ratchet cable cutters ø 80 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 840 mm²

Accessories:

MLF80 (fixed blade)

MLM80 (mobile blade)

Total length: 610 mm (blade in position on a Ø80 cable)

Capacity: Ø80 mm

Weight: 3100 g

Ref: KTF361NI

Frontal ratchet cable cutters ø 36 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 300 mm²

Accessories:

MLF KTF36 (fixed blade)

MLM KTF36 (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 320 mm

Capacity: Ø36 mm

Weight: 1460 g

Ref: KT451R NI

Ratchet cable cutters ø 45 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 300 mm²

Accessories:

MLF45 (fixed blade)

MLM45 (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 270 mm

Capacity: Ø45 mm

Weight: 965 g

Ref: KT521NI

Ratchet cable cutters ø 50 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 400 mm²

Accessories:

MLF521 (fixed blade)

MLM521 (mobile blade)

SAC KT (carrying case).

Length: 280 mm

Capacity: Ø50 mm

Weight: 1030 g

Ref: KT60NI

Ratchet cable cutters ø 62 mm

Capacities:

Multi-strand copper/alu cable: 750 mm²

Accessories:

MLF60 (fixed blade)

MLM60 (mobile blade)

Length: 345 mm

Capacity: Ø62 mm

Weight: 1900 g

Ref: D14 NI Double open end spanner

Chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standard:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1711-1

• ISO 1085

• ISO 3318

References 1 2 LWeight

D14 6X7NI 67135 mm11 g

D14 8X9NI 89145 mm25 g

D14 10X11NI 1011160 mm41 g

D14 12X13NI 1213165 mm63 g

D14 13X15NI 1315190 mm69 g

D14 14X15NI 1415190 mm79 g

D14 16X17NI 1617211 mm109 g

References 1 2 LWeight

D14 18X19NI 1819225 mm155 g

D14 19X22NI 1922225 mm164 g

D14 20X22NI 2022245 mm190 g

D14 21X23NI 2123245 mm295 g

D14 24X26NI 2426292mm305 g

D14 24X27NI 2427292 mm307 g

D14 25X28NI 2528292 mm353 g

Ref: D13 NI Double offset ring spanner

Forged in chrome vanadium steel - 12-sided Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1085

• ISO 1711-1

• ISO 3318

References 1 2 LWeight

D13

D13 8X9NI 89195 mm53 g

D13 10X11NI 1011205 mm82 g

D13 12X13NI 1213220 mm103 g

D13 14X15NI 1415230 mm131 g

D13 16X17NI 1617250 mm203 g

References 1 2 LWeight

D14 27X29NI 2729317 mm507 g

D14 30X32NI 3032317 mm519 g

D14 32X36NI 3236344 mm641 g

D14 36X41NI 3641373 mm859 g

D14 41X46NI 4146386 mm1760 g

D14 46X50NI 4650425 mm1917 g

D14 50X55NI 5055465 mm2149 g

References 1 2

D13 17X19NI 1719290 mm239 g

D13 18X19NI 1819290 mm253 g

D13 20X22NI 2022300 mm343 g

D13 21X23NI 2123320 mm353 g

D13 24X26NI

Ref: D11D NI Double socket spanner

Double ended 6-sided spanners - 6-sided from 6 to 7 mm.

Double ended 6-sided spanners- 12-sided from 8 to 32 mm.

Chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standard:

•

•

Ref: G277 NI Combinaison spanner

Two ended spanner, open-end and 12-sided ring

Forged in chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1085

Ref: R3634 NI Mixed offset spanner

Two ended spanner, open-end and 12-sided ring

Forged in chrome vanadium steel.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

• ISO 1085

•

•

Non-insulated tools

Ref: D19 NI Adjustable wrench

Chrome vanadium steel.

Direct reading of the opening by markings.

Complies with standard ISO 6787

Ref: D70 NI Uninsulated flat ratchet ring spanner

Reversible ratchet spanner.

Chrome vanadium steel - 6-sided or 12-sided spanner

Complies with standard ISO 691 References

Reversible ratchet spanner

Reversible ratchet spanner.

vanadium steel.

ReferencesSquare

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3315

• ISO 1174-1

Ref: CD4 20NI 4 to 20 Nm ratchet spanner

Controlled tightening

Right hand thread

Torque wrench with a reversible square drive end

Controlled tightening

Left or right hand thread

Extension for ratchet spanner

Chrome vanadium steel.

ReferencesSquareLengthWeight

Complies

Non-insulated tools

Ref: CTENI Slide-on tube wrench

6-sided chrome steel tube with bi-material sleeve

Ref: TP Screw holding tool

Enables to hold and tighten screws with only one hand

ReferencesBlade sizeScrew typeLengthWeight

TP 3 Ø 3 x 100Slotted190 mm37 g

TP 4 Ø 4 x 125Slotted225 mm65 g

TP 5 Ø 5 x 150Slotted255 mm97 g

TP

1 Ø 5 x 150Phillips n°1 cross-head220 mm96 g TP

Ref: M150 NI 6-sided male sockets 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Male square 1/4”

Chrome vanadium steel

Max length of hexagon = 18 mm.

Possibility of supplying socket with a special 6-sided length. Add the desired length to the reference (ex: M150 8-45NI). References

M150

M150

M150

Complies with standards:

• ISO 2936

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

Ref: M200 NI 6-sided male sockets 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Male square 3/8”

Chrome vanadium steel

Max length of hexagon = 25 mm.

Possibility of supplying socket with a special 6-sided length. Add the desired length to the reference (ex: M200 8-45NI). References

Complies with standards:

• ISO 2936

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

Ref: M250 NI 6-sided male sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Male square 1/2”

Chrome vanadium steel

Max length of hexagon = 18 mm.

Possibility of supplying socket with a special 6-sided length. Add the desired length to the reference (ex: M250 8-45NI).

References

M250

M250

M250

Ref: AUG NI Expander

Chrome vanadium steel

ReferencesFemale squareMale squareWeight

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 3316

•

•

•

Ref: RE NI Reducer

Chrome vanadium steel

References Female square Male square Weight

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 3316

Non-insulated tools

Ref: D150 6P NI 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Chrome

Ref: D200 6P NI 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel Female square 3/8”.

Ref: D250 6P NI 6-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Chrome

Chrome vanadium steel

Female square 3/8”.

Ref:

Ref: DL150 6P NI Long 6-sided female sockets 1/4’’ (6,35 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel

Female square 1/4”.

DL150

DL150

DL150

DL150

Ref: DL200 6P NI Long 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel

Female square 3/8”.

DL200

DL200 6P 13NI 1344 mm90 g

DL200 6P 14NI 1445 mm100 g

DL200

DL200

DL200

DL200

DL200 6P

Ref: DL250 6P NI Long 6-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7

Chrome

Chrome vanadium steel

Female square 3/8”.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

Ref:

Chrome

mm)

Non-insulated tools

Ref: R3677 Flat file

ReferencesCoupeLength

R3677 B25 Bastard250 mm

R3677 MD25 1/2 soft250 mm

R3677 D25 Soft250 mm

Ref: R3678 1/2 Round file

ReferencesCoupeLength

R3678 B25 Bastard250 mm

R3678 MD25 1/2 soft250 mm

R3678 D25 Soft250 mm

Ref: R3845 Milled steel centre punch

Length: 100 mm

Diameter: 10 mm

Weight: 25 g

Ref: D62C NI Short Allen key

For Allen key screws.

L = handle length, I = short arms length References

D62C 6NI 690 mm32 mm40 g

D62C 7NI 795 mm34 mm53 g

D62C 8NI 8100 mm36 mm71 g

D62C 9NI 9105 mm38 mm97 g

D62C 10NI 10112 mm40 mm125 g

D62C 11NI 11118 mm42 mm156 g

D62C 12NI 12125 mm45 mm234 g

D62C 14NI 14140 mm56 mm301 g

D62DJEU Set of 8 keys 1,5-2-2,5-3-4-5-6-8

Complies with standard ISO 2936

Ref: R3476 S

Set of 10 ball-head Allen keys

Hex ball-head on the long arm of each key. For Allen key screws

Hexagon dimensions:

1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10

Complies with standard ISO 2936

Ref: R2008 Steel tape measure

Compact ABS case with full rubber overmoulding

Belt clip. Steel anti-reflective tape with brake Fast rewind and shock absorber

Class II accuracy

References R2008 AR2008 BR2008 C Length 3 m5 m8 m

Ref: R3134 Tape measure

ABS shock-resistant round case

Washable fibreglass tape (zero baseline)

Class III accuracy

Metal winding lever

ReferencesLength R3134 A 10 m

R3134 B 20 m

Ref: DM PLAST Double rules

Thermoplastic material, Markings etched in the material 10 folding arms.

Class III accuracy.

Folded length : 230 mm

Weight: 135 g

Ref: R3679 Round file

ReferencesCoupeLength

R3679 B25 Bastard250 mm

R3679 MD25 1/2 soft250 mm

R3679 D25 Soft250 mm

Ref: D62 NI Long Allen key

For Allen key screws. Length = 120 mm, handle = 80 mm.

References Weight

D62 3NI 315 g

D62 4NI 430 g

D62 5NI 540 g

D62 6NI 655 g

D62 8NI 8100 g

Complies with standard ISO 2936

Ref: R3477 1

Set of 9 L-shaped Torx keys

In a holder. For Torx-shape screws

Numbers: T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T40, T45 and T50

Ref: R3476

Set of 9 Allen keys

In a holder. For Allen key screws.

Hexagon sizes:

1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10

Complies with standard ISO 2936

Ref: R3842M Magnetic trapezoid spirit level

Single-cast Aluminum body

Shock resistant and non-deformable Machined facing Accuracy 1mm/m

ReferencesLength R3842M C 500 mm

Ref: R3835 Locking pliers 225 mm

4 ratchet adjustment positions. Adjustable clamp force dial. Release lever. Hardened jaws. Chrome finish

ReferencesLengthCapacity R3835 225 mm60 mm

Ref: R3450K138 138 piece screwdriver

universal bit box

Composition:

Dimension: 220 x 150 x 45 mm

Ref: R3015 Riveting hammer

Wooden handle

References Weight

R3015 A 30 mm 630 g

R3015 B 40 mm1,25 kg

R3015 C 50 mm2 kg

Ref: R3080 Bevel-edge block hammer

Wooden handle

Straight-wedge fitting

References

Weight

R3080 A 42 mm 1 kg

R3080 B 44 mm1,25 kg

R3080 C 46 mm1,5 kg

Ref: R3834 Long range projector

Long range 420 m lighting.

4 watt high performance LED

2 brightness levels (190 Lumens):

• 100% (normal mode)

• 50% (economy mode)

Head swivels 145 ° and adjustable

autonomy 270 h

Supplied in blister with battery and carrying strap

Accessories:

6V -1.2 A Replacement Battery: Ref. R3834 P

Ref: R3730 4-socket cable reeler

4 sockets with weatherproof caps

Steel tube frame

ReferencesLead length

R3730 A 25 m

R3730 B 40 m

Non-insulated tools

Ref: R3014 Electrician’s hammer

Hickory handle

Metal wedge fitting

Weight: 190 g

Ref: R3007 Round rubber mallet

Black rubber. 2 flat faces for all uses

90 shores with hardwood handle Tapered fitting

ReferencesØ in the centre

R3007 A 50 mm

R3007 B 60 mm

R3007 C 70 mm

R3007 D 75 mm

Ref: R3475 Masonry Chisel

Resharpenable, with safety grip Quality carbon steel

ReferencesØLength

R3475 A 14250 mm

R3475 B 16300 mm

R3475 C 16350 mm

R3475 D 18400 mm

Ref: LT180L LED torch

LED torch with thermoplastic shell Resistant to chemical products (battery acid, hydraulic fluid, etc.)

Water-resistant to 3 m

Batteries: 4 AA Alkaline LR6

180 Lumens 8h

ATEX: Zone 2

II 3G ec ic IIB T4

II 3D ic IIIB T132°c

Dimensions: 160 x 40,6 x 35,6 mm

Weight: 159 g

Ref: KIT OUTILLAGE NI A Non-insulated tool kit Model A

Composition:

Bronze Aluminum / copper beryllium anti-spark tools

ATEX lighting

Tools for the preparation of PE GAS pipes

p. 188 p. 188 p. 188 p. 188

p.

p. 192 p. 192 p. 192 p. 192 p. 192

p. 189 p. 189

p. 187 p. 187 p. 187 p. 187 p. 187 p. 188

p. 186 p. 186 p. 186 p. 186 p. 187 p. 187

p. 181 & 182 p. 181 & 182 ATEX

p. 183 p. 183 p. 184 p. 185

p. 179 p. 179

p. 179 p. 179 p. 180 p. 180

p. 177 p. 177 ATEX

p. 177 p. 178 ATEX

p. 178 ATEX

COATED TOOLS FOR WORKING IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE ATEX I (II) NF E74-400

Overview:

The main danger when working with metal tools in an explosive atmosphere is the production of sparks following rubbing or physical shocks to which the tool is subjected. One known solution for reducing this risk is to apply a coating which protects the metallic part against any physical shocks or rubbing and which itself cannot generate sparks following electro-static phenomena.

Note: lthere is no zero risk to the extent that the active part cannot generally be coated, that is why the term reduced sparking tools is used.

The NF E74-400 standard specifies the characteristics and tests for these tools. The standard recommends that the coating used be of a blue colour.

Field of application:

The NF E74-400 standard concerns hand tools used in an explosive atmosphere, group II, subdivisions A and B in accordance with NF C23-514, the group of gases for surface industries.

Example: Class IIA: Propane, Butane, Acetone, Methanol, Natural gas

Class IIB: Ethylene.

Class IIC is excluded: Acetylene, Hydrogen.

The group of Mine gases is excluded.

The standard applies to bending or twisting hand tools (e.g. screwdrivers, spanners, pliers) whereas striking tools (e.g. hammers, shovels, picks) are excluded.

ATEX I and ATEX II tools

The NF E74-400 standard sets out two types of tools::

• type I: tools for explosive atmospheres

• type II: tools for explosive atmospheres used in an electrical environment (under conditions set out in the standard IEC EN 60900 1000V for alternating current and 1500V for direct current).

Note: a type II tool cannot have two working heads with electrical continuity (example: two-headed or mixed spanners).

Specific marking identifies type I and II:

• ATEX I symbol for type I tools

• ATEX II symbol for type II tools

Important: the NF E74-400 standard uses the EXplosive ATmosphere abbreviation (ATEX) for marking the tools which should not be confused with the classification of the ATEX 0,1 or 2 zones of the product marking example the ATEX 94/9/EC directive.

For use -40°C, C marking indicates that the tool has been designed for this purpose.

Checks & Tests:

The blue coated tools must satisfy the tests of standard NF E74-400:

• Physical shock tests

• Insulation resistance test to check that the coating does not create sparks (electro-static charges)

• Dielectric test (solely for ATEX II type)

• Adherence of the coating

• Flame non-propagation test

Maintenance:

The insulated tools are designed to preserve their characteristics despite the difficult conditions of use inherent with on site work. However, they should be properly stored and kept clean.

The coating can be cleaned with soap and water (rinsing + drying) whereas the metal parts must be regularly greased.

EXAMPLES OF TESTS

Leakage current check

Ref: G30 Combination pliers

Serrated jaws with tube grip. Cuts hard cable.

Induction hardened cutting edges.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

G30 160 165 mm240 g

G30 180 07.73.404185 mm310 g

G30 200 205 mm370 g

G30 220 07.73.406225 mm422 g

Complies with standard ISO 5746

Ref: G220 Gas pliers

Polished head, serrated jaws with tube grip. Gripping capacity: 22 mm.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

G220 230 07.73.453230 mm400 g

Ref: G110 Flat pliers

Serrated jaws.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

G110 160 167 mm215 g

Complies with standard ISO 5745

Ref: G510 Long-nose half-round pliers

Serrated jaws

Medium-hard steel wire cut, induction-hardened cutting edges.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

G510 160

G510 180

G510 200

Complies with standard ISO 5745

mm164 g

mm214 g

mm264 g

Ref: G90 250 Double slip-joint adjustable pliers

Box joint arms, 7 adjustment positions. Anti-jam protection.

ReferenceGRDF NoLengthOpeningWeight

G90 250 07.73.423250 mm36 mm360 g

Complies with standard ISO 8976

ATEX II

ATEX II

ATEX II

ATEX II

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: G90 310 Double slip-joint adjustable pliers

Box joint arms, 7 adjustment positions. Anti-jam protectiont.

ReferenceGRDF NoLengthOpeningWeight

mm45 mm430 g

Complies with standard ISO 8976

Ref: G94 Self-locking adjustable pliers

Box joint hinge.

Accurate safe adjustment with one hand using the hinge button Self-blocking position on tube and nut 25 adjustment positions.

61 HRC teeth protecting against wear.

ReferencesGRDF

Complies with standard ISO 8976

Ref: G52 Electrician’s diagonal cutters

Cuts hard steel cable.

Induction-hardened cutting edges.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

Complies with standard ISO 5749

Ref: G50 Electrician’s end cutters

Cuts hard steel cable.

Induction-hardened cutting edge.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight G50

Complies

Ref: G480 End cutting pincers

Induction-hardened cutting edges.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight G480

G480

Complies with standard ISO 9242

ATEX

ATEX

ATEX

ATEX

ATEX

Ref: G470 Plate with right-hand cutting action

Accurate cutting of a curved line from the edge of a piece of metal sheet or from a hole. «Metal sheet cut-through» function: cuts long lengths thanks to its angle and the clearance of its cutting blades.

Right-hand cut.

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

G470 275 260 mm390 g

G470 290 280 mm570 g

Ref: G450 Hacksaw frame

GRDF No: 07.73.752

Coated steel frame for 300 mm blade.

Blade adjustment for flush sawing.

Screw tensioning of the blade, comes with a blade.

Length: 440 mm

Weight: 780 g

Complies with standards NF E73.073

Ref: G CTPE Pipe cutting shears

Blue-coated

Fast cutting of PE tubes, blade treated for clean cutting, gearing-up ratchet.

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthCapacityWeight

ReferencesReplacement blade Ref.

G CTPE2 LCT20

G CTPE3 LCT30

Ref: COUPE GAINE Sheat cutting knife

GRDF No: 08.89.020

For longitudinal cutting of a polyethylene sheath. Black polyamide coated metal tool.

The sheath cutter comprises 3 parts:

• a guide shoe, to be inserted under the sheath.

• a PVC blue-coated handle for improved grip on which the operator pulls straightwise.

• An (interchangeable) cutting blade and its retractable protective hood.

Weight: 430 g

Ref: CTPC & CTPC-R Hybrid Knife for TPC cable protection tubes

Full characteristics See page 35

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWidthWeight

CTPC 08.89.021143 mm56 mm75 g

CTPC-R 07.83.603160 mm56 mm140 g

ATEX

ATEX

LCTPC

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: G300 Adjustable spanner

Graduated in chrome vanadium steel. Non-visible rack, direct reading of the opening.

ATEX II

Ref: G300I Fully-coated adjustable spanner

Chrome vanadium steel. Non-visible rack.

Complies with standard ISO 6787

Ref: G462 Offset hexagonal spanner

The shape of the jaws allows for tightening of all square or hexagonal nuts, union fitting, tightening nuts, valves etc. The jaws are smooth for working on chromed nuts

ReferenceGRDF NoLengthOpeningWeight

Ref: G462I Fully coated hexagonal adjustable spanner

The shape of the jaws allows for tightening of all square or hexagonal nuts, unions, tightening nuts, valves etc.

The jaws are smooth for working on chromed nuts.

ReferencesGRDF NoGRDF NoLengthOpeningWeight

Ref: G460 STILSON type pipe wrench

Very hard teeth and high resistance, obtained by double thermal treatment of the special high resistance steel. Instantaneous grip on the tube

ReferencesGRDF

Ref: G460I Fully-coated STILSON type pipe wrench

Very hard teeth and high resistance, obtained by double thermal treatment of the special high resistance steel.

Instantaneous grip on the tube.

ReferencesN. GRDFLengthOpeningWeight

Ref: G270 Single open end spanner

Forged in chrome vanadium steel..

•

•

Ref: G275 Double open end spanner

Forged in chrome vanadium steel.

standards: •

Ref: G250 Single socket spanner

Single ended spanner, 6-sided from de 5 to 9 mm, 12-sided from 10 to 32 mm.

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel.

Deep hard-wearing socket, long lever arm for powerful tightening.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1711-1

• ISO 691

• ISO 2236

Ref: G255 Double socket spanner

Double ended spanner, hex from 5 to 9mm, bi-hex from 10 to 32 mm.

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel.

Deep hard-wearing socket, long lever arm for powerful tightening.

Complies with standards:

•

•

691

• ISO 2236

Ref: G240 Single offset ring spanner

Forged in chrome vanadium steel 12-sided.

Complies with

•

•

Ref: G245 Double offset ring spanner

Forged in chrome vanadium steel 12-sided.

Complies

• ISO 1085

• ISO 1711-1

691

•

•

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: G230 Single ring spanner

12-sided spanners made of forged chrome vanadium steel. Powerful tightening. 15° offset of the ring allowing handling space on flat surfaces. Low thickness of the ring.

Ref: G277 Combinaison spanner

Two ended spanner, open-end and bi-hex ring. Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. Combination of two same-gauge heads: fast tightening with the open end, and powerful overtightening with the 12-sided end, whose 15° offset provides easy handling on flat surfaces.

Ref: G490 Adjustable C spanner

For castellated nuts. Articulation fitted with a spring washer guaranteeing flexibility and reliability of working.

G490

G490

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: GCR PHILLIPS cross-head screwdriver

Chrome vanadium steel blade.

ReferencesGRDF NoØ. BladeBlade lengthWeight

GCR

Complies with standard: ISO 8764-1

Ref: G23 Screwdriver for slot-head screws

Chrome vanadium steel blade.

ReferencesGRDF NoØ. BladeBlade lengthWeight

Complies with standard: ISO 2380-1

Ref: G62 Single long Allen key

One headed key. For Allen key screws, treated chrome vanadium steel.

= length of longer side, Width = length of shorter side.

Complies with standard: ISO 2936

Ref: G62C Single short Allen key

One headed key. For Allen key screws, treated chrome vanadium steel. Length = length of longer side, Width = length of shorter side.

Complies with standard: ISO 2936

Ref: G355A Double-head Allen key

Two-headed key. For Allen screws, treated chrome vanadium steel., Length = length of longer side, Width = length of shorter side.

Complies with standard: ISO 2936

Ref: G1004 Flat ratchet ring spanner

Forged in molybdenum chrome vanadium steel. 12-sided, ideal for fast tightening and loosening in restricted spaces, small size, reduced travel angle.

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1711-1

• ISO 691

Ref: G541 Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Chrome vanadium steel..

Ratchet spanner reversible simply by turning it over. 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) female square.

Length: 300 mm

Weight: 640 g

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: G441 Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

GRDF No: 07.73.395

Forged in chrome vanadium steel. 1/2’’ (12,7mm) male square drive.

Length: 245 mm

Weight: 575 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 3315

Ref: G441A2 Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ATEX II model - Made for working in an electrical environment

Forged in chrome vanadium steel. 1/2’’(12,7mm) male square drive.

Length: 250 mm

Weight: 550 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 3315

Ref: G442 12P Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12,7mm) female square Fits to G441 ratchet spanner

G442

G442

G442

G442

G442

G442

G442

G442

G442

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

• ISO 2725-1

ATEX

ATEX II type - Made for working in an electrical environment

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12,7mm) female square.

Fits to G441A2 ratchet spanner

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

• ISO 2725-1

Long socket. Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12,7mm). female square

Fits to G441 ratchet spanner

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

• ISO 2725-1

Ref: GSL442A2 12P Blue-coated long 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7

mm)

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

GSL442A2

ATEX II type - Made for working in an electrical environment

Long series socket. Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12,7mm). female square

Fits to G441A2 ratchet spanner

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

• ISO 2725-1

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: G503 6P Blue-coated 6-sided male sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Hexagonal length: Max. 23 mm

Fits to G441 ratchet spanner. ReferencesGRDF

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1,

• ISO 2936

Ref: G503A2 6P Blue-coated 6-sided male sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ATEX II model - Made for working in an electrical environment.

Hexagonal length: Max. 23 mm

Fits to G441A2 ratchet spanner.

with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 2936

Ref: G501 Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12.7mm) female and male square.

Length = 125 mm.

Fits to G441 ratchet spanner.

Weight: 235 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3316

• ISO 1174 -1

Ref: G501A2 Blue-coated extension bar bleue 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ATEX II model - Made for working in an electrical environment

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12.7mm) female and male square

Length = 125 mm.

Fits to G441A2 ratchet spanner.

Weight: 240 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 3316

• ISO 1174 -1

Ref: G502 Blue-coated square device T wrench 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel. 1/2” (12.7mm) male square drive.

Handle length = 190 mm

ReferencesGRDF NoLengthWeight

G502 130 130 mm410 g

G502 185 185 mm500 g

G502 300 07.73.322300 mm850 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 3315

ATEX

ATEX

ATEX

CASE OF RATCHET SPANNERS AND ACCESSORIES 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Ref: G440

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ReferenceQtyDescription

G441 1Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’

G501 1Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm to simple locking device

G442 12P(X) 14 Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/21/22/23/)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: G445

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ReferenceQtyDescription

G441 1Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’

G501 1Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm to simple locking device

G502 300 1Blue-coated square device T wrench 1/2’’ of 300 mm to simple locking device

G503 6P (X) 5 Blue-coated 6-sided male sockets (8/10/12/14/17)

G442 12P(X) 25 Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/1 7/18/19/20/21/22/23/24/25/26/27/28/29/30/31/32)

COFFRETP4 1 1Thermoplastic case 450 x 330 x 100 mm

Ref: G440A2

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ReferenceQtyDescription

G441A2

G501A2

1Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’

1Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm to simple locking device

G442A2 12P(X) 14 Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/21/22/23/)

COFFRETP8 4 1Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: G445A2

Ratchet spanner case 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Weight

g

Weight

g

Weight

g

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

G441A2 1Reversible ratchet spanner 1/2’’

G501A2 1Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm to simple locking device

G502 300 1Blue-coated square device T wrench 1/2’’ of 300 mm to simple locking device

G503A2 6P (X) 5 Blue-coated 6-sided male sockets (8/10/12/14/17)

G442A2 12P(X) 25 Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (8/9/10/11/12/13/14/15/16/ 17/18/19/20/21/22/23/24/25/26/27/28/29/30/31/32)

COFFRETP4 1 1Thermoplastic case 450 x 330 x 100 mm

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

BLUE-COATED TORQUE WRENCHES

For precision tightening as part of work in an explosive atmosphere as well as in an electrical environment.

Automatic release torque wrenches, type II graduated adjustment, Class A, accuracy ± 4%, compliant with standardNF EN ISO 6789

The torque, expressed in Nm (Lb/ft), is adjusted by turning the handle.

The relevant graduation should be aligned with the vertical mark on dial.

A locking system prevents any loss of adjustment

The torque wrench works likes a ratchet spanner and when the torque is reached the handle is released by around 7°, accompanied by a mechanical sound signal.

The wrench automatically resets and is ready again for tightening.

It is not recommended to use a torque wrench for loosening.

A reversible drive square model is available for tightening left or right-hand threads.

The torque wrenches are identified by a serial number and come with their calibration certificate. We carry out periodic calibration of the torque wrenches (advisable every year for normal use).

The wrenches can purchased alone or in a thermoplastic box + protective foam for the storage of accessories (sockets, extensions etc)..

When not in use, keep the wrench adjusted to the minimum torque level

Ref: GD4 20

Blue-coated torque ratchet wrench 4 to

Controlled tightening

Right step

Ref: GD8 60

Blue-coated ratchet torque wrench

Controlled tightening

Right step

20 Nm device

Ref: GD8 60R

Blue-coated reversible ratchet torque wrench

Controlled tightening

Left or Right step

ATEX II

ATEX II

ATEX II

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: CGD4-20-G10

Torque wrench set, 4-20 Nm square 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) and 10 mm long socket

Specially designed for controlled tightening of metal collars on pipes

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

GD4 20 3/8

GSL200A26P10

1Blue-coated torque ratchet wrench 3/8’’ from 4 to 20 Nm

1Blue-coated 6-sided female sockets 3/8’’ size 10 mm

SAC KT 1Storage case

Ref: GD4-20-G10

Same composition without ref SAC KT

Ref: CGD8-60-P8A

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

composition P8A

Possibility to adapt the contents of the case to your needs

ReferenceQtyDescription

GD8 60 1/2 1Blue-coated torque ratchet wrench 1/2’’ from 8 to 60 Nm

G442A2 12P(X) 12 Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ 1/2’’ (8/10/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21)

G501A2 Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm to simple locking device COFFRETP8 1 1 Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CGD8-60R-P8A

Reversible torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A

Same composition as case CGD8-60-P8A but with reversible square through-hole torque wrench 1/2’’ (ref GD8 60R 1/2)

Ref: CGD8-60-P8B

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8B

Possibility to adapt the contents of the case to your needs

ReferenceQtyDescription

GD8 60 1/2

G442A2 12P(X) 12

torque ratchet wrench 1/2’’ from 8 to 60 Nm

12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ 1/2’’ (8/10/12/13/14/15/16/17/18/19/20/21)

G503A2 6P 6 1 Blue-coated 6-sided male sockets (6)

G502 130 1Blue-coated square device T wrench 1/2’’ of 300 mm to simple locking device

G501A2 1Blue-coated extension bar 1/2’’ of 125 mm to simple locking device COFFRETP8 1 1 Thermoplastic case 375 x 270 x 80 mm

Ref: CGD8-60R-P8B

Reversible torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8B

Same composition as case CGD8-60-P8B but with reversible square through-hole torque wrench 1/2’’ (ref GD8 60R 1/2)

ATEX

ATEX

ATEX

ATEX II

ATEX

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

BLUE COATED TORQUE WRENCHES AND ACCESSORIES FOR USING WITH OPEN END SPANNERS AND SOCKETS

For precision tightening.

Trigger release torque wrenches, graduated and adjustable type II, Class A, accuracy ± 4%, compliant with standard ISO 6789

The torque, expressed in Nm (Lb/ft), is adjusted by turning the handle.

The relevant graduation should be aligned with the vertical mark on dial.

A locking system prevents any loss of adjustment.

The torque wrench is fitted with an adaptor for attaching open end spanner bits for GAS work (20x7mm)

(for example the tightening of meter joints).

A ratchet bit for receiving 1/2” drive sockets is also available

Only use the adaptor supplied with the torque wrench when fitting accessories: open end spanners, sockets, etc

When the torque is reached the handle is released by around 7°, accompanied by a mechanical sound signal.

The wrench automatically resets and is ready again for tightening

Each torque wrench is identified by a serial number and comes with its calibration certificate.

We carry out periodic calibration of the torque wrenches (advisable every year for normal use).

The torque wrenches and their accessories are available with ATEX I blue coating or non-coated.

They can be purchased in individual boxes or with a set of accessories of your choice in cases with fitting foam.

Ref: CD30 125

20 to 125 Nm torque wrench with CD129 207 adaptor

Ref: CD70 350

70 to 350 Nm torque wrench with CD1814207 adaptor

Ref: CD30 125G Blue-coated torque wrench ATEX I 20 to 125 Nm with CD129 207G

Ref: CD70 350G Blue-coated torque wrench ATEX I 70 to 350 Nm with CD1814207G adaptor

ATEX I ATEX I

TORQUE WRENCH ACCESSORIES

CD30 - 125 (G) AND CD70 - 350 (G)

Ref: FOURCHT(XX)G Blue-coated open end spanner ATEX I

30°

open-end spanner bit with 20 x 7 mm end piece fitting to the torque wrench

Ref: FOURCHT(XX) Non-coated open end spanner

30° slanted open end spanner bit with 20 x 7 mm end piece fitting to the torque wrench adaptor.

Ref: RC207G 90°curved extension, ATEX I blue-coated

With the 20 x 7 mm male end piece of the open end spanner fitting to the torque wrench female adaptor CD70 350G

Allows the torque wrench to be placed at 90° in relation to the spanner in the case of an obstacle

A conversion table for the torque to be displayed on the wrench compared to the desired torque is supplied with the extension.

Ref: RC207 90°curved extension, non-coated

GRDF No: 07.65.947

With the 20 x 7 mm male end piece of the open end spanner fitting to the torque wrench female adaptor CD70 350

Allows the torque wrench to be placed at 90° in relation to the spanner in the case of an obstacle.

A conversion table for the torque to be displayed on the wrench compared to the desired torque is supplied with the extension.

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: CD20X7G Loosening wrench for spanner with 20 x 7 mm tip

Wrench specially designed for loosening operations with the torque wrench used only for tightening, can be used as a conventional wrench if a torque wrench is not required.

Enables the use of spanners with 20x7 mm tips, all sizes

Length 250 mm

Weight: 575 g

Ref: G1000 Holding spanner for gas meter

Holds the «meter - pipes» set

Use:

For undoing inlet and outlet joints with no risk of damage

Especially for dismantling size G4 gas meters with a 110 -160 mm for periodic checks or removal operations.

Characteristics:

304L stainless steel and blue-coated handle

Dimensions: 330 x 175 mm

Spanner thickness: 3 mm

Weight: 425 g

Ref: 20X7G1000 Clamp wrench for gas meter, 20x7 head

Same model as the G1000 wrench

fits on loosening wrench Ref CD 20X7G

Dimensions: 230 x 220 mm (lg 175 mm sortie de manche)

Weight of head: 280 g

ATEX

ATEX

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: G442 12P Blue-coated 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel.

Dimensions: 8 to 33 mm.

Example: 18 socket = ref G442 12P 18

Attaches to ratchet piece Ref: TC207 1/2G

See full table page 170

Complies with standards:

• ISO 1174-1

• ISO 691

• ISO 2725-1

Ref: D250 12P NI 12-sided female sockets 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel.

Attaches to ratchet piece: Ref: TC207 1/2

ReferenceGRDF No Weight

D250 12P 12NI 07.65.9501248 g

D250 12P 13NI 07.65.9511350 g

D250 12P 15NI 07.65.9521557 g

D250 12P 16NI 07.65.9531663 g

D250 12P 17NI 07.65.9541770 g

D250 12P 19NI 07.65.9551975 g

D250 12P 20NI 07.65.9562085 g

Complies with standards:

• ISO 691

ReferenceGRDF

D250

12P 24NI

D250

12P 27NI 07.65.96027145 g

D250 12P 30NI 07.65.96230180 g

D250 12P 32NI 07.65.96332210 g

• ISO 2725-1

Ref: R250 NI Extension bar 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

Made of forged chrome vanadium steel

ReferenceGRDF NoLengthWeight

R250 50NI 07.65.93050 mm90 g

R250 75NI 07.65.93175 mm110 g

R250 125NI 07.65.932125 mm170 g

R250 250NI 07.65.933250 mm400 g

R250 500NI 07.65.934500 mm950 g

Ref: TC207 1/2G Reversible ratchet end piece 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

ATEX I blue-coated

With 20 x 7 mm male end piece fitting to the female torque wrench adaptor. Allows the torque wrench to be used with sockets and 1/2” square extension bars.

Weight: 284 g

Ref: TC207 1/2 Reversible ratchet non-coated end piece 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

With 20 x 7 mm male end piece fitting to the female torque wrench adaptor. Allows the torque wrench to be used with sockets and 1/2” square extension bars.

Weight: 244 g

Ref: R3837 Repositioner 40 mm

GRDF No: 07.65.903

Attaches to ratchet end piece Ref: TC207 1/2

Weight: 165 g

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

TORQUE WRENCH SETS

CD30 - 125 (G) AND CD70 - 350 (G) AND ACCESSORIES

Ref: CCD30 125

CD30 - 125 torque wrench and accessories set

GRDF No: 07.65.902

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD30 125 120 to 125 Nm torque wrench

CD129 207 1Adaptor supplied with the CD30 - 125 torque wrench

FOURCHT32 1 30° slanted open end spanner bit (32 mm)

FOURCHT34 1 30° slanted open end spanner bit (34 mm)

FOURCHT36 1 30° slanted open end spanner bit (36 mm)

FOURCHT50 1 30° slanted open end spanner bit (50 mm)

COFFRETP2 2 1Thermoplastic case 326 x 237 x 79mm and fitting foam

Weight

2355

g

Ref: CCD30 125G

ATEX I coated / CD30 - 125G torque wrench and accessories set

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD30 125G 120 to 125 Nm blue-coated torque wrench

CD129 207G 1Blue-coated adaptor supplied with the CD30 - 125 torque wrench

FOURCHT32G 1 Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (32 mm)

FOURCHT34G 1 Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (34 mm)

FOURCHT36G 1 Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (36 mm)

FOURCHT50G 1 Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (50 mm)

COFFRETP2 2 1Thermoplastic case 326 x 237 x 79mm and fitting foam

Weight

2520

g

Ref: CCD70 350-1

CD70 - 350 torque wrench and accessories set

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD70 350 170 to 350 Nm torque wrench

CD1814207

1Adaptor for CD70 - 350G torque wrench

FOURCHT19 130° slanted open end spanner bit (19 mm)

FOURCHT24 130° slanted open end spanner bit (24 mm)

FOURCHT27 130° slanted open end spanner bit (27 mm)

FOURCHT30 130° slanted open end spanner bit (30 mm)

FOURCHT32 130° slanted open end spanner bit (32 mm)

FOURCHT34 130° slanted open end spanner bit (34 mm)

FOURCHT36 130° slanted open end spanner bit (36 mm)

FOURCHT38 130° slanted open end spanner bit (38 mm)

FOURCHT41 130° slanted open end spanner bit (41 mm)

FOURCHT45 130° slanted open end spanner bit (45 mm)

FOURCHT50 130° slanted open end spanner bit (50 mm)

FOURCHT55 130° slanted open end spanner bit (55 mm)

FOURCHT60 130° slanted open end spanner bit (60 mm)

FOURCHT65 130° slanted open end spanner bit (65 mm)

FOURCHT70 130° slanted open end spanner bit (70 mm)

FOURCHT75 130° slanted open end spanner bit (75 mm)

RC207 190° curved extension

TC207 1/2 1Blue-coated reversible ratchet end piece - 1/2’’ square

D250-NI 14 12-sided sockets - 1/2’’ square (12 - 13 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 19 - 20 - 21 - 23 - 24 - 27 - 29 - 30 - 32)

MA500-1 1Aluminum case 700 x 400 x 53 mm and fitting foam

Weight

Ref: CCD70 350G

ATEX I coated CD70 - 350G torque wrench and accessories set

ReferenceQtyDescription

CD70 350G 170 to 350 Nm blue-coated torque wrench

CD1814207G 1Blue-coated adaptor for CD70 - 350G torque wrench

FOURCHT19G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (19 mm)

FOURCHT24G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (24 mm)

FOURCHT27G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (27 mm)

FOURCHT30G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (30 mm)

FOURCHT32G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (32 mm)

FOURCHT34G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (34 mm)

FOURCHT36G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (36 mm)

FOURCHT38G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (38 mm)

FOURCHT41G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (41 mm)

FOURCHT45G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (45 mm)

FOURCHT50G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (50 mm)

FOURCHT55G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (55 mm)

FOURCHT60G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (60 mm)

FOURCHT65G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (65 mm)

FOURCHT70G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (70 mm)

FOURCHT75G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (75 mm)

RC207G 1Blue-coated 90° curved extension

TC207 1/2G 1Blue-coated reversible ratchet end piece - 1/2’’ square

G442 12P(X) 14

Blue-coated 12-sided sockets - 1/2’’ square (12 - 13 - 1516 - 17 - 19 - 20 - 21 - 23 - 24 - 27 - 29 - 30 - 32)

MA500-1 1Aluminum case 700 x 400 x 53 mm and fitting foam

Weight

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: CCD70 350

CD70 - 350 torque wrench and accessories set

GRDF No: 07.65.901

ReferenceQtyDescription Weight

CD70 350 170 to 350 Nm torque wrench

CD1814207 1Adapter supplied with torque wrench CD70 350G

FOURCHT19 130° slanted open end spanner bit (19 mm)

FOURCHT24 130° slanted open end spanner bit (24 mm)

FOURCHT27 130° slanted open end spanner bit (27 mm)

FOURCHT32 130° slanted open end spanner bit (32 mm)

FOURCHT34 130° slanted open end spanner bit (34 mm)

FOURCHT36 130° slanted open end spanner bit (36 mm)

FOURCHT38 130° slanted open end spanner bit (38 mm)

FOURCHT41 130° slanted open end spanner bit (41 mm)

FOURCHT45 130° slanted open end spanner bit (45 mm)

FOURCHT50 130° slanted open end spanner bit (50 mm)

FOURCHT55 130° slanted open end spanner bit (55 mm)

FOURCHT65 130° slanted open end spanner bit (65 mm)

FOURCHT70 130° slanted open end spanner bit (70 mm)

FOURCHT75 130° slanted open end spanner bit (75 mm)

RC207 190° curved extension

TC207 1/2 1Reversible ratchet end piece -1/2’’ square

D250-NI 14 12-sided sockets - 1/2’’ square (12 - 13 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 19 - 20 - 21 - 23 - 24 - 27 - 29 - 30 - 32)

R3837 140 mm repositioner

R250 NI 5 1/2’’ square drive extension bars for sockets (50 - 75 - 125 - 250 - 500 mm)

MA500-2 1Aluminum case 700 x 400 x 53 mm and fitting foam

Ref: CCD20 350GA

CD20 - 125 / CD70 350 torque wrench and accessories set

ring spanner

G240 30 1Blue-coated 30 mm single offset ring spanner

TC207 -1/2-G 1Blue-coated reversible ratchet end piece -1/2’’ square

RC207G

90° curved extension

GAUG 1/2-3/4 1Blue-coated 1/2’’ - 3/4’’ expander

G501 1Blue-coated 1/2’’ extension length125mm

GS300-6P-24

GS300-6P-27

GS300-6P-30

MA500-3

24 mm 6-sided socket 3/4’’ square drive

27 mm 6-sided socket 3/4’’ square drive

30 mm 6-sided socket 3/4’’ square drive

Ref: R5001& R5003 Shunts

35 mm² sheathed copper cord with coated clamps.

Two types of clamps of greater or lesser capacity. Various cable lengths available

Other lengths available, please consult us

Supplied in a case, add C to the reference.

Example: CR5001L 0 7S

Dimensions: 326 x 237 x 79 mm

References

CR5001L 0 7S 37.15.502 CR5003L 1 41.60.051

Ref: PI-GAZ Case with equipment for minor work on gas installations

Full tool set for «minor work» technicians. Meter assembly.

Meter disassembly and meter renewal.

Changing joints.

Tightening the various joints (flat gas joint/ meter flat joint).

bit (34 mm)

FOURCHT36G Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (36 mm)

FOURCHT41G Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (41 mm)

FOURCHT50G Blue-coated 30° slanted open end spanner bit (50 mm)

G462 Hexagonal offset spanner

G23-6.5 x 150 Flat 6.5 x 150 screwdriver

G94 250 250 adjustable pliers

R5001L 0 7S 0.70 m gas shunt

R5300 Gas leak detector spray

COFFRETP4 5 Thermoplastic case 450 x 330 x 100 mm

Ref: PI-GAZ P Same composition as the PI-GAZ with additional loosening wrench

Ref: CD20X7G

Ref: PI-GAZ PSD Same composition as the PI-GAZ P with backpack Ref: SDSPL instead of COFFRETP4 5

Ref: R5003

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Plastic briefcase ref. : COFFRETP4 7 - 450 x 300 x 100 mm

Equipped with a shoulder strap, briefcase with bellows, 4 support pads and two foam trays:

1 gas leak detector

1 leak detector Bipogaz

1 flat-head screwdriver

1 coated torque wrench

1 plug

1 clamp wrench

30° coated

for gas meter angled forks

Weight of the empty briefcase: 1,52 kg

Ref: PI-GAZ 2

Document pouch

1 gas shunt

1 multi-use coated

pliers

1 plastic box for numbers and letters

Rubber support sets

Plastic briefcase

Case with equipment for minor work on gas installations ReferenceQtyDescription

CD30 125G

FOURCHT34G

30° slanted 34 open end spanner

FOURCHT36G 1Blue-coated 30° slanted 36 open end spanner

G23-6.5 x 150

1Slotted screwdriver. 6.5 x 150

G94 250 1Blue-coated 250 adjustable pliers

R5001L 0 7S 10.70 m gas shunt

G1000 1Holding spanner for gas meter

R5300 1Gas leak detector spray

COFFRETP4 7 1 Thermoplastic case 450 x 330 x 100 mm + foam + Shoulder strap + Document pouch

Ref: PI-GAZ 2P

Same composition with additional loosening wrench Ref: CD20X7G

Shoulder strap

Ref: PI-GAZ 3

Case with equipment for minor work on gas installations

R5001L

G1000

R5300

Ref: PI-GAZ 3P

Same composition with additional loosening wrench Ref: CD20X7G

Blue-coated tools NF E74-400

Ref: MG 35 tool case

Blue coated and Aluminum bronze tools for working in an explosive atmosphere.

Anti-spark hammers, blocks

NON-SPARKING TOOLS WORK IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES

The main danger when working with metal tools in an explosive atmosphere is the production of sparks following rubbing or physical shocks to which the tool is subjected.

The solution of using blue coated tools is not suited for striking tools (hammers, picks, chisels, etc).

For this work we offer a range of non-sparking tools.

They are made of Aluminum Bronze alloy (Al-Br) or a Copper Beryllium alloy (Be-Cu).

The non-sparking characteristic means that these alloys produce, in contact with materials, sparks with a lower energy level than the minimum energy required for the ignition of the air + gas mix.

However, even when these non-sparking tools are used, other safety measures must always be taken.

!*Available in Copper Beryllium on request: replace BA by CB in the reference.

Ref: R5028 BA Opposite pein hammer

Aluminum bronze*.

Anti-static resin reinforced fibreglass handle

ReferencesLengthWeight

R5028 BA1 350 mm300 g

R5028 BA2 400 mm900 g

Ref: R5039 BA Cross-peen hammer

Aluminum bronze*. Anti-static resin reinforced fibreglass handle

ReferencesLengthWeight

R5039 BA1 300 mm300 g

R5039 BA2 310 mm800 g

R5039 BA3 400 mm1500 g

Ref: R5027 BA Club hammer

Aluminum bronze*.

Anti-static resin reinforced fibreglass handle

ReferencesLengthWeight

R5027 BA1 365 mm1,3 kg

R5027 BA2 400 mm1,5 kg

R5027 BA3 800 mm3 kg

R5027 BA4 900 mm5 kg

R5027 BA5 900 mm9,9 kg

Ref: R5041 BA Sledge hammer

Aluminum bronze*.

Anti-static resin reinforced fibreglass handle

ReferencesLengthWeight

R5041 BA1 400 mm1,3 kg

R5041 BA2 400 mm1,5 kg

R5041 BA3 800 mm3 kg

R5041 BA4 900 mm5 kg

R5041 BA5 900 mm9,9 kg

Ref: R5054 BA Ball hammer

Aluminum bronze*.

Anti-static resin reinforced fibreglass handle

ReferencesLengthWeight

R5054 BA1 280 mm230 g

R5054 BA2 280 mm340 g

R5054 BA3 310 mm450 g

R5054 BA4 340 mm680 g

Ref: R5032 BA Flat chisel

Aluminum bronze*

References Length x cutting edge width

R5032 BA1 150 x 22 mm

R5032 BA2 200 x 22 mm

R5032 BA3 250 x 24 mm

R5032 BA4 300 x 24 mm

R5032 BA5 400 x 27 mm

Ref: R5029 BA Chisel

Aluminum bronze*

References Length x cutting edge width

R5029 BA1 150 x 6 mm

R5029 BA2 200 x 8 mm

R5029 BA3 300 x 10 mm

Ref: R5033 BA Wedges

Aluminum bronze*.

References Length x width x max thickness

R5033 BA1 80 x 13 x 6 mm

R5033 BA2 150 x 25 x 8 mm

R5033 BA3 200 x 30 x 30 mm

R5033 BA4 200 x 40 x 40 mm

R5033 BA5 180 x 50 x 19 mm

Ref: R5415 BA Elbowed scraper

Aluminum bronze*.

Length: 380 mm

Scraper width: 38 mm

Anti-spark hammers, blocks

Ref: R5434 BA Hexagonal chisel

Aluminum bronze*.

References Length x cutting edge width

R5434 BA1 200 x 16 mm

R5434 BA2 300 x 19 mm

R5434 BA3 600 x 24 mm

Ref: R5030 BA Nail punch

Aluminum bronze*.

ReferencesLong x end Ø

R5030 BA1 150 x 7 mm

R5030 BA2 205 x 8 mm

R5030 BA3 255 x 12 mm

R5030 BA4 255 x 13 mm

Ref: R5416 BA Scraping pick

Aluminum bronze*. Length: 450 mm Scraper width: 75 mm

Ref: R5031 CB Brush with handle

Beryllium copper

Strand length: 28 mm

Brush size 120 x 25 mm

Total length: 290 mm

COMPLETE RANGE OF NON-SPARKING TOOLS: PLEASE CONSULT US

*Available in Copper Beryllium on request: replace BA by CB in the reference

Anti-spark hammers, blocks

Ref: R5085 BA Scraper

Aluminum bronze*. Straight blade.

References Length grattoir Width

R5085 BA1 117 mm75 mm

R5085 BA2 117 mm100 mm

R5085 BA3 120 mm150 mm

Ref: R5419 BA Ripping bar

Aluminum bronze*.

References

Ref: R5403 BA Pry bar

Aluminum bronze*.

Length: 1500 mm

Bar thickness: 30 mm

Ref: R5412 BA Claw bar

Aluminum bronze*.

ReferencesLength Talon length

R5412 BA1 500 mm20 mm

R5412 BA2 800 mm23 mm

Ref: R5042 BA Builder’s shovel

Aluminum bronze*.

Wood handle with grip.

Totale length: 1400 mm

Dimensions: 240 x 290 mm

Ref: R5043 BA Pickaxe

Aluminum bronze*.

Wood handle.

Totale length: 1050 mm

Dimensions: 600x48 mm

Anti-spark hammers, blocks

Ref: R5083 BA Striking open end spanner (17 to 90 mm)

Bronze aluminium*.

References Length

R5083 BA17 17 130 mm

R5083 BA18 18135 mm

R5083 BA19 19140 mm

R5083 BA22 22155 mm

R5083 BA24 24165 mm

R5083 BA26 26172 mm

R5083 BA27 27175 mm

R5083 BA28 28178 mm

R5083 BA29 29182 mm

R5083 BA30 30185 mm

R5083 BA32 32195 mm

R5083 BA36 36210 mm

R5083 BA38 38216 mm

R5083 BA41 41225 mm

R5083 BA42 42228 mm

Anglo-American sizes available (inch).

References Length

R5083 BA45 45237 mm

R5083 BA46 46240 mm

R5083 BA50 50255 mm

R5083 BA52 52261 mm

R5083 BA55 55270 mm

R5083 BA56 56273 mm

R5083 BA60 60285 mm

R5083 BA63 63297 mm

R5083 BA65 65305 mm

R5083 BA70 70325 mm

R5083 BA75 75345 mm

R5083 BA76 76349 mm

R5083 BA80 80365 mm

R5083 BA90 90385 mm

Ref: R5084 BA Striking bi-hex ring spanner (17 to 160 mm)

Bronze aluminium*

R5084 BA17 17108 mm

R5084 BA19 19117 mm

R5084 BA22 22127 mm

R5084 BA24 24138 mm

R5084 BA25 25138 mm

R5084 BA26 26140 mm

R5084 BA27 27150 mm

R5084 BA28 28150 mm

R5084 BA29 29159 mm

R5084 BA30 30163 mm

R5084 BA32 32177 mm

R5084 BA33 33192 mm

R5084 BA34 34192 mm

R5084 BA35 35200 mm

R5084 BA36 36208 mm

R5084 BA37 37208 mm

R5084 BA38 38215 mm

R5084 BA40 40222 mm

R5084 BA41 41225 mm

R5084 BA42 42229 mm

R5084 BA45 45239 mm

R5084 BA46 46243 mm

R5084 BA47 47243 mm

R5084 BA50 50254 mm

R5084 BA52 52258 mm

R5084 BA54 54264 mm

R5084 BA55 55264 mm

R5084 BA56 56266 mm

R5084 BA57 57268 mm

R5084 BA58 58271 mm

Anglo-American sizes available (inch).

R5084 BA60

mm

R5084 BA63 63282 mm

R5084 BA65

R5084 BA67

R5084 BA70

R5084 BA71

R5084 BA75

R5084 BA76

R5084 BA77

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

R5084 BA80 80325 mm

R5084 BA82 82325 mm

R5084 BA85 85339 mm

R5084 BA88 88355 mm

R5084 BA90 90355 mm

R5084 BA94 94370 mm

R5084 BA95 95370 mm

R5084 BA100 100387 mm

R5084 BA105 105405 mm

R5084 BA110 110410 mm

R5084 BA115

R5084 BA120

R5084 BA125

R5084 BA128

mm

mm

mm

mm

R5084 BA130 130450 mm

R5084 BA135 135450 mm

R5084 BA140 140465 mm

R5084 BA145 145465 mm

R5084 BA150 150565 mm

R5084 BA155 155565 mm

R5084 BA160 160635 mm

*Available in Copper Beryllium on request: replace BA by CB in the reference

ATEX Lighting

Ref: R5002 1 Battery operated safety handlamp

Safety lamp, shock and water resistant.

High power lighting.

Halogen bulb.

Supplied with a shoulder strap.

Power: 4 R20 alkaline batteries (not supplied)

Dimensions: ø 130 x H140 x L190 mm

EEx e ib IIC T4. IP66.

Range: 960 lux to 5 m

Autonomy: 20 h

Weight: 1450 g

Ref: R5021 Rechargeable safety handlamp

Safety lamp, identical features to the battery-operated model.

Automatic switch off to avoid total battery discharge.

Emergency lighting function: automatic lighting in the event of a power-cut

Supplied with 220v charger.

Dimensions: ø 130 x H140 x L190 mm

EEx e ib IIC T4. IP66.

Range: 700 lux to 5 m

Autonomy: 7h

Weight: 1750 g +850 g (charger)

Ref: R5070 Battery operated safety handlamp

Safety lamp, powerful, shock and water resistant.

Safety design allowing the changing of batteries in danger areas.

Xenon bulb, adjustable beam.

Spare bulb in head

Power: 2 R20 alkaline batteries (not supplied)

Dimensions: ø 65 x L200 mm

EEx e ib IIC T4. IP67.

Range: 230 lux to 5m

Autonomy: 12 h

Weight: 150 g

Ref: LTF1Z0M ATEX zone 0 flashlight for F1 helmet

ENEDIS No: 08.10.034

Shock and antistatic modified polycarbonate (PC/PBT) body

Antistatic treated polycarbonate (PC) lens

Coating: Antistatic and photo-luminescent polycarbonate (PC/PBT)

Moulded EPDM O-ring

Can be attached to a helmet

LED bulb

Lighting modes: On / Off

Power supply: 3 alkaline AA batteries (included)

Voltage: 4.5 V

II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga

Length: 15.4 cm

Weight: 173 g

ATEX MARKING*

Example: EEx e ib IIC T4 IP66

Indicates that the electrical equipment meets one or more protection modes subject to European standards

«e» protection type Corresponds to «increased safety» (EN50019)

«ib» protection type Corresponds to «intrinsic safety» ib category (EN50020)

Zone 1

Zone 1

Zone 1

Zone 0

IP: sealing Protection Index

1st figure 6: [protection against solid bodies] Full protection against dust

2nd figure 6: [protection against liquids] Full protection against projections of water similar to sea waves 7: protection against the effects of immersion

Indicates the temperature class. T4 = 135°C max. surface temperature

T3 = 200°C max. surface temperature

Electrical equipment Group Symbol IIC= electrical equipment for explosive atmospheres other than gassy mines. E.g. Acetylene - hydrogen

*Consult the EN 50014 standard for the meaning of all the markings

Tools for the preparation of PE GAS pipes

Ref: CEPE «Pencil sharpener» reamer

For PE and PEHD pipes. Can also be used on copper pipes. Body in polypropylene resistant to both shocks and cold.

ReferencesCapacityWeight

CEPE 6 to 42 mm30 g

Ref: CTPE Pipe cutting shears

Fast cutting of PE tubes, blade treated for clean cutting, gearing-up ratchet..

• Blue-coated model for work in explosive atmosphere in accordance with: NF E74.400 (ATEXII). Ref: G CTPE See page 161

• Insulated 1000V model for live working in accordance EN 60900 Ref: D CTPE See page 031 ReferencesLengthCapacityReplacement

Set of sockets for PE connectors

Sockets designed to be used on the following types of connectors

FRIATEC, PLASSON, INNOGE, FISHER, UPONOR, AGRU, ROLLMAPLAST. Sockets supplied in boxes or separately individually.

Ref: CGPE Pipe cutting guillotine

14 or 17 square drive for use with a spanner or extension socket for cutting from the top of the trench. High-strength light alloy yoke, blade-guide. Guaranteed clean cut with the steel blade.

ReferencesCapacityWeight

CGPE1 125 mm6,95 kg

CGPE2 225 mm17 kg

CGPE3 315 mm33 kg

Ref: CHANFREINEUR2032 Beveller

Use:

Tool for making a bevel on 20 and 32 mm diameter PE pipes. Prepares the pipe for guiding into a gas grid connector

Characteristics:

Aluminum body - Ø 45 mm, length 65 mm.

High-speed steel interchangeable blade.

Operation:

Introduce the 20 or 32 diameter pipe and turn according to the arrow until the stop point is reached

References Weight

CHANFREINEUR2032 180 g

LAME CHANFREINEUR2032

p. 194

p. 195

p. 196

p. 197

p. 198

p. 200

p. 201

p. 202

p. 203 p. 203

p. 202 p. 202

p. 203

p. 203 p. 203

p. 201 p. 201 p. 202

p. 202 p. 202

p. 200

p. 200

p. 201 p. 201 p. 201

p. 199 p. 199

p. 199

p. 199 p. 199

p. 198

p. 198

p. 198

p. 198 p. 198

p. 196

p. 196

p. 197

p. 197

p. 197

p. 195

p. 195

p. 195

p. 196

p. 196

p. 194 p. 194

p. 194 p. 194 p. 195

Ref: BO100 2 Plastic tool box

In polypropylene, black colour

Box and tray

Cover with two compartments for storage

Plastic catch.

Inside dimensions: 400 x 217 x 166 mm

Weight: 1000 g

Ref: BO100 1 Plastic tool box

In polypropylene, anthracite colour

Box and tray

Cover with two compartments for storage.

Two plastic catches

Can be fitted with padlock

Inside dimensions: 508 x 254 x 254 mm

Weight: 2400 g

Ref: BO101 1 Plastic tool box with drawers

In polypropylene, anthracite colour

Box and adjustable partitions. Tray

Two compartmental drawers with (8) storage cells

Can be fitted with padlock.

Inside dimensions: 540 x 292 x 296 mm

Weight: 4700 g

Ref: BO100-R Tool box with wheels

Large capacity for the storage and transport of large tools.

Retractable handle.

Two trays.

Two latches.

Can be fitted with a padlock.

Ref: R4008 1 Metal box

5 compartment metal box.

Inside dimensions: 530 x 200 x 200 mm

Weight: 5300 g

Ref: MA200 Leather tool case

MA200A: Black leather case.

Gusseted opening of the front part

Reinforced

2 storage trays with pockets and elastic ribbons

1 storage space

Strap fastening

Shoulder strap: 1500 x 30 mm

MA200B: Ditto + a removable tool display.

References Inside dimension Weight

MA200-A 410 x 280 x 150 mm2750 g

MA200-B 410 x 280 x 150 mm3330 g

Ref: MA200C Leather tool case

Black leather case.

Gusseted opening of the front part

Reinforced

2 storage trays with pockets and elastic ribbons

1 storage space

Strap fastening

Shoulder strap: 1500 x 30 mm.

Inside dimensions: 425 x 350 x 175 mm

Weight: 3340 g

Ref: MA200G Leather bag for extra large tools

Tool bag in black grained leather with handle and carry strap.

Large storage space capable of carrying a helmet and gloves

Internal document holder

A tool holder separation board with elastic straps

Expandable flap on the front with storage cases

Riveted assembly with stiffeners

Closed using 2 straps and buckles

Dimensions: length 400 x Width 280 x height 260 mm

Weight: 4000 g

Ref: MA200L Leather bag for extra long tools

Tool bag in black grained leather with handle and carry strap. Large storage space capable of carrying a capable of receiving tools of big length.

Internal document holder

A tool holder separation board with elastic straps

Expandable flap on the front with storage cases

Riveted assembly with stiffeners

Closed using 2 straps and buckles

Dimensions: length 490 x Width 140 x height 270 mm

Weight: 3000 g

Ref: SOD1 Fold-out tool bag in reinforced waterproofed fabric

Fold-out tool bag in reinforced waterproofed fabric

The bag unfolds completely on either side of a rigid central structure allowing maximum access to the tools.

The two opening panels and the centre section form four storage trays equipped with pockets and elastic fastenings.

Two outer folding side pockets.

Centre handle and removable shoulder strap.

Openings are closed by metal eyelets.

4 ground support studs.

2 Thermoplastic clasps

Dimensions: length 450 x depth 210 x height 300 mm

Weight: 3,4 kg

Ref: SCBR Leather tool bag meter-reader type

Full grain calfskin leather bag with strap

1 inner side separation

Label holder on the front

Protective pads under the bag

Metal closure

Strap on the back for wearing with belt

Stitched assembly

Dimensions: 300 x 185 x 120 mm

Weight: 940 g

Ref: SCBE Leather tool bag electrician type

Full grain calfskin leather bag with strap

Pocket on front

Closed using 2 straps and buckles

Stitched assembly

Dimensions: 370 x 270 x 100 mm

Weight: 1120 g

Ref: MA200E Leather tool case

Full grain leather case

Pull-down side for easy access to tools

Handle and strap

1 storage tray with 2 elastic ribbons and separators

Inside dimensions: 340 x 280 x 135 mm

Weight: 2000 g

Ref: MA200F Leather tool case

Full grain leather case

Pull-down side for easy access to tools.

Double tool display.

Handle and carrying strap

Inside dimensions: 340 x 280 x 135 mm

Weight: 2000 g

Ref: SA800 40 Plumber-type tool bag

Plumber-type full grain leather tool bag,

Fully seamed, strengthened base, riveted assembly

Inside dimensions: 400 x 160 x 160 mm

Weight: 1150 g

Ref: MA300 Plastic tool case

Black ABS plastic case with tool trays, document compartment and storage area.

Aluminum frame around the edge, strong handle.

Inside dimensions: 460 x 160 x 310 mm

Weight: 5100 g

Ref: ST1 Carry bag “trolley type” for tools and PPE

Carry bag made of reinforced and waterproofed polyester fabric.

Telescopic handle and 2 carrying straps.

Wheels for rough terrain and rigid support studs.

External and internal storage pockets.

Large internal PPE storage space that can be closed with two zippers.

Reflective strip around the edge of the bag.

Dimensions: Length 368 x height 381 x depth 254 mm

Weight: 4530 g

Ref: VTO 1

Tool carry case

Reinforced thermoplastic and shock-proof case.

Metal reinforcements protected against corrosion.

Low and high temperature use.

2 removable tool holder panels with elastic straps.

Bottom separated into three storage spaces.

1 document holder.

2 closures with key.

Comfort handle overmoulded in elastomer.

Dimensions: length 430 x height 340 x depth 156 mm

Weight: 3 Kg

Ref: VTO 2T Tool carry case “trolley type”

Reinforced thermoplastic and shock-proof case.

Telescopic handle and wheels on ball bearings.

Metal reinforcements protected against corrosion.

Low and high temperature use.

2 tool-holder panels with elastic straps and patented tool holding devices.

Bottom separated into 6 modular storage spaces.

2 metallic closures with key.

Comfort handle overmoulded in elastomer

Dimensions: length 465 x height 352 x depth 255 mm

Weight: 7 kg

Ref: MPT-A Waterproof trolley case for tools and fragile materials

Polypropylene composite

Waterproof IP67 (100% dust-proof, waterproof)

High impact resistance

Four quick-locks + can be locked with 2 padlocks

2 removable tool holder boards with elastic straps

Modular compartment box

Ergonomic non-slip handle for hand carrying

Retractable handle for trolley use

Dimensions: length 470 x Width 150 x height 340 mm

Weight: 5,7 kg

Ref: SR1 R(B) Tool bag, “plumber” type

Small tool carrier

Semi-rigid polyethylene waterproof compartment

Waterproof expandable flap made from polyester coated with PVC on both sides

Polyamide clasps

Centre and side handles for carrying

1 shoulder strap

Length 45 cm / height 15 cm / depth 15 cm

Empty weight : 630 g / Max load: 15 kg

Color red ref. SR1 R

Color blue ref. SR1 B

Ref: SR2 R(B) Tool bag for minor jobs

Tool and PPE carrier

Waterproof expandable flap made from polyester coated with PVC on both sides

Waterproof semi-rigid polyethylene body

Self-gripping flap fasteners

Central compartment with 1 bandolier and two inner pockets

2 external side pockets

Polyamide clasps

Handle and shoulder strap

Length 35 cm / height 20 cm / depth 10cm

Empty Weight : 750 g / max load : 15 kg

Color red ref. SR2 R

Color blue ref. SR2 B

Ref: SR3 R(B) Tool and PPE bag

Tool and PPE carrier

Waterproof expandable flap made from polyester coated with PVC on both sides

Waterproof semi-rigid polyethylene body

1 central compartment and a foldable compartment with bandoleers

1 removable tray with bandoleers

1 mesh pocket for documents and gloves under the flap

Polyamide clasps

Handle and shoulder strap

Length 40 cm / height 28 cm / depth 17 cm

Empty weight : 1800 g / max load : 25 kg

Color red ref. SR3 R

Color blue ref. SR3 B

Suitable for work in ATEX zones according to EN 13463-1 zones 0, 1, 2, gas group IIA according to Directive 1999/92/CE

Ref: SR4 R(B) Tool and PPE bag

Tool and PPE carrier

Waterproof expandable flap made from polyester coated with PVC on both sides

Waterproof semi-rigid polyethylene body

1 central compartment and a foldable compartment with bandoleers

1 removable tray with bandoleers

1 mesh pocket for documents and gloves under the flap

Polyamide clasps

Centre handles for carrying

1 shoulder strap

Length 45 cm / height 28 cm / depth 26 cm

Empty weight : 2000 g / maxi load: 25 kg

Color red ref. SR4 R

Color blue ref. SR4 B

Ref: SR5 R(B) Tool and PPE bag

Tool and PPE carrier

Waterproof expandable flap made from polyester coated with PVC on both sides

Waterproof semi-rigid polyethylene body

Polypropylene strap and trim, brass rivets, polyamide clasps

1 large compartment

1 central partition with front bandoleer and 2 rear pockets

1 shoulder carrying shoulder strap, two carry handles

Length 45 cm / hauteur 24 cm / profondeur 26 cm

Empty weight : 1100 g / max load : 15 kg

Color red ref. SR5 R

Color blue ref. SR5 B

Suitable for work in ATEX zones according to EN 13463-1 zones 0, 1, 2, gas group IIA according to Directive 1999/92/CE

Ref: R4911Bag for individual protection equipment

22 pocket canvas bag for personal safety equipment

Inside dimensions: 400 x 220 x 310 mm

Weight: 1765 g

Ref: R4910 Bag for individual protection equipment

19-pocket canvas bag for personal safety equipment.

Inside dimensions: 580 x 260 x 260 mm

Weight: 1900 g

Ref: SEP1 PPE storage bag

Storage and transport of PPE and collective protection equipment

Semi-rigid fabric

Length : 70 cm / height : 30cm / width : 30 cm

Empty weight : 550 g

Waterproof expandable polyamide coated from PVC

Large compartment closed by two zips joined by a cord

1 inside pocket with zip

1 name holder

Two handles

Ref: SEP2S(G) PPE storage bag

Storage and transport of PPE and collective protection equipment

Semi-rigid fabric

Waterproof expandable polyamide coated from PVC

Large compartment closed by zips

1 kangaroo pouch (shoes)

3 external pockets with zips

Reinforced base, six protection pads

Two adjustable handles and a shoulder strap

Ref: SEP3T Rolling PPE storage bag

Storage and transport of PPE and collective protection equipment

Semi-rigid fabric

Length : 80 cm / height : 32cm / width : 42 cm

Empty weight : 4600 kg

Waterproof expandable polyamide coated from PVC

Large compartment with zips on three sides

1 kangaroo pouch (shoes)

3 external pockets with zips

Reinforced base, six protection pads

Retro-reflective stripes on 4 sides

Two adjustable handles and a shoulder strap

2 caster wheels

1 retractable handle with hand-hold and release button

Ref: SDPL2 Electrician backpack

Transport & storage of tools and PPE

Waterproof PVC coated polyester fabric

Largeur 32 cm / height 45 cm / width 16 cm

Empty weight : 1650 g / max load : 25 kg

1 central compartment with flap and zip

1 articulated internal partition with bandoleers on both sides

1 mesh pocket on the back for a helmet

1 open side pocket for an insulating mat

1 side pocket with zip for insulating gloves

1 carrying handle

Trolley version Ref: SDPL2T

Version without the two side pockets Ref: SDSPL

EX

Suitable for work in ATEX zones according to EN 13463-1 zones 0, 1, 2, gas group IIA according to Directive 1999/92/CE

Ref: SDELEC Electrician backpack

Tool and PPE carrier

Semi-rigid fabric

Largeur 41 cm / height 55 cm / width 25 cm

Volume : 25 L

Empty weight : 4200 g

Retractable pocket for fastening the helmet on the upper part.

Side pocket for an insulating mat.

Transparent zip pocket for documents on front.

Large inner pocket for gloves and miscellaneous equipment. Tool holders.

Opens from the front and top

Transport:

Ergonomic carrying handle.

Backpack mode with adjustable shoulder straps and back protector. Bag version with retractable telescopic handle. Ref: SDELEC-T

Ref: SDPL1 Electrician backpack

Transport & storage of tools and PPE

Foam-lined waterproof fabric width 40 cm /height 35 cm/ depth 23 cm

Empty Weight : 910 g

1 large inner pocket

2 side pocket with zips

1 back pocket with zip

2 adjustable straps

Carrying straps for an insulating mat

Ref: SA600 Tool bag for cradle / tool belt

Ref: R1420 3 Leather tool bag for cradle / belt

ENEDIS model.

Leather 2-pocket tool bag

Full grain leather.

Inside dimensions: 260 x 270 x 130 mm

Weight: 770 g

Ref: R1494 Canvas tool bag for cradle / belt

ENEDIS model

PVC canvas 2-pocket tool bag.

Inside dimensions: 300 x 240 x 170 mm

Weight: 460 g

Ref: R1422 Bag for individual protection equipment

Bag for individual protection equipment in highly resistant coated canvas, Color yellow.

Inside dimensions: 410 x 250 x 250 mm

Weight: 170 g

Ref: SAC PROF Bag for insulating bars

Sleeve:

• Ø 250 mm

• length 1,2 m.

Water-proof fabric

Strengthened stitching

Carrying strap

Weight: 820 g.

Ref: SAC CAP Insulating insulator hood bag

Sleeve:

• Ø 300 mm

• depth 350 mm.

Fabric with strengthened stitching

Strengthened leather base with 3 metal ventilation eyelets. Cross-ways leather strengthening piece and metal eyelets for the Ø 11 mm

cord forming 2 handles.

Weight: 595 g.

Storage

Ref: STI Insulating mat carry bag

• STI 1000 : Insulating carry bag for mat length 1 m

18/10 black polyethylene body and flap reinforcements

Expandable flap made from polyester coated with black PVC on the both sides

1 flap fastener with 2 reflective strips and 2 clasps

1 large compartment for mat storage (1 m)

1 ergonomic central handle and 2 side handles

1 Label holder

1 adjustable polypropylene shoulder strap for carrying

• STI 600 : Insulating carry bag for mat length 0,6 m

Waterproof polyester body coated with black 2-sided PVC

Side reinforcements in black 18/10 polyethylene

1 central compartment (60 cm) closed by zipper

2 reflective strips

1 handle and 2 fastening system with clasps

2 adjustable polypropylene shoulder straps for transport

1 Label holder

ReferenceENEDIS no

Ref: TU100 & TU125

Storage tube for insulating profiles, blankets and mats

3 mm-thick PVC tube with a screw cap at the end and a carrying handle.

Possibility of marking to identify the contents References

TU100 1600 Ø94 mm x 1500 mm1600 mm2 kg

Ref: SAC KT Storage and transport pouch

Waterproofed fabric.

Carrying handle.

Reinforced base.

Inside dimensions: 350 x 150 x 50 mm

Weight: 230 g

Ref: R4912 Foldable 22- compartment roll

Reinforced fabric

Double belt fastenings.

Dimensions depliees: 580 x 340 mm

Weight: 280 g

Ref: TRVIDE & TIGVIDE Storage case

Coated black fabric, zip fastening.

Ref: SA500 Leather electrician’s tool belt

Lined leather pocket 11 compartment model with synthetic belt, fitted with a fast removal and adjustment buckle.

Wide loops for belt.

Tool carrier, rule carrier

Hammer strap

fast fixing spring

Weight: 600 g

Ref: PRC Belt holdall

Weatherproof fabric pouch with reinforced seams.

Attaches around the waist.

Opening from the top.

2 front and rear pockets

Inside dimensions: 300 x 150 x 100 mm

Weight: 290 g

Ref: R2128 Storage pouch for measurement equipment

Foam-lined waterproof fabric Velcro flap

Adjustable shoulder strap and belt loop

Dimensions: 250 x 130 x 50 mm

Weight: 146 g

Ref: SCC Thigh belt bag

Waterproof PVC coated polyester fabric:

• Length 28 cm

• Width 14 cm

• Depth 7 cm

Fastening by eyelet on belt and adjustable quick attachment on thigh

Two inner compartments with tool holders

External pocket

Closed with zips

Ref: ECTPC Storage case

Waterproofed fabric storage case. Attachment loop for belt.

Inside dimensions: 145 x 50 x 35 mm

Weight: 35 g

Ref: SAC GANT Storage bag

Waterproof fabric bag with beading, fitting with a spring hook and loop for attaching to a belt

Inside dimensions: 400 x 170 x 75 mm

Weight: 130 g

Collective protection equipment

Ref: NI C0 Insulating sheet

Translucent polyvinyl sheet used to insulate bare conducting parts during work.

Supplied in a 12,5 or 25 m roll to be cut as needed.

Can be reused if neither perforated nor torn.

Fix with clamps ref.: PSD, adhesive tape ref.: BANDE MP19 or by Insulating magnetic support ref.: AIMANT IS (P)

0

Complies with standard: EN IEC 61112

Ref: NIA Insulating sheets with adhesive strips

Flexible translucent vinyl sheet.

The edges are fitted with velcro-type adhesive strips.

Each item may be attached to the next.

Use: use for the duration of the work for insulating the bare low-voltage live parts and those whose insulation is faulty or unreliable

Other sizes on request

class 0

Complies with standard: EN IEC 61112

Ref: BI Insulating tape

Use: Temporary wrapping elements for protection against electrical hazards. Translucent polyvinyl roll

Ref: PSD Synthetic fixing clamp

Fixing clamp for insulating sheet and tape.

Small and large model.

Finger guards

Spring under screen

Resistance before slipping ≥ 2 kg for both types References

Complies with standard: NF C 18-425 (Class 0)

Ref: BANDE MP19 Insulating PVC sticky tape

In 20m rolls, 19 mm wide, 0.15 mm thick

Excellent resistance to oil and solvents. Good resistance to bad weather Class IEC 60454-3-1-5/F-PVCP/90

ReferencesColor

Complies with standard: NF C 18-425 (Class 0)

Ref: AIMANT-IS(-P) Insulating magnetic support

Use:

Max. operating voltage = 500 V

Fixing of LV insulating blankets on magnetic metal supports (metal boxes, metal structures, etc.) as part of live work or lockout.

A magnet inserted into an insulating envelope allows the ribbon to be held on any magnetic metal support without the risk of creating short circuits on parts with potential differences.

An insulating gripping tool ref. OP AIMANT can be used to move the large model magnetic device in small spaces.

The number of devices to be applied depends on the surface of the insulating sheet

References. ENEDIS No Force*Model Weight

AIMANT-IS 07.83.1503 kgLarge 105 g

AIMANT-IS-P 2 kgSmall80 g

*Under the conditions of the adhesion test of the technical specification

Characteristics:

Magnet inserted in a glass fibre filled polyamide insulating envelope.

Accessories:

Ref. SAC KT AIMANT: Storage pouch equipped with a magnet support plate (enedis n°: 07.83.151)

Ref. OP AIMANT: Gripping tool (enedis n°: 07.83.152)

Complies with the SERECT specification: ST TST 68012 02/2021

Complies with standard IEC EN 60900.

Use:

• OP AIMANT

• AIMANT-IS

• AIMANT-IS-P

• SAC KT AIMANT

INSULATING MAT

Insulating mat class 0, 2, 3 or 4

Elastomer electrical insulating mats used to cover the floor for electrical protection of workers during electrical installation.

The maximum working voltage depends on the mat class (0, 2, 3 or 4).

A Color code is used to identify the class (see table).

Available in various dimensions up to 1x1 m or in 10 m rolls (class 0).

Category C for use up to -40°C.

Anti-slip on both sides

Supplied with instructions for use in protective packaging

Accessories:

Ref. STI 600: Insulating mat carry bag (1x0,6m max)

Ref. STI 1000: Insulating mat carry bag (1x1m max)

Ref. TU125-1200: storage tube, diameter 118 mm, length 1100 mm (for class 0 1x1 m mats).

Marking:

Name of supplier

Cold use category - 40°c

Month and year of manufacture

ENEDIS TYPE INSULATING MAT

Insulating mat class 0, 2, 3 or 4 with NFC TAG

Elastomer electrical insulating mats used to cover the floor for electrical protection of workers during electrical installation.

Examples of use: Measurements, LV and MV live working MV manoeuvres, etc

The maximum working voltage depends on the mat class (0, 2, 3 or 4).

A Color code is used to identify the class (see table).

Available in various dimensions up to 1x1 m or in 10 m rolls (class 0).

Category C for use up to -40°C.

Anti-slip on both sides.

The usage precautions and boxes provided for recording the checks are marked on the mat (entry into service date and 3 checking dates).

A frame is formed by a marked area inside the mat (8 to 10 cm from the edge) and steps denoting the user’s theoretical position in the centre. The precautions for use recommend staying within the frame.

An NFC TAG is present on the mat enabling recording of periodic follow-up calibrations: radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13.56 MHz), minimum capacity 144 Bytes

Supplied with instructions for use in protective packaging

Complies with standard IEC 61111 ed 2009

Accessories:

Ref. STI 600: Insulating mat carry bag (1x0,6m max)

Ref. STI 1000: Insulating mat carry bag (1x1m max)

Ref. TU125-1200: storage tube, diameter 118 mm, length 1100 mm (for class 0 1x1 m mats).

Marking:

Name of supplier

Symbol for live working

Class

Applicable standard no.

Max. use voltage

Boxes for recording the date of first use and periodic calibration (annual)

Cold use category - 40°c

Month and year of manufacture

Precautions for use text

NFC TAG (13.56MHz, 144 Bytes min) for identification and traceability

Ref: MAT C0 F Fringed insulating mat class 0

For non-live or live working, used to cover the ground for protection against electrical risk during work on the underground LV network.

Fringes adapt to obstacles such as cables, pipes, etc.

Elastomer mat thickness: 3 mm

Non-slip surface on both sides (diamond tip type)

Cloth Color: grey

Fringe sections:

• Width 10 cm

• Length 1 m

A passive read/write NFC TAG is present on the mat (models MAT C0 F T) allowing periodic follow-up verification records: radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13.56 MHz), capacity 144 Bytes mini

Ref: R4628 Insulated stools with removable legs

Anti-slip 500 x 500 x 40 mm platform made of fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic 4 removal legs made of insulating and strong material, sloping mounting to prevent tipping over of the stool.

The outdoors type is fitted with longer legs than the interior model and is also fitted with skirts.

Ref: R4181 Insulated single pieces stools

Single-piece insulated stool made of highly resistance Polytheylene. 500 x 500 mm anti-slip platform

Legs fitted with rubber protection pads enhancing adherence to the ground

Collective protection equipment

Ref: CC(x)A(y) Insulating crossbar cable end caps

End caps to isolate cable ends for the duration of low voltage work

Color orange

Operating voltage: 1000 V alternating current / 1500 V direct current.

0 (1000 V) marking ReferencesENEDIS

Ref: CS Insulating cable end caps

Conic caps to insulate, for the duration of low voltage work, the end of the cables.

Color orange

Operating voltage: 1000 V alternating current / 1500 V direct current.

0 (1000 V) marking

standard NF C 18-425 (Class 0)

Ref: PIS Flexibles insulating conductors cover

Flexible split insulating cover with a spiral section shape for fitting onto low-voltage bare cables or cables with untrustworthy insulation. Flexible omega, color black

Operating voltage: 1000 V alternating current / 1500 V direct current. class 0 marking.

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthThicknessø maxiWeight

PIS1.5 37.13.0731,5 m3 mm16 mm310 g

PIS3 3 m3 mm16 mm620 g

Storage (in option):

Ref SAC PROF: Storage bag (see page 201)

Ref: TU100 1600: Storage tube (see page 202)

Complies with standard EN IEC 61479. model A (Class 0)

Ref: PIR5 Rigid insulating conductor

• SAC PROF

• TU100 1600

Rigid split insulating conductor cover with a spiral section shape for fitting onto low-voltage bare cables or cables with untrustworthy insulation. Operating voltage: 1000 V alternating current / 1500 V direct current.

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthø maxiWeight

PIR5 37.13.0755 m22 mm600 g class 0 (1000 V) marking

Complies with standard EN IEC 61479. model E (Class 0)

Ref: PINCE ENCO NI

Pliers to notch the conductor covers

Pliers to notch the conductor covers to join them end to end

ReferenceLengthWeight

PINCE ENCO NI 170 mm232 g

Ref: R4092 Insulating caps for insulators

Ref: GPCV

PIR5 Conductor covers fitting tools

A crowbar-shaped insulating tool to pull out and guide the cover when installing on the conductor

ReferenceENEDIS NoLengthWeight

GPCV 37.13.078175 mm150 g

Complies with standard EN IEC 60900

Insulating caps to be used on insulators during LV works. They are also used as complement to conductor covers to insulate live parts.

Operating voltage: 1000 V alternating current / 1500 V direct current. class 0 (1000 V) marking

ReferencesENEDIS NoTypeDiameterLengthWeight

R4092AL 37.13.086Suspension110 mm150 mm475 g

R4092AR 37.13.087Stop on stirrup160 mm200 mm1150 g

Storage (optional) Ref: SAC CAP Carrying bag ( see page 201)

Complies with standard NF C 18-425 (Class 0)

Collective protection equipment

INSULATING PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT KIT

Possibility to amend the contents of the kits according to your needs

Ref: DI26A-1

Insulating protective equipment kit for aerial work - 26 items

Storage

Ref: DI26A-2

Insulating protective equipment kit for aerial work - 26 items

Storage

Ref: DI481

Insulating protection kit for installations

Storage

Storage

Carring

Ref: ACGE & KIT ACGE Cable assembler for generator

Connection of two cables of the same phase from a Synchro generator to a LV switchboard.

Before connection, the installation of the ACGE flange makes it possible to correctly position and assemble the cables to prepare them for a connection without any inversion error.

ReferenceENEDIS no

ACGE 07.84.310

KIT ACGE 07.84.311

For 20 to 40 mm diameter cables

Flange and bolt made from insulating material

M10 hex screw and butterfly nut

Color: red

Dimensions: 138 x 80 x 58 mm

Weight: 370 g

Sold alone or as a kit, ref. KIT ACGE

Composition du kit: ReferencesQtyDescription

Ref: KIT PITONS Set of board support pins

Used to support a meter panels being worked on

Steel rods coated with insulating materials

Maximum load: 15 daN for all four pieces

ENEDIS No: 37.12.307

Composition:

Two straight pins, length 340 mm, diameter 5 mm

Two curved pins, length 170 mm, diameter 5 mm

1 lg 125 mm handle for inserting the pins

1 case, 370 x 45 x 38 mm

Note: four caps are needed for the ends

Weight of kit: 278 g

Complies with SERECT technical specifications BT N° 340

Support devices

• KIT ACGE

Shunts and accessories

Ref: R40453 Flexible 35 mm² shunt cable

Sheathed flexible 35mm² copper shunt, threaded end - 1000V.

Permissible charge 200A CA/1000V.

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthWeight

Complies with CTST data sheet n° FT BT 809

Ref: R4027 Shunt clamps

Permissible charge 200A CA/1000V.

Accessory: Ref. JONCT-SHUNT: connector for 2 shunts

Ref: R4041 Insulation perforation clamp

Insulation perforation clamp for interior installations: cabinets. Underground/aerial grids for insulated cables.

ReferencesENEDIS NoSectionPermissible intensityWeight

- 16 mm²

Complies with CTST data sheet n° FT BT 814

Ref: R4100 Voltage measurement insulation punches

Insulation perforation used for connecting a measuring device or voltage detection by insulation perforation connected by plug and locked by one plastic screw.

ReferencesENEDIS NoSectionWeight

R4100 1 37.10.07110 - 95 mm²44 g

R4100 2 37.10.07250 - 240 mm²58 g

Complies with CTST data sheet n° FT BT 811

Ref: R4043 Swivelling micro-clamp

Clamping for all 10 diam. adapters and bare flat conductor thickness 5 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS No

Complies

sheet n° FT BT 809

Ref: R40456 Combination switch for collective cabling

For checking the absence of a fault downstream of a blown fuse (In: 100 / 200 A).

Open or close a circuit on load.

Supplied with two adapters for connection of the shunts

Dimensions: 400 x 240 x 160 mm.

Weight: 4 Kg

Complies with the SERECT sheet BT N° 805

Ref: R4002 Cartridge handle

LV Cabinet earthing and short-circuiting devices

Installation and extraction of fuses in devices without integrated gripper

Fuse cartridge size 00 to 2

ENEDIS No: 69.41.284

Reinforced thermoplastic body

Dimensions: 135 x 95 x 25 mm

Weight: 140 g

Ref: R4140 Short-circuiting device for LV panel board

4 conductors, cross-section 25mm² connected by a short-circuiting block.

4 swivelling mini-clamps: R4043

1 insulated wrench for hexagonal screw of 3 to tighten the joints and the jaws of the micro-clamps.

1 insulating socket spanner 10 x 7: CTBI1017

1 stand with 4 fork adapters, 16 threaded adapters for threaded rods.

1 insulating flat ring spanner 13 x 14 x 16 x 17: R4182

ENEDIS No: 37.15.012

Also available with 5 conductors: R4140 2 (ENEDIS No: 37.15.011). Icc = 4 KA/1s

Ref: R4569 Short-circuiting device for REMBT (LV modular electrical cabinet)

Cartridge mechanism 00 size for REMBT.

Icc=4kA/s.

1 insulating material case containing:

1 set of insulated 16mm² braid - . length 440 + 370 mm.

4 size 00 cartridges including an insulating part, a conducting part and an entry point for connecting the braid.

1 M8 insulating spanner for handling the cartridges.

Dimensions case: 226 x 200 x 71mm.

ENEDIS No: 37.15.385

Accessory:

Ref. R4224: Adapter. Allows TST 200 A tools to be used

LV Cabinet earthing and short-circuiting devices

Ref: C MCC BR

Short circuiting connection set for LV cabinets and Panel Boards

Content:

MarkerReferencesENEDIS NoQty Designation

1 C22X58 37.15. 3034Cartridges 22x58

2 CT00 37.15. 3884Cartridges T00

3 PM 37.15. 3514Metal pliers

4 CF 37.15. 2294Fork-shaped cutter

5 T16F4 37.15. 3762 16 mm² braids lg 440/370 mm 4 wires

6 ATM8 37.15. 3341M8 threaded adapter

7 AM12 37.15. 3361M12 adapter

8 AT16 37.15. 33516Adapters for braids

9 AB30A 430A pin adapters

10 AB60A 460A pin adapters

11 CDN 1Neutral dual connector

12 CTB10X17 07.82.6041Tube wrench 10x17 mm

13 CMM8 37.15. 3051Assembly wrench M8

14 D62 4 07.82.2541Right-angled size 4 male Allen key

15 R4182 07.81.5051Polygonal wrench 13/14/16/17

Ref: C MCC RES

Short circuiting set for network cabinets, workstations, electrical grids and Panel boards

Content:

MarkerReferencesENEDIS NoQty Designation

1 C115 37.15. 3894Cutter EA115

2 C160 37.15. 3904Cutter EA160

3 T16F5 37.15. 378116 mm² braid, 1m/1m 5 strands

4 CTR 37.15. 6921Insulated earth connector for extension

5 CMM8 37.15. 3051Assembly wrench M8

6 R4182 07.81.5051Polygonal wrench 13/14/16/17

7 D62 4 07.82.2541Right-angled size 4 male Allen key

Ref: C MCC

Short circuiting set for LV cabinets, networks, workstations, electrical grids and Panel board

18

19 R4182

LV Overhead cable and short-circuiting devices

Ref: DBTI (T)

Short-circuiting device for twisted LV isolated overhead networks. ICC 4 k A / 1s

Complies with standard: IEC 61230. ICC 4 kA/1s.

The short-circuiting device consists of 11.1 mm diameter (5, 6 or 7 mm diameter depending on the model) bayonet-locking socket junctions, connected by 16 mm² cables from junction blocks.

The distance between each socket is 0.5 m.

Insulated socket junctions affix to the pin of the 6Kv shorting connectors (ref CMCC CT – see page 309)

One of the connections is left free for possible affixing of the earthing device ref ref. E16L16B or T16L16B - see page 219

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG:

Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic calibrations

Delivered in plastic box (ref COFFRETP9) 309 x 282 x 100 mm

LV Overhead cable and short-circuiting devices

Ref: DBTN (T)

Earthing and short-circuiting device for bare overhead LV networks. ICC 3 k A / 1s

Complies with standard: IEC 61230. ICC 3 kA/1s.

Short-circuiting device composed of spring clamps (ref. PR20P for 3 to 20 mm diameter cables) mounted on insulating poles for attachment to LV sheet of 5, 6 or 7 conductors.

The clamps are connected by 16 mm² short-circuit cables 700 mm long

A spring-clamp (ref PR20H) with hex bit is placed on the 2 m telescopic pole (ref PT 4032 L20H) supplied with the kit

Earthing can be done by connecting the socket junction connected to one of the clamps to the earthing device (ref E16L16B or T16L16B) supplied separatelysee page 219

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG: Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic verifications

Accessories (supplied with a DBTN assembly):

References Description

PR20P Spring clamp mounted on rod

PR20H Spring clip and hex bit for telescopic pole

4032

CCS16L70

CCDS16L70

Ref: E16L16B (T)

LV Overhead cable and short-circuiting devices

Earthing device for overhead LV networks

ICC 4 k A / 1s

The earthing device consists of an insulated pin connector ø 11.1 mm, connected by 16 m of sheathed copper cable of 16 mm² to an earthing clamp. It connects to the socket connector of the short-circuiting devices of insulated (ref DBTI) or bare (ref DBTN) LV overhead networks for earthing

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG:

Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic calibrations

ReferencesENEDIS NoDescription

E16L16B

Device without TAG NFC

E16L16B T 37.15.411Device with TAG NFC

Weight (with box): 4,5 kg

Accessories (supplied with E16L16B assembly)

References

CCBS16L1600 16 m sheathed copper cable 16 mm² with terminal and pin connection 11.1 mm 3210 g

ET (T) 5 to 35 mm earthing clamp with or without TAG (T) 600 g

COFFRETP9 Plastic box 310 x 280 x 85 mm and protective foam 720 g

Complies with standard: IEC 61230. ICC 4 k A/1s

Ref: T16L16B (T)

Earthing device for overhead LV networks

ICC 4 k A / 1s

The earthing device consists of an insulated pin connector ø 11.1 mm, connected by 16 m of sheathed 16 mm² gauge copper cable wound on a drum.

The drum is equipped with an attachment clamp to be placed on the end of a ground stake (supplied with the device).

The device connects to the socket junction of the short-circuiting devices of insulated (ref. DBTI) or bare (ref. DBTN) overhead LV networks for earthing.

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG: Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic calibrations

ReferencesENEDIS NoDescription

T16L16B

Device without TAG NFC

T16L16B T Device with TAG NFC

Weight total: 8,95 kg

Accessories (supplied with T16L16B assembly): References

Optional accessory:

Ref. CR 1: Storage box

Complies with standard: IEC 61230. ICC 4 k A/1s

MV earthing and short-circuiting devices

Ref: R4551

Earthing and short-circuiting equipment for MV overhead networks

Includes:

• 3 Light alloy contact clamps with automatic tightening Ref.: R4554 for conductor diam. 3 to 32 mm, end fitting adapted for clamp-support plate.

• 1 Light alloy clamp molder head, complete of steel recover hook and hexagonal end fitting CH12 for fixing on head of the insulated rod Ref.: R4558

• 2 short-circuiting cables between the clamps made of extra-flexible copper covered by transparent sheath, cross section 35mm², length 2.75 m with lugs on ends.

• 1 Steel reel with ground clamp

• 1 Earthing cable, cross section 16 mm², length 16 m rolled up on the reel.

• 1 Metal case 850 x 250 x 200 mm for the set.

Weight: 14.5 kg.

Icc: 8,6 kA eff/1s

Complies with standard: EN IEC 61230

Ref: R4553

Earthing and short-circuiting equipment for bare MV overhead networks with insulating and earthing rods

Includes:

• 3 light alloy automatic prior setting clamps Ref: R4554 for conductor diam. 3 to 32 mm, end fitting adapted for clamp support plate.

• 1 light alloy clamp molder head, complete of steel recover hook and hexagonal end fitting CH12 for fixing on head of the insulated rod Ref.: R4558

• 2 short-circuiting cables between the clamps made of extraflexible copper covered by transparent sheath, cross-section 35 mm²,length 2.75 m with lugs on ends.

• 1 steel reel with ground clamp.

• 1 earthing cable, cross-section16 mm² , length 16 m rolled up on the reel.

• 1 galvanised steel earthing rod, length 1 m, hexagonal 18 mm on side, weighs approx. 2 kg.

• 1 telescopic insulating rod, Ref: R4530 made of composite fibreglass epoxy resin, yellow colour/orange.

• Deployed length 2 m in two elements.

• Upper Part, exterior diameter 32 mm filled with foam, fitted on the end with the flexible «EF» hexagonal CH12 end fitting (12 mm hex) and M10 thread.

• Lower part, exterior diameter 40 mm.

• Fitted with an anti-shock rubber plug and a hand guard delimiting the handle area.

• 1 storage cover for the insulating rod and earthing rod.

• 1 metal case 850 x 250 x 200 mm for the earthing device.

Weight: 18.6 kg

Icc: 8,6 kA / 1s

Complies with standard: EN IEC 61230

Ref: DHPF 7035 P (T)

MV earthing and short-circuiting devices

Earthing and short-circuiting device for MV post with fixed clamps. ICC 12.5 k A / 1s

Composition:

The short-circuiting device is composed of 3 aluminium alloy clamps ref PF D35P40 (T) for cables of diameter 5 to 35 mm or flat width 40 mm. They are connected to a trifurcation by sheathed copper cables of 70 mm² and 1.2 m long.

The clamps are attached using a telescopic pole ref. PT 4032 L15H (T), 5 m long extended, with a 12 mm hex end piece and an anti-rotation system.

The earthing device, connected to the trifurcation, is composed of a 35 mm² sheathed copper cable 2 m long and an earthing clamp ref. ET (T) for cable diameter 5 to 35 mm or flat up to 35 mm thickness.

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG: Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic calibrations

Add T to the reference if TAG is required (see table)

ReferencesENEDIS No

Accessories (supplied with DHPF 7035 P assembly)

References with a «T» are provided with an NFC TAG

Spare parts can be supplied for repair by our after-sales service

Other cable sections available on request. Contact us for details

Complies with standard: IEC 61230. ICC 12,5 k A/1s

MV earthing and short-circuiting devices

Ref: DHPO 7035 P (T)

Earthing and short-circuiting device for MV post with movable clamps. ICC 12.5 k A / 1s

Composition:

The short-circuiting device is composed of 3 adjustable aluminium bronze clamps ref. PO D35 (T) for cable diameters 5 to 35 mm. The clamps are oriented then locked in position by two butterfly screws. They are connected to a trifurcation by 70 mm² sheathed copper cables 1.2 m long

The clamps are tightened and loosened using a telescopic pole ref. PT 4032 L15H (T), 1.5 m long extended, with a 12 mm hex end piece and an anti-rotation system.

The earthing device, connected to the trifurcation, is composed of a 35 mm² sheathed copper cable 2 m long and an earthing clamp ref. ET (T) for cable diameter 5 to 35 mm or flat up to 35 mm thickness

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG:

Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic calibrations

Add T to the reference if TAG is required (see table)

ReferencesENEDIS No

Accessories (supplied with DHPO 7035 P assembly)

References with a «T» are provided with an NFC TAG

Spare parts can be supplied for repair by our after-sales service

Other cable sections available on request. Contact us for details

Complies with standard: IEC 61230. ICC 12,5 k A/1s

Ref: PC32L3100 (T)

MV hook pole

Operations on MV structures of equipment fitted with a ring hook.

For non-live work, earthing and short-circuit operations, operation of MV bridges.

Pole made of yellow epoxy tube diameter 32 mm, reinforced with fibreglass and filled inside with foam.

Has a 10 mm diameter control rod, operated by a three-position sliding rack operating handle:

• Hook open

• Hook closed

• Hook retracted

Length: 3m10

The pole is equipped with hook ref. CST end with anti-shock tip.

Possibility of providing this device equipped with an NFC TAG:

Radio frequency standard ISO 14443-A (13,56 MHz)

NFC FORUM type 2 – 144 Bytes mini.

The presence of the TAG enables identification and traceability of periodic calibrations

Insulating poles

Complies with data sheet n° C117 n° 37.10.021

Ref: CST Storage hook for rod

Suspension hook for rod in Plastified stainless steel made of 2 elements:

• A clamping ring adapting to the rod diameter

• A hook for hanging the tool

Maximum load: 14 daN

ReferencesENEDIS No Model

CST32 09.96.013For Ø 32 mm rod

CST39 09.96.014For Ø 39 mm rod

Ref: R4046BS45 Rescue stick for internal installation

Operating voltage (max) : 45 kV.

Polyester rod reinforced by fiberglass 32 mm rod diameter

Plastified steel hook 350 mm opening

Rod length: 1.50 m

Ref: R4352 & R4352 6P

Electronic capacitive detector of voltage presence / absence on MV lines and installations by visual and acoustic signals

Unipolar electronic detector for checking the absence or presence of the medium tension.

Suitable for use in net conditions, either indoors or outdoors.

Double indication of operative voltage presence:

• A intermittent acoustic.

• 2 flashing red LED-lights.

The absence of operative voltage is indicated by green led-light permanent on . (see instruction for use)

Built-in-self-control check.

Polycarbonate case, 58 mm diameter.

Metallic case and protective foam.

Insulating rod and protective bag supplied on request

Operating voltage: 10 A 30 KV

Complies with standard internationale: EN IEC 61243-1

Ref: R4352

Accessories:

Ref: R4634

Hex adaptor for universal splined end fitting

Ref: R4352 6P

Ref: R4627

DRAPEAU electrode for NEVERS type rod

Ref: R4626

V-shaped electrode

Ref: R4353 Insulating rod for detector

Operating voltage 36 kV.

Insulating rod made of high quality composite fibreglass epoxy resin.

External diameter 40 mm, length 1.2 m.

Insulating closing cap.

Hand guard delimiting the handle area.

Universal splined end fitting type «U» for fixing the detector made of strong plastic

Weight: 1,2 kg

Complies with standard: EN IEC 61235.

Detector with universal splined end atting for connection onto the head of the insulating rod.

Detector with a 12 mm hexagonal end fitting for connection onto the head of the insulating rod

Ref: CAD

All-metal lockout padlocks

- One-piece brass body

- Nickel-plated steel hoops or brass

- Comes with set of double-sided lockout tags

- Different keys or same key

- 2 nickel-plated steel keys

Ref: JEU5CAD

5

Ref: CADP

Lockout padlocks, insulating body and steel hoop

- ABS plastic body - Steel Handle - Comes with set of double-sided lockout tags

-

Ref: JEU5CADP

5

-

- Different keys or same key - 1 Key

Ref: R3066DL

Half-moon shape artillery padlock

Brass Supplied without key.

Key: Ref. R3066DL CLE

Ref: R3066T

Triangular shape artillery padlock

Brass Supplied without key.

Key: Ref. R3066TCLE

Ref: MCM

Lockout hasp jaws

Ref: MCMI

Insulating lockout jaws

For 6 padlocks

Hoop diameter 7 mm

Internal diameter 17 mm

Length 76 mm

Weight: 30 g

Ref: MCME

Lockout hasp jaws with information tags

Aluminum, 188 x 76 mm, for 6 padlocks

Maximum hoop diameter 7mm

Size inside jaws: 28 x 36 mm

Ref: MCMD

Lockout for mini circuit breakers

Suitable for mini circuit breakers with toggle switches.

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic Locked with padlocks

Ref: MCDL

Lockout for circuit breakers with toggle switches

Ajustable

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic Locked with pad

References Characteristics

MCDL A For thick levers width 5,3 to 9 mm

MCDL B For universal toggle circuit breaker

MCDL C For levers, max width 55 mm, max height 22 mm

Ref: MCS

Electrical lockout device

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic For electrical cabinet switch Set of two pieces : green / red (ON/OFF)

Ref: CC(L)

Lockout cable

Thermoplastic body

Insulated stainless steel cable, Ø 3 mm

Adjustable length

For a max of 5 padlocks

Referencescable length (m)

Ref: SSC10(20)

Padlock storage stand

Metal bracket for wall mounting

ReferencesPadlock

Ref: BCC

Key storage box

Metal box with handle

Locked with padlocks

Dimensions: 260 x 150 x 105 mm

Weight: 1,67 kg

Ref: AC10 (20)

Padlock storage cabinet

ABS cabinet for wall mounting

Plexiglass door lockable by padlock

References Padlock

Ref: RT10(20)

Padlock carry rack

Made of PVC. References

Consignment:

Ref: R6400

Appareil condamneDefense de manœuvrer

1 mounting hole

Both-sides

Anti-UV varnish

PVC plate 0.3 mm

Dimensions: 170x75 mm

Ref: DISQUE C10

Limite de zone de travail

1 mounting hole

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: DISQUE C12P

Appareil condamneDefense de manœuvrer

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø60

Ref: DISQUE C14P

Appareil defectueuxdefense de manœuvrer

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø80

Ref: DISQUE C15P

Appareil ouvert par CDC laisse à la disposition du CDT

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø100

Ref: DISQUE C16P

A disposition du charge des travaux

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø100

Ref: DISQUE C13P

GDF Appareil condamneDefense de manœuvrer

2 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø120

Ref: EDC-10

Dangers defense d'enclencher

1 mounting hole with metal eyelet

Laminated tags

Dimensions: 75x145 mm

Ref: DISQUE C11P

Appareil condamneDefense de manœuvrer

1 mounting hole

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø80

Ref: R6195 P

Regime special d'exploitation

Travaux sous-tension en cours

Defense de modifier

1 mounting hole

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

Dimensions: Ø80

Ref: PC1P

Condamné

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed

Dimensions: 140X40 mm

Ref: PC2P

Condamné par /Date

Anti-UV varnish

Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed

Dimensions: 230X120 mm

Ref: R6023P

Defense d'enclencher

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Plastic plate

Dimensions: 300x150 mm

Signs

Warnings:

Ref: R6040

Terre du neutre

Anti-UV varnish

ReferencesDimensions Material

R6040 A 100 mm sidePrinted Aluminum

R6040 P 100 mm side Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

R6040 C 100 mm side1 mm vinyl sticker

Ref: R6041

Terre des masses métalliques

Anti-UV varnish

ReferencesDimensions Material

R6041 A 100 mm sidePrinted Aluminum

R6041 P 100 mm side Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

R6041 C 100 mm side1 mm vinyl sticker

Ref: R6042

Terre

Anti-UV varnish

ReferencesDimensions Material

R6042 A 100 mm sidePrinted Aluminum

R6042 P 100 mm side Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

R6042 C 100 mm side1 mm vinyl sticker

Ref: AV6-A

Prise de terre-patte d’oie

Aluminum plate170 x 60 x 1 mm

2 universal slots for mounting

Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV7-A

Prise de terre profonde

Aluminum plate170 x 60 x 1 mm

2 universal slots for mounting Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6251

Appareil modifié

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum

2 universal slots for mounting

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6253

Haute tension

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum

2 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6255

Accès réserve exclusivement au personnel autorisé

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum

2 universal slots for mounting

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6160

Symbole EX

Anti-UV varnish

ReferencesDimensions Material

R6160-A 100 mm sidePrinted Aluminum

R6160-P 100 mm side Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

R6160-C 100 mm side1 mm vinyl sticker

Ref: AV8V-P / AV8J-P

Producteur

Rigid PVC disk 1 mounting holes

Dimensions: Ø 80 x 1 mm

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6200

Source autonome d'énergie

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum 2 universal slots for mounting

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV9-C

Attention production autonome

Vinyl sticker

Screen printed

Dimensions: 185 x 55 mm

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV10-P

Réseau realimente par groupe electrogène

Rigid PVC disk 1 mounting hole

Dimensions: Ø 80 x 1 mm

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6201

Ce local renferme des appareils

contenant du SF6

Dimensions: 250 x 350 mm

Material: 0,8 mm pressed Aluminum 2 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV11-A

Attention SF6

Aluminum plate without holes

Dimensions: 300 x 200 x 1mm Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6252

Zone de confusion

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum

2 universal slots for mounting

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6254

Conducteurs sous-tension

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum

2 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6250

Connexions provisoires

Dimensions: 200 x 60 mm

Material: 1 mm pressed Aluminum

2 universal slots for mounting

Anti-UV varnish

Warnings:

Ref: R6028 Éclair électrique

Anti-UV varnish

ReferencesDimensions Material

R6028 A 100 mm sidePrinted Aluminum

R6028 P 100 mm side Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

R6028 C 100 mm side1 mm vinyl sticker

Ref: R6900

Défense absolue de toucher aux fils même tombés à terreDanger de mort

2 mounting holes

Aluminum plate 0.8 mm

Dimensions: 140x60 mm

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6256

Attention câbles

MV 20 kV à proximité

Aluminum plate 120x90x1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV2-A

Câbles MV et liaison FO à proximité

Aluminum plate 120x90x1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV4-P

Local batteries

PVC plate 300x150x1 mm

4 mounting holes

Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Postes:

Ref: R6066

Danger - Défense d'entrer

Poste de transformation

4 mounting holes

Printed Aluminum 0.8 mm

Dimensions: 200x150 mm

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6064

Cellules N°

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6134 CBD

ENEDIS - Transformateur cabine basse alimenté par une dérivation

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm with marking perforations

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6134 CBD RE

Ref: R6060 Homme foudroyé

Anti-UV varnish

ReferencesDimensions Material

R6060 A 100 mm sidePrinted Aluminum

R6060 P 100 mm side Rigid PVC printed 1 mm

R6060 C 100 mm side1 mm vinyl sticker

Ref: R6910

Défense absolue de toucher aux fils même tombés à terreDanger de mort

1 mounting hole

Anti-UV varnish

Aluminum plate 0.8 mm, dimensions: Ø105 1 line allowing the insertion of 3 characters with foldable tabs

Ref: AV1-A

Attention câbles

MV 20 kV à proximite

Aluminum plate 120x90x1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV3-A

Réseau électrique

Aluminum plate 120x90x1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed Anti-UV varnish

Ref: AV5-A

Dangers de mort

Pentagonal aluminum plate

Dimensions: 200x200x1 mm

2 mounting holes

Screen printed

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6065

Défense d'afficher

4 mounting holes

Printed Aluminum 0.8 mm

Dimensions: 300x150 mm

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6134 CB

ENEDIS - Transformateur cabine basse

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm with marking perforations

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6134 CB RE

Ref: R6134 T

ENEDIS - Transformateur

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm with marking perforations

4 slots and 4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6134 T RE

Ref: R6140

ENEDIS - Remontée aéro souterraine

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Material: 1mm pressed aluminum with marking perforations

4 mounting slots

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6140-RE

Ref: R6139

ENEDIS - Armoire haute tension

Dimensions: 300 x 200 mm

Material: 1mm pressed aluminum with marking perforations

6 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6139-RE

Safety instructions:

Ref: R6033

Soins aux électrisés

Dimensions: 210 x 300 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: CS4-P

Consigne de sécurité

Plaque PVC 450 x 400 x 1 mm

4 mounting holes

Screen printed Anti-UV varnish

Ref: CS1-A

Travaux au voisinage dans un local réservé aux électriciens

Plaque aluminium 420 x 300 x 1mm

4 mounting holes

Screen printed Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6140B

ENEDIS - Remontée aéro souterraine issue d'une dérivation

Dimensions: 200 x 300 mm

Material: 1mm pressed aluminum with marking perforations

4 mounting slots

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6140B-RE

Ref: R6133

ENEDIS - Poste de transformation haute tension

Dimensions: 300 x 200 mm

Material: 1mm pressed aluminum with marking perforations

6 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

For REGIE Reference: R6133-RE

Ref: R6033 G

Soins aux électrisés

Dimensions: 350 x 500 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6037

Instructions de sécurité

Dimensions: 350 x 500 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: R6036

Instructions générales

Dimensions: 350 x 500 mm

Material: Printed Aluminum 1 mm

4 mounting holes

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: CS2-A & CS2-P

Travaux électriques hors tension haute tension

Aluminium plate (CS2-A) or PVC plate (CS2-P) 500 x 350 x 1 mm

6 mounting holes

Screen printed Anti-UV varnish

Ref: CS3-A & CS3-P

Travaux électriques hors tension basse tension

Aluminium plate (CS3-A) or PVC plate (CS3-P) 500 x 350 x 1 mm

6 mounting holes

Screen printed Anti-UV varnish

Signs

Signs

Signs with moveable characters:

Ref: R6600 / R6700 / R6800 Removable characters

Foldable tabs

Material: pressed aluminum

Anti-UV varnish

Packed per batch of 25

ReferenceColors

R6600JN (A to Z)

R6600JN (0 to 9) Black on yellow background

R6600BN (0 to 9) Black on white background

R6600BN (A to Z)

R6600BB (0 to 9) Blue on beige background 6 x 11 x 0.5

R6600BB (A to Z)

Ref: R4309

Storage case for moveable characters

Dimensions: 470 x 320 x 80 mm

Material: PVC

Weight: 1650 g

Ref: R6034

Sign for moveable characters R6700

Dimensions: 260 x 55 x 0.8 mm

Material: Aluminium

2 mounting holes

Ref: R6035

Sign for moveable characters R6800

Dimensions: 170 x 60 x 1 mm

Material: Aluminium

2 mounting slots

Ref: R6710P

Notice «dans le poste ou armoire HTA»

Dimensions: 60 x 20 x 0.5 mm

Material: Aluminium

Anti-UV varnish

Ref: PL3H8

Aluminum identification plate

Dimensions: 35 x 25 x 0,5 mm

4 mounting holes

For 3 removable characters, 8 mm (Ref: R6600)

Ref: R6008 (XX)GE

Water drop number

Black background pressed on aluminum 0.8 mm

Number height 11mm

Packed per batch of 25

Ref: PL4H16

Aluminum identification plate

Dimensions: 75 x 50 x 1 mm

2 mounting holes

For 4 removable characters, 16 mm (Ref: R6700)

Ref: R6030

Sign for moveable characters R6700

Dimensions: 260 x 40 x 0.8 mm

Material: Aluminium

2 mounting holes

Ref: R6038

Sign for moveable characters R6800

Dimensions: 260 x 50 x 0.8 mm

Material: Aluminium

2 mounting holes

Ref: R6039

Sign for moveable characters

Dimensions: 240 x 90 x 1 mm

Material: Aluminium

2 mounting slots

Ref: R6710A

Notice «à la remontée aéro-souterrain»

Dimensions: 60 x 20 x 0.5 mm

Material: Aluminium Anti-UV varnish

Ref: PL32H8

Aluminum identification plate

Dimensions: 133 x 49 x 1 mm

2 mounting holes

For 32 removable characters (Ref: R6600)

Ref: GE3H8

Aluminum identification plate

Dimensions: 36 x 40 x 0,8 mm

1 mounting holes

For 3 removable characters, 8 mm (Ref: R6600)

Ref: GE2H16

Aluminum identification plate

Dimensions: 36 x 40 x 0,8 mm

1 mounting holes

For 2 removable characters, 16 mm (Ref: R6700)

Banner and pennant signs

Ref: R6005 Banner

«Limite de la zone de travail - Ne pas franchir»

Rectangular red coated fabric banner. White lettering.

Dimensions 1 x 0,20 m

Ref: R6016 1 Banner

«Limite de la zone protégée - Ne pas franchir»

Rectangular red coated fabric banner. White lettering. Dimensions 1 x 0,20 m

Ref: R6002 Pennant signs «Danger de mort - Homme foudroyé»

Printed on two sides on vinyl fabric with wooden 700 mm staff

Dimensions: 600 x 300 mm

Signs and Lockout set:

Ref: DS16 Signs and Lockout set

Signs and Lockout set includes:

Ref: R6016 Banner

«Installation sous-tension - Danger de mort»

Rectangular red coated fabric banner. White lettering. Dimensions 1 x 0,20 m

Ref: R6016 2 Banner «Danger de mort»

Rectangular red coated fabric banner. White lettering.

Dimensions 1 x 0,20 m

Ref: R6002 MT Pennant signs «Symbole de mise to la terre»

Printed on two sides on vinyl fabric with wooden 700 mm staff

Dimensions: 350 x 300 mm

Ability

Please consult us.

Signs

Site marking:

Ref: R6001 2

Red/yellow hazard warning tape

Red and yellow band roll for marking working area.

Dimensions: 100 m x 50 mm.

Ref: R6019 2

Red/white reflective hazard warning tape

Red and white micro glass ball reflective hazard warning tape for marking working area

Dimensions: 50 m x 50 mm.

Ref: R6185

Red /white plastic chain

Red-White plastic chain

Link Ø 8 x 29 high x 49 mm long

Pack: 25 m

Weight: 2,6 kg

Ref: R6114

Safety refective cone

Building site cone made of fluorescent Orange PVC 2 glass bead printed stripes

Optimal use condition between -30°C to +40°C

Ref: R6010 1

Red/white hazard warning tape

Red and white band roll for marking working area.

Dimensions: 100 m x 50 mm.

Ref: R6029

Sticky hazard warning tape

“DANGER

DE MORT”

Red and white band roll for marking working area.

Dimensions: 100 m x 50 mm.

Ref: R6207

Pic safety boundary post

Coloured post

Red and white striped plastic (coloured in the plastic)

Ø 4 cm

Black rubber, highly stable base

Height: 90 cm

Weight: 2,8 Kg

Ref: CMP Folding multiple CMP spanner

ReferencesAssembled arms

CMP4 4

CMP5 5

CMP6 6

High mechanical resistance bronze spanner

Each branch of length 96 mm corresponds to one form.

The spanner is assembled in factory with the forms chosen from the table shown.

Example of Reference: CMP4 CNHT 14 square (C) - 5x10 rectangle (N) 11 triangle (H) - Square from 5 to 8 (T)

Ref: CMPL Cross Folding multiple CMP spanner

4 assembled arms.

Each element has one form.

The spanner is assembled in factory with the forms chosen from the table shown.

Example of reference CMPL TNHJ 5 to 8 square (T) - 5x10 rectangle (N) - 11 triangle (H) - 13 triangle (J)

Section references CMP and CMPL

Ref: CMP4

Cabinet keys

Ref: CMP5

Ref: CMP6

Triangle 21Triangle 16Triangle 13Triangle 11Triangle 8 ø 24 ø 24 ø 19 ø 16 ø 16

Ref.: O Ref.: L Ref.: J Ref.: H Ref.: K

Triangle 5Square 10 Rectangle 5 x 10 6 Hex5 to 8 square ø 7 / / / /

Ref.: G Ref.: A Ref.: N Ref.: Q Ref.: T

Square 14Delmas1/2 moonArticulation(s)*5 Hex

Ref.: C Ref.: F Ref.: X Ref.: Y Ref.: U * Specify when ordering if a single or double pin.

Ref: R4198 Insulating composite 11 triangle spanner

Spanner made of insulating material 11 triangle.

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthWeight R4198 07.83.06589 mm17 g

Ref: CT Insulating composite 11 triangle spanner with handle

Insulated sleeved spanner

11 triangle

Shaft length: 180 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthWeight CT 07.64.080290 mm190 g

Ref: CMPL

GUIDE FOR CHOOSING SAFETY MATERIALS FOR MV STATIONS (UP TO 33KV)

NF C 13-100 (2001) standard: Supply stations located inside a building and supplied by a MV public distribution network (up to 33 kV) NF

GUIDE FOR CHOOSING SIGNAGE FOR HV STATIONS (UP TO 33KV)

Sign

Note:

- Where facilities have incorporated capacitors, these must be fitted with a warning plate indicating the discharge time and the cell doors must be fitted with a sign indicating their presence.

- Safety arrows must be installed to indicate the emergency exits in accordance with European directive 92/58/EEC

LV Voltage detectors and measuring devices

Ref:

VAT742 LV voltage detector and voltage absence tester

Check that there is no voltage during operations on electrical structures and installations (NF C18-510).

Built-in complete self-test, unipolar phase test and continuity test.

Delivered in blister pack with:

1 black lead to which a sensor is attached 1.10 m long

1 set of removable IP2X Ø 4 mm test probes (1 red/1 black)

1 wrist strap

2 x 1.5 V LR03/AAA batteries

Operating manual in 5 languages.

Complies with standards:

• IEC 61010 600 V CAT IV

• IEC 61243-3

• IEC 61326-1

* Typical value with standard PPE protection equipment

Optional accessories:

Ref. R2214: socket tester (adapter for 2P+E sockets)

Ref. R2164 TPN: non-IP2X red test probe

Ref. R2164 TP2: black lead with non-IP2X test probe

Ref. R2267: adapter for safety rod (set of 2)

Ref. R2165 L: set of 2 1.5 m leads with Ø 4 IP2X probes

Ref. R2166: case 200 x 100 x 40 mm

Ref. R2165: set of 2 x 0.25 and 0.85 m leads with IP2X sensors

Ref: VAT762 LV voltage detector and voltage absence tester

Check that there is no voltage during operations on electrical structures and installations (NF C18-510). Built-in complete self-test, unipolar phase test and continuity test.

Control of the order of the phasess

Delivered in blister pack with:

1 black lead to which a sensor is attached 1.10 m long

1 set of removable IP2X Ø 4 mm test probes (1 red/1 black)

1 wrist strap

2 x 1.5 V LR03/AAA batteries

Operating manual in 5 languages

Complies with standards:

Optional accessories:

Ref. R2214: socket tester (adapter for 2P+E sockets)

Ref. R2164 TPN: non-IP2X red test probe

Ref. R2164 TP2: black lead with non-IP2X test probe

• IEC 61243-3

• IEC 61326-1

* Typical value with standard PPE protection equipment

Ref. R2267: adapter for safety rod (set of 2)

Ref. R2165 L: set of 2 1.5 m leads with Ø 4 IP2X probes

Ref. R2166: case 200 x 100 x 40 mm

Ref. R2165: set of 2 x 0.25 and 0.85 m leads with IP2X sensors

Ref: R2077

LV voltage absence tester and phase rotation up to 690V

Designed to meet the international standard. EN CEI 61243-3

Measurement category (CAT) IV 600 V

Measures AC and DC voltage up to 690 V with LED indication

Polarity indication

Single - pole phase test

Test of phase rotation

Continuity test

Auto power on/off

Lamp function

IP64 (IEC60529)

IP2X test probes (NF C18-510)

Supplied with:

2 1.5 V IEC LR03 batteries

1 soft case

1 operating instructions Technical

V c.a (16...400 Hz) Nominal

/ 24 / 50 / 120 / 230 / 400 / 690 V, c.a. 16...400 Hz) Standard

V c.a., > 120 V c.c.

Test of phase rotation

V c.a. (50/60 Hz)

V terre-vers-phase, c.a. 50/60 Hz

Continuity test Plage de detection 0...500 kΩ +50%

Test

(NF C 18-510) Battery

V (IEC LR03 1.5 V x 2)

LV Voltage detectors and measuring devices

Ref: ACF400 & ACF4000

TRMS digital ammeter with flexible sensor

2 models 400 A and 4000 A

Model 400 A with Ø45 or Ø70 mm sensor

Model 4000 A with Ø100 mm sensor

Direct reading of the current

Measurement from 10 mA

Storage of maximum value

Delivered in a blister pack with 2 AAA 1.5 V batteries, 1 elastic strap and operating instructions in 5 languages

Accessories:

20x200x60 bag Ref: R2268

Articulated and magnetic mounting accessory base Ref: R2269

Elastic strap (set of 5) Ref: R2270

Ref: R2191

Phase rotation indicator/ Presence of phases tester

Motor rotation indicator L1-L2-L3

Uses:

Tester of presence of three phases by LEDs.

Indication of rotation using a chaser type indicator.

Motor rotationindicator

General information:

Very clear display indicating the direction of rotation. Determination of the order of phases and rotation of motors, three-phase electrical networks up to 600 V AC.

Features::

Allows testing that the phases are properly connected and the direction of rotation of the phases and motor in a single device.

Supplied with:

Test probes (with three alligator clips)

9V battery

Carrying bag

1 operating instructions

Technical characteristics

Display LED

Phase rotation R-S-T

Consumption 7 mA. Approx.

Motor rotation L1-L2-L3

Consumption 14 mA. Approx.

Protected by a fuse200 mA

Voltage range 100...600 V AC

Band width 45...70 Hz

Overvoltage categoryCAT.III / 600 V

Degree of pollution2

Electrical protection. EN IEC 61010-1 EN IEC 61557-7

Power supply Pile 9V pression.

Dimensions 153 x 72 x 35 mm

Weight 182 g

Ref: R2091 Digital multimeter

Uses

Voltmeter, Ammeter, Ohmmeter.

Continuity and diode sound test.

Capacitance meter

Frequency meter

Duty factor

General information

Automatic and manual rangings

Display HOLD and auto HOLD

Features

Min-Max Display

Bar graph

Turns off automatically.

Back lighting

Protection rating: IP 67

Highly resistant: Withstands a fall from 2m to the ground (SHOCK PROOF)

Protected by 2 fusess

Supplied with 2 measuring probes

1 9V battery

1 instruction manual

1 Carrying bag

Ref: R2093 TRMS digital multimeter AC/DC

Use

Voltmeter, Ammeter, Ohmmeter, thermometer, capacitance meter, frequency meter.

Electromagnetic field detector

Contactless voltage presence detector

Continuity and diode tester

(Response time < 100 μs)

General information

MAX/MIN value, average and peak value (PEAK)

Automatic and manual ranging

DATA HOLD

High resolution and fast response time

Analogue bargraph.

Back-lighting

Long-term PC measurement campaign. Automatic shut down.

Relative zero mode.

Electromagnetic field detector

Contactless voltage presence detector

Microwave frequency detection.

Peak factor mode, instantaneous PEAK measurement value

NMRR mode. Rejection of unwanted AC noise, caused by inaccurate DC measurements. CMRR mode. Rejection of the effects of existing residual voltages between the common and the input.

Features

«Autocheck» mode. Automatic recognition of AC or DC when the leads are connected to the system.

Electrically insulated RS232 interface (optional software)

Voltage test with a bandwidth up to 20 kHz.

BEEP-GUARD: Audible alarm when test leads poorly connected

Supplied with 1 MD 9050.

1 shockproof case.

2 test probes.

1 thermocouple sensor

1 9V battery

1 Instruction manual

Accessory:

USB interface + adapter

Carrying bag Ref: R2128

Technical characteristics

Display LCD, 6000 points

Indication Low battery, rating exceeded

Switch-off Automatic after 30 mins inactivity

Bargraph 61 segments

Measurement range

AC Voltage 0.1/mV...1000V/±0,5% + 2 Digits

DC Voltage 0.1/mV...1000V/±0,8% + 2 Digits

Maximum input1000V DC or 700V AC RMS

Band width 50/60 Hz

AC Current 0.1μA...10A ± 1.8% + 5 Digits

DC Current 0.1μA...10A ± 1.2% + 3 Digits

Input protection 1000V DC or 1000V AC RMS

Resistance 0.1Ω…60 M Ω ±0,8% + 2Dgt

Continuity testSound

Capacitance 10 pF... 1000 μF ±3.0%

Input protection 250V DC or 250V AC RMS

Tolerance ±3.0% reading + 5 Digits

Frequency 0.001 Hz...10MHz... ±1.5%

Sensitivity 0.5 V RMS under ≤ 1MHz >3V RMS for frequency > 1 MHz

Overload 250V DC or AC RMS

Diode test yes

Degree of protectionIP 67

Overvoltage cat.CAT III / 1000 V-CAT IV / 600 V

Degree of pollution2

Electrical protectionEN IEC 61010-1

Power supply9 V IEC 6LR61

Dimensions 182 x 82 x 55 mm

Weight 360 g

Technical characteristics

Display Backlit LCD. 9999 Pts. ACV, DCV, Hz & nS 6000 Pts mV, μA, mA, A, Ohm, Capacitance meter

Measurement interval 5 per sec. Bargraph 60 per sec. Band width 50 Hz...20 KHz

Measurement range

AC Voltage/DC 0.01 mV … 1 000 V

Tolerance AC± (0.5% reading + 3 Digits) Tolerance DC± (0.03 % reading + 2 Digits)

AC

LV Voltage detectors and measuring devices

Ref: PA1000D30W

1000 A AC/DC TRMS ammeter clamp 240 kW power

Uses:

AC/DC Ammeter

AC/DC Voltmeter

Ohmmeter

Frequency

Real active AC/DC power up to 240 kW

Sound and diode continuity test

Characteristics:

TRMS: True rms measurement of voltage and current (does not take into account disturbance).

Accuracy of measurement of a professional TRMS multimeter with the ease of use of a 1000 A clamp.

Jaw opening 30 mm

Electronic overload protection

Electronic surge protection

Auto zero, for very accurate DC current measurement

Automatic and manual calibration

Instantaneous power measurement

Pollution class 2

Standards:

EN 61010-1

Accessories:

On request:

IP2X lead in 4 mm or 2 mm

Supplied with:

1 x 9 V battery

2 test leads

1 user manual

1 protective bag

Ref: PA1000D52

1000 A AC/DC TRMS ammeter clamp

Uses:

AC/DC Ammeter

AC/DC Voltmeter

Ohmmeter

Capacitance meter

Frequency

Probe thermometer

Diode continuity test

Characteristics:

TRMS: True rms measurement of voltage and current (does not take into account disturbance).

Accuracy of measurement of a professional TRMS multimeter with the ease of use of a 1000 A clamp.

Jaw opening 52 mm

Standards:

EN 61010-1

Accessories:

On request:

IP2X lead in 4 mm or 2 mm

Supplied with:

1 protective bag

1 user manual

2 test leads

1 x 9 V battery

1 temperature sensor

Ref: PA2000D52

2000 A AC/DC TRMS ammeter clamp

Uses:

AC/DC Ammeter

AC/DC Voltmeter

Ohmmeter

Capacitance meter

Frequency

Probe thermometer

Diode continuity test

Characteristics:

TRMS: True rms measurement of voltage and current (does not take into account disturbance).

Accuracy of measurement of a professional TRMS multimeter with the ease of use of a 2000 A clamp.

Jaw opening 52 mm

Contactless AC voltage presence indicator light

Standards:

EN 61326

EN 61010-1

EN 61010-2-031

Accessories:

On request:

IP2X lead in 4 mm or 2 mm

Supplied with:

3 x 1.5 V battery

2 test leads

1 user manual

1 temperature sensor

1 protective bag

LV Voltage detectors and measuring devices

Ref: R2179 Digital insulation tester

Uses

Measures insulation resistance with 3 different voltage rating:

• 200 MΩ / 250 V

• 200 MΩ / 500 V

• 2000 MΩ / 1000 V

750V AC /1000V DC voltage measurement

Sound continuity measurement

200 Ω / 200 kΩ resistance measurement

Features

Wide screen with digital display

DATA HOLD.

Back lighting

Out of range indicator

Battery level indicator

Supplied with 2 measuring leads

1 crocodile clamp and lead

6 1.5V batteries

1 instruction manual

1 storage box with protective foam

Resistance

Overvoltage cat.CAT III-1000 V

Ref: R2302 5kV digital insulation tester

Uses

Measures insulation resistance with 3 different voltage rating:

• 500 / 1000 / 2500 / 5000 V DC + variable from 50V to 5100 V DC

• from 10 kΩ to 10 TΩ

Capacitance measurement.

Current measurement

Supplied with

Bag containing:

• 3 MV leads terminaled with large corcodile clamps : 2 measurement leads and earth cable for high insulation measurement

• 1 lead (35 cm) with rear connector + 1 power cable

LV Voltage detectors and measuring devices

Ref: R2310 Earth spike tester

Uses:

Earth resistance measurement

Measurement of earth voltage called «ground noise»

Measurement of AC/DC voltage

Low impedance measurement

General information:

Compensation for measurement leads, manual «0» setting

Wide range of measurements for the ohmmeter: up to 200 kΩ

Wide bright LCD display

Automatic shut down

Battery indicators

Particularity:

Particularly compact and easy to transport and use

Dual voltage and resistance display

Supplied with:

3 measurement leads (5m, 10m & 15m)

1 red lead 1.2 Banana/Croco

1 green lead 1.2 Banana/Croco

2 standard leads

2 earth spikes

1 carrying bag

6 1.5V AA batteries

1 instruction manual

Technical characteristics

Display Back light LCD display

Range of measurement / Resolution

Earth resistance

Range 0…20 Ω 0...200 Ω 0...2000 Ω

Tolerance±2% reading,, ±3 Digits

AC Voltmeter 1...750V

Accuracy ±1.2% reading,, ±10 digit

DC Voltmeter 1...1000V

Accuracy ±0.8% reading,, ±3 digit

Ohmmeter 0...200 kΩ / 0.1 kΩ

Accuracy ±1% reading,, ±2 digit

Protection EN IEC 61010-1Class III (dual insulation) IP54

Safety CAT III / 1000V

Degree of pollution 2

Power supply 6 1.5 V AA batteries

Ref: R2300 Earth and resistivity tester

Uses:

Earth

Coupling

Resistivity

Supplied with:

Site box

Batteries

Operating instructions

Accessories:

Ref: R2301 Earthing and resistivity kit including:

Multi-compartment bag with housing for the tester

Dimensions 200 x 92 x 50 mm

Weight 700 g, batteries included

4 «T» spikes, 4 rolls of wire (100 m red, 100 m blue, 100 m green and 30 m black), 1 green cable (10m), 1 hammer, 5 lug/pin adapters Ø4 mm)

Ref: KIT MESURES Kit for checking and measuring on electrical installations

The complete kit includes all measuring dences with leads, test probe, batteries and documentation. Each instrument has an individual carrying case

•

board

• R2179

• R2191

• R2310

• R2128

•

• R2077

p.

p. 251

p. 254

p. 255

p. 256

p. 257

p. 259

p. 260 p. 260 p. 261 p. 261 p. 262

Class

p. 262 Class

p. 259 p. 259 p. 259 p. 259 p. 260

p. 257 p. 257 p. 257 p. 258

p. 258 Composite

p. 257

p. 257

p. 257 p. 257 p. 257

p. 255

p. 255

p. 256 p. 256 p. 256

p. 255

p. 255

p. 251 p. 251 p. 253 p. 254 p. 254

p.

p.

p. 276 p. 277 p. 279 p. 279 p. 280 p. 281

p. 275 p. 275 p. 275 p. 276 p. 276 p. 276

p. 274 p. 274 p. 274 p. 275 p. 275 p. 275

p. 273 p. 273 p. 273 p. 273 p. 274 p. 274

p. 272 p. 272 p. 272

p. 272 p. 273

p. 270 p. 270 p. 271 p. 271 p. 272 p. 272

p. 267 p. 267 p. 268 & 269

p.

263

Ref: VEGA

VEGA Electrician helmet with face shield

Fitted with folding anti-flash textile to protect the ears.

Generation of electrician helmet with built-in face shield to protect the user against the effects of arc flah in low voltage - class 1 (4kA)

Weight: 640 g

Technical advantages:

• Balanced ABS shell combines strength and lightness.

• Maximum protection against the effects of arc flash with a wide field of view..

Certifications

Hard hat:

EN397: 2012, -30° C, 440V AC electrical insulation, lateral deformation (LD), molten metal (MM)

EN 50365, electrical class 0 with rated voltage up to 1000V AC and 1500V DC

EN 13463-1: 2001, ATEX 1, 2, 20, 21, 22 hazardous areas

Face shield:

EN166: 2001, 2C-1,2 1 B 8-1- 0 9KN markings

GS-ET-29 Class 1 (4kA)

EN170: 2002, UV filter

• Anti-scratch and anti-fog screen on both sides, which can be worn over safety glasses or prescription glasses.

• Safety through easy positioning of the «all-or-nothing» screen, without automatic raising.

• Foldable textile ear protectors.

• Excellent hold and stability with 4 point chin strap which can be completed by a chin cup.

• Comfort provided by padding at the nape of the neck and the position of the wheel under the occipital bone.

• Added hygiene with replaceable and washable anti-sweat band and storage b.

• Life span: 3 years in storage + 5 years in use.

• Hard hat and its face shield are certified to meet all current standards.

• Flexible or removable anti-arcing textile protectors supplied with the Hard hat

Characteristic:

• Shell dimensions:

▪ Width: 225 mm

▪ Height: 150

▪ Length: 298 mm

▪ Head sizes: 52 to 63 cm

• Dimensions screen:

▪ Width: 290 mm

▪ Height: 210 mm

▪ Thickness: 2 mm

Class 1 hard hat and facial shield

References

Description

VEGA Electrician hard hat color white with face shield

VEGA R Electrician hard hat color red with face shield

VEGA B Electrician hard hat color blue with face shield

VEGA J Electrician hard hat color yellow with face shield

Accessories (supplied with le Hard hat)

References

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

References

Description

VEGA SP Electrician hard hat color white with face shield without side protectors

VEGA SP R Electrician hard hat color red with face shield without side protectors

VEGA SP B Electrician hard hat color blue with face shield without side protectors

VEGA SP J Electrician hard hat color yellow with face shield without side protectors

Description

COI VEGA 6-point harness with wheel and headband

BAN VEGA Washable foam sweat band

ECR VEGA Class 1 face screen with attachment parts

JUG VEGA 4-point chin strap

SAC VEGA Carrying bag

2PL VEGA Fabric anti-arc side protectors (2)

Hard hat options

References

MEN VEGA 4-point chin strap

Description

PBL VEGA Badge / lamp holder (factory fitted)

STR VEGA Red stickers (set of 5)

STG VEGA Grey stickers (set of 5)

Additional equipments

References

LF6636

Characteristics

Tested with Hard hat

Tested with Hard hat

EN166: 2001, 2C-1,2 1 BT 8-1-0 9 KN

GS-ET-29 Class 1 (4 kA)

EN170: 2002, UV filter

Tested with Hard hat

GS-ET-29 class 1 (4kA)

Protects the helmet when not in use

Resistance to arc flah

GS-ET-29 Class 1 (4 kA)

Antistatic properties: EN 13463-1: 2001

Weight: 42 g

Characteristics

GS-ET-29 class 1 (4kA)

Tested with Hard hat

Test elements GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

Exceeds the reflectivity values of EN 12899-1: 2007 for RA2 class materials

GS-ET-29 class 1 (4kA)

Description

LED headlamp with elastic headband page 256

CAB 28 V Hearing protection for hard hat page 256

Characteristics

Ref: VEGA C2

Electrician’s hard hat with integrated face shield class 2, equipped with folding anti-arc textile protectors for ear and neck protection

Next generation of electrician hard hats with built-in face shield to protect the user against the effects of electric arcing in the low voltage range - class 2 (7 kA)

Weight: 715 g

Technical advantages:

• Balanced ABS shell combines strength and lightness.

Certifications

Hard hat:

EN397: 2012, -30° C, 440 V AC electrical insulation, lateral deformation (LD), molten metal (MM)

EN 50365, electrical class 0 with rated voltage up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC

EN 13463-1: 2011 ATEX zones 1, 2, 20, 21, 22

Face shield:

EN166: 2001, 2C-1,2 1 B 8-1- 0 9KN markings

GS-ET-29 class 2 (7 kA)

EN170: 2002, UV filter

• Maximum protection against the effects of electric arcing (7kA) with a wide field of view.

• Provides more than 75% light transmission for guaranteed colour recognition.

• Transparent anti-scratch and anti-fog screen on both sides, which can be worn over safety glasses or prescription glasses.

• Safety through easy positioning of the «all-or-nothing» screen, without automatic raising.

• Foldable textile ear and neck protectors.

• Excellent hold and stability with 4 point adjustable chin strap which can be fitted with a chin cup.

• Comfort provided by padding at the nape of the neck and the position of the wheel under the occipital bone.

• Added hygiene with replaceable and washable anti-sweat band and storage bag.

• Life span: 3 years in storage + 5 years in use.

• The hard hat and its face shield are certified to meet all current standards

Characteristic:

• Shell Dimensions:

▪ Width: 225 mm

▪ Height: 150

▪ Length: 298 mm

▪ Head sizes: 52 to 63 cm

• Screen dimensions:

▪ Width: 290 mm

▪ Height: 210 mm

▪ Thickness: 3 mm

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

Class 2 hard hat and facial shield

References

Description

VEGA C2 Electrician hard hat color white with face shield and side protectors

VEGA C2 R Electrician hard hat color red with face shield and side protectors

VEGA C2 B Electrician hard hat color blue with face shield and side protectors

VEGA C2 J Electrician hard hat color yellow with face shield and side protectors

Accessories (supplied with le Hard hat)

References

Description

COI VEGA 6-point harness with wheel and headband

BAN VEGA Washable foam sweat band

ECR VEGA 2 Class 2 face screen with attachment parts

JUG VEGA 4-point chin strap

SAC VEGA Carrying bag

2PL VEGA C2 Fabric anti-arc side protectors (2)

Hard hat options

References

MEN VEGA 4-point chin strap

PBL VEGA Badge / lamp holder (factory fitted)

Description

STR VEGA Red stickers (set of 5)

STG VEGA Grey stickers (set of 5)

Additional equipments

References

Description

Characteristics

Tested with Hard hat

Tested with Hard hat

EN166: 2001, 2C-1,2 1 BT 8-1-0 9 KN

GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

EN170: 2002, UV filter

Tested with Hard hat

Test elements GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

Protects the helmet when not in use

Resistance to arc flah

GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

Antistatic properties: EN 13463-1: 2001

Weight: 42 g

Characteristics

Test elements GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

Tested with Hard hat

Test elements GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

Exceeds the reflectivity values of EN 12899-1: 2007 for RA2

class materials

Test elements GS-ET-29 Class 2 (7 kA)

LF6636 LED headlamp with elastic headband page 256

CAB 28 V Hearing protection for hard hat page 256

Characteristics

Ref: CASQUE ELEC S

Standard electrician hard hat

Standard electrician hard hat without vents

UV-stabilized HDPE cap

Standard grooves for attaching face shields and hearing protection

Fabric harness

Adjustable size wheel and front head band

Complies with standards:

• EN 397 with very low temperature resistance -30° C

• EN 50365 1000 V for use with low-voltage installations

• EN 13463-1 for potentially explosive atmospheres (ATEX areas 1, 2, 20, 21, 22)

Life span: 2 years in storage + 4 years in use

Colour:

ReferencesColor

CASQUE ELEC S White

CASQUE ELEC SR Red

CASQUE ELEC SB Blue

CASQUE ELEC SJ Yellow

Ref: CASQUE ELEC P

Standard electrician hard hat with visor

Electrician hard hat without vents, with visor and rain guard

UV stabilized ABS cap

Standard grooves for attaching face shields and hearing protection

Fabric harness

Adjustable size wheel and front head band

Complies with standards:

• EN 397 with very low temperature resistance -30° C et deformation laterale LD

• EN 50365 1000 V for use with low-voltage installations

• EN 13463-1 for potentially explosive atmospheres (ATEX areas 1, 2, 20, 21, 22)

Life span: 2 years in storage + 4 years in use

Colour:

ReferencesColor

CASQUE ELEC P White

CASQUE ELEC PR Red

CASQUE ELEC PB Blue

CASQUE ELEC PJ Yellow

Ref: CASQUE ELEC H

Standard electrician hard hat without visor for work at height

Electrician hard hat without vents, without visor, with rain guard

UV stabilized ABS cap

Standard grooves for attaching face shields and hearing protection

Fabric harness

Adjustable size wheel and front head band

Complies with standards:

• EN 397 with very low temperature resistance -30° C et deformation laterale LD

• EN 50365 1000 V for use with low-voltage installations

• EN 13463-1 for potentially explosive atmospheres (ATEX areas 1, 2, 20, 21, 22)

Life span: 2 years in storage + 4 years in use

Colour:

ReferencesColor

CASQUE ELEC H White

CASQUE ELEC HR Red

CASQUE ELEC HB Blue

CASQUE ELEC HJ Yellow

Ref: PEE

Electrician hard hat face shield mount

Fits all helmets in the ELEC HELMET range

Side clip-on grooves, 30 mm

Can be used with or without hearing protection

Tested with class 2 face shields according to GS ET 29

Ref: EFE1 External face shield for electricians, Class 1 (4kA)

Protects against arc flash, molten metal, chemical splashes, high temperatures, UV radiation

Injected clear polycarbonate face shield, 2.5 mm

To be fixed face shield mount Ref: PEE

Length. 235 mm

Antifog, scratch-resistant

Certified to EN 166, EN 170, 2C-1,2 1BT 389 KN markings (see marking codes)

Arc flash protection tested (no marking) according to GS ET 29 Class 1 (4 kA)

Ref: EFE2 (PA) External face shield for electricians, Class 2 (7kA)

Superior protection against arc flash, convection heat, projected debris and UV rays

Injected clear polycarbonate face shield

Optimum VLT transparency class 0

To be fixed on face shield mount Ref: PEE Antifog

Certified to GS ET 29 Class 2 (7kA) for arc flash protection

Certified to EN166, EN 170, PPE category 3, 2C-1,2 1B 8-2-03 markings

Two models: compatible or not with hearing protection

Certified retractable chin guard to protect the neck

References

Characteristic

EFE2 Extended protection, not compatible with hearing protection

EFE2PA Compatible with hearing protection

• EFE2

• EFE2PA

Ref: MEFE (R) Chin strap for EFE2 external face shield

Standard or retractable mode

References

MEFE Standard model

MEFER Retractable model

Characteristic

• MEFE

• MEFER

Example:

Ref: KIT CLASSE 2

Complete KIT for Class 2 arc protection (7 kA)

The pre-packaged kit includes:

References Description

Ref: KIT CLASSE 1

Complete KIT for Class 1 arc protection (4 kA)

The pre-packaged kit includes:

References Description

1

Personal

Ref: CAB Hearing protection for hard hats

Fits on standard 30 mm side grooves of VEGA and ELEC hard hats.

Reinforced thermoplastic material

ReferencesSNRNRRAttenuationColor

CAB 28 V 28 dB22 dBLow Green

CAB 32 J 32 dB27 dBAverage Yellow

CAB 36 R 36 dB31 dBHigh Red

ReferencesDimensionsWeight

CAB 28 V 164 x 106 x 120 mm 304 g

CAB 32 J 164 x 106 x 120 mm 403 g

CAB 36 R 164 x 106 x 174 mm 485 g

Complies with standards:

• EN 352-3:2002

• ANSI S3.19-1974

• ANSI S12.6-2008

• AS/NZ S1270:2002

Ref: CAB-S Hearing protection for hard hat

Internal ventilated headband reducing the pressure

External shape-retaining headband

Dielectric design for electrical environments

Notch adjustment

Interchangeable pads

ReferencesSNRWeight

CAB-S25 25 dB210 g

CAB-S33 33 dB210 g

Complies with standard:

NF EN 352-1 marking

Ref: CAB-P26 Foldable hearing protection for hard hat

Easy storage

Dielectric design for electrical environments

SNR: 26 dB

Notch adjustment

Interchangeable pads

Weight: 195 g

Complies with standard:

NF EN 352-1 marking

•

Average

High

Ref: CAB-P30 Multiple position hearing protection for hard hat

Can be placed on the head, behind the neck or under the chin

Dielectric design for electrical environments

SNR: 30 dB

Notch adjustment

Interchangeable pads

Weight: 210 g

Complies with standard:

NF EN 352-1 marking

Ref: EFPF-A Electrician face shield with anti-fogging forehead protection

Polycarbonate 1.5 mm shield, Optical class 1.

Face shield resistant to medium energy impact : B.

UV protection, protection against arc flash: 8.

Non-adherence of molten metal and resistance to penetration of hot solids: 9.

Retractable shield, with soft edge.

Ratchet adjustment headband.

Protects forehead fitted with indirect ventilation with Anti-fog

Color: black.

Weight: 390 g.

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 170

• NF EN 166:1B89

Accessory:

Ref. ECRAN-A: Electrician polycarbonate shield

Ref: EFPF-B Electrician face shield with forehead protection

Polycarbonate 1.5 mm shield, Optical class 1.

Face shield resistant to medium energy impact : B.

UV protection, protection against arc flash : 8.

Retractable shield.

Ratchet adjustment headband.

Protects forehead

Color: orange.

Weight: 340 g

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 170: 2-1.2

• NF EN 166:1B8

Accessory:

Ref. ECRAN-B: Electrician polycarbonate shield

Ref: LMI Protective goggles

Polycarbonate colourless goggles (mask)

U.V. protection

Anti-scratch and anti-fog

Water and dust tight

Unrestricted lateral vision

Replaceable lenses

Suitable for wearing with glasses

Weight: 125 g

Complies with standard: NF EN 166 marking

Ref: SLI Overgoggles

Overgoggles to wear over prescription glasses

Colourless anti-scratch polycarbonate

Adjustable length side pieces

Optical quality: class 1

Weight: 40 g

Complies with standard: NF EN 166 marking

Ref: ELPR Belt pouch

Belt pouch for protection goggles

Weight: 40 g

Ref: LP Protective goggles

Wrap-around polycarbonate anti-scratch glasses

U.V. protection

Straight side pieces with integrated adjustable strap

Easy-to-replace lens

Optical quality: class 1

ReferencesOcular typeWeight

LPI PC AS UV - colourless28 g

LPG PC SP AS UV - grey28 g

LPV PC WE AF Echelon 2 - green28 g

Complies with standard: NF EN 166 marking

Ref: ELPS Clip-on pouch for protection goggles

Bellows

Waterproof

Velcro closure (2 positions)

Belt clip

Clear pocket for label or printout

Dimensions: 185 x 70 x 60 mm

Weight: 40g

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

Insulating gloves for electrical work

Complies with standard: EN IEC 60903 marking

Composite gloves for electrical work

Specially treated composite insulating gloves to obtain high dielectric characteristics and for working in complete safety without leather overgloves.

The composite material confers on the gloves, great flexibility despite the required thickness for guaranteeing real protection against mechanical hazards.

Complies with standard: EN IEC 60903 marking

Optional accessories:

Ref. R1263SG: Fingerless cotton undergloves

MARKING

No. of the notified body supervising the quality system

Periodic inspection: No glove of class 1,2,3, even stored can be used without having first tested it within 6 months. The tests consist of an inflation test to detect leaks, a visual check when the glove is inflated and then a dielectric test. For class 00 and 0 gloves, checking for air leaks and a visual check may be deemed sufficient. However, an individual dielectric test can be carried out at the request of the owner.

Ref: SAC GANT Storage bag for insulating gloves

Characteristics:

Waterproof PVC canvas bag with beading, fitting with a spring hook and loop for attaching to a belt.

Designed for storing and carrying insulating gloves

Dimensions: 400 x 170 x 75 mm

Weight moyen: 130 g

Ref: R1382 Storage case for class 00 and 0 insulating gloves

Injected plastic case, with a clip fastening system and fitted with a carrying handle. Instruction for ue and storage of insulating gloves are mentioned inside the box. Improves storage conditions and anti-UV protection.

For class 00 and 0.

Dimensions: 170 x 450 x 50 mm

Weight: 180 g

Ref: R1382M Wall storage box for insulating gloves (class 00 - 4)

Suitable for storage of MV-HV insulating gloves (class 1 - 4) in the transformer station

Wall storage box made of polypropylene. The translucent cover allows to check the gloves are inside

It can be fixed on a wall (3 fixing points) or be used as a carrying box. High resistance to shocks and UV

Dimensions: 101 x 224 x 476 mm

Weight: 910 g

Supplied with a bottle of talc and instructions for use (multilingual adhesive labels).

Ref: R4088

Pneumatic tester for insulating gloves

Pneumatic tester to detect any perforation of the insulating glove by inflating the glove Used for checking the aptitude of using class 00 and 0 electrician gloves

Dimensions: 135 x 135 x 125 mm

Weight: 500 g

Ref: R3057

Bottle of talc

Bottle of talc (100ml). Improves comfort when using insulating gloves reduces the effects of perspiration. Weight: 95 g

Ref: SPG Protective over-gloves for insulating gloves

American model with cuffs.

Silicone-coated waterproof leather over-gloves with five fingers

American cup with webbed thumb. 100 mm thick leather cuff for protection of the forearm. Velcro on back.

Use: small and medium handling, to be used as over-gloves for insulating gloves. These gloves are designed to provide protection against mechanical hazards.

Performance level: abrasion 2, cutting 1, tearing 2 and perforation 2

ReferencesLengthSize

SPG A 28 cmA

SPG B 29 cmB

SPG C 30 cmC

levels on the glove palms Personal

SPG D 31 cmD

SPG E 33 cmE

SPG F 34 cmF

SPG G 35 cmG

i

Complies with standards:

2

1

2

2

• NF EN 420. (General requirements for gloves)

• NF EN 388. (Protective glove against mechanical hazards.)

Size of over-glove to be selected based on the class and size of the insulating gloves:

Ref: R1297 Glove liners

Ambidextrous cotton under-gloves.

Separate from gloves, glove liners may be regularly replaced, thus limiting the bacteriological problems associated with residual moisture due to perspiration.

Packed per bag of 10.

ReferencesSize

Complies with standard: NF EN 420. (General requirements for gloves)

Ref: GT4543 Cut resistant protective gloves

Knitted in Spectra®/Lycra®, cut resistance: level 5 - EN 388Polyurethane black coating on the palm. Class 5 dexterity.

ReferencesSize

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 420. (General requirements for gloves)

• NF EN 388. (Protective glove against mechanical hazards.)

• marking

Ref: R1289 Water resistant protective glove against mechanical hazards, wrists cutting protection

American wrist-type model. Ribbed edging and artery protection. Five finger gloves in full cow leather water resistant, beige.

For outside work in bad weather. American cut with webbed thumb. Elasticated fastening on the back.

Single-piece index finger

Use: small and medium handling, wrist cutting protection, outside work in bad weather. These models of gloves are designed to offer protection against mechanical hazards.

2, cutting 1, tearing 2

2122

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 420. (General requirements for gloves)

• NF EN 388. (Protective glove against mechanical hazards.)

•

2

Ref: R1285 Water resistant protective gloves against mechanical hazards

American wrist-type model.

Five finger gloves in full cow leather water resistant, beige. For outside work in bad weather. American cut with webbed thumb. Elasticated fastening on the back. Single-piece index finger.

Use: small and medium handling, outside work in bad weather. These models of gloves are designed to offer protection against mechanical hazards.

1

i Personal Protection Equipment PPE

2

2121

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 420. (General requirements for gloves)

• NF EN 388. (Protective glove against mechanical azards.)

Electrician protective clothing Class 1 (4 kA)

Fabric: 49% Modacrylic / 49% cotton /2% Antistatic fibre 250 gr /m²

Characteristics

Protection against electric arcing and thermal hazards

Protection against heat and flames

Electrostatic

Protection

Complies with standards

IEC 61482-2 2018

IEC 61482-1-2 Class 1 (4 kA)

APC1

ATPV: 10 cal/cm²

ELIM: 9 cal/cm²

EN ISO 11612

Flame protection rating A1

Convective heat protection B1

Radiating heat protection C1

Contact heat protection F1

EN 1149-3

EN 1149-5

EN ISO 13034 Protection

EN ISO 11611 Class1

Ref: R1524GA (T)

Electrician jacket

No accessible metal parts

High collar with Velcro

2 breast pockets with Velcro flaps

1 inner breast pocket with zip + Velcro flap

Elastic cuffs (easy to put gloves on)

Color: Navy blue

Size: XS / S / M / L / XL / XXL / XXXL

Ref: R1523GA (T)

Electrician trousers

No accessible metal parts

Belt, elastic, zip and button

2 French-style pockets

1 back pocket and side pocket with Velcro flaps

Color: Navy blue

Size: XS / S / M / L / XL / XXL / XXXL

Ref: R1518GA (T)

Electrician overalls

No accessible metal parts

High collar with Velcro flap

Zip closure and Velcro flap

2 upper pockets with Velcro flaps

2 lower pockets

Colour: Navy blue

SIZE

Arc

Flash class 2 (7 kA) protective clothing

Ultra® fireproof fabric:

Outer: 88% Cotton

Inner: 12% high strength nylon - abrasion resistant Characteristics

Protection against electric arcing and thermal hazards

Protection against heat and flames

Electrostatic dissipation properties

Protection against chemical products

Protection against small projections of molten metal

Dark-adapted equipment

Personal protective equipment

Knee protection for kneeling work

Ref: BPAF-2 Protective jacket

Arc Flash Class 2

No accessible metal part

Front closed with zipper under tab held by hidden snaps

Interior marking collar

Gusseted chest pockets under flap closed with hidden snaps

Lower slanted pockets closed with hidden pressure

Gusseted cuffs adjustable by tab with hidden snaps

Belt with kidney cover

50 mm retro-reflective fire retardant strips

Color: Navy blue / Bugatti blue

Size: S / M / L / XL / XXL / XXXL (see table page 266)

Complies with standards

IEC 61482-2: 2018

IEC 61482-1-2 Class 2 (7 kA)

ATPV 40 cal/cm²

EN ISO 11612

Flame protection rating A1

Convective heat protection B1

Radiating heat protection C1

Molten iron projection protection E3

Contact heat protection F1

EN 1149-5: 2018

EN ISO 13034

EN ISO 11611 Class1

EN ISO 17353 2020 Type B2

EN 14404 2004 + A1 : 2010 niv 1 / Type 2 with GENODIVS

Ref: PPAF-2 Protective trousers

Arc Flash Class 2

No accessible metal part

Fly closed with zipper and stud button at the belt

Interior marking collar

Back lift

Pen compartment

Italian pockets, back pocket with flying pocket bottom held in place by bartack and ruler pocket

Elastic sides

Preformed knees, 2-position interior knee pads

50 mm retro-reflective fire retardant strips

Color: Navy blue / Bugatti blue

Size: S / M / L / XL / XXL / XXXL (see table page 266)

Ref: DE4CLASSE 2

Arc Flash Class 2 personal protection equipment kit (7 kA)

Selection of personal protective equipment including:

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

ATEX multi-hazard protective work clothing

Fabric: 74% cotton / 25% polyester / 1% antistatic fibre - 320 g/m²

Characteristics

Suitable for work in ATEX zones ATEX

Protection against electric arcing and thermal hazards

Protection against heat and flames

Electrostatic dissipation properties

Protection against chemical products

Protection against small projections of molten metal

Ref: R1910B (T)

Multi-purpose protective jacket

Dosimeter carrier holes

Right breast pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Lower pockets inserted into seams, closed by hidden zipper

Internal pockets closed by hidden press studs

Inner labelling collar

Front closed by zipper under press-stud-closed flap

Set-in sleeves

Descending lower back

Cuffs closed by internal press studs

Color: Navy blue

Sizes 0 to 6 - see page 266

Ref: R1910P (T)

Multi-purpose protective trousers

Zipper fly + hidden fastener on the waistband

Inner labelling collar

Slash pockets under flap closed by hidden press studs

Elasticated waistband with raised back

Complies with standards

IEC 61482-2 2018

IEC 61482-1-2 Class 1

APC1

ATPV: 10 cal/cm²

ELIM: 9 cal/cm²

EN ISO 11612

Flame protection rating A1

Convective heat protection B1

Radiating heat protection C1

Molten iron projection protection E3

Contact heat protection F1

EN 1149-5

EN 13034 Type PB6

EN ISO 11611 protection level A1/class1

• R1910B (T)

• R1910P (T)

Flat thigh pockets on front and gusseted on rear under flaps closed by hidden press studs

Back pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Color: Navy blue

Sizes 0 to 6 - see page 266

Ref: R1910C (T)

Multi-purpose protective overalls

Dosimeter carrier holes

Right breast pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Slash pockets under flap closed by hidden press studs

Inner labelling collar

Front closed by zipper under press-stud-closed flap

Cuffs closed by internal press studs

Elasticated waistband

Back pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Flat thigh pockets on front and gusseted on rear under flaps closed by hidden press studs

Color: Navy blue

Sizes 0 to 6 - see page 266

• R1910C (T)

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

High visibility multi-hazard protective work clothing

Fabric: 74% cotton / 25% polyester / 1% antistatic fibre - 320 g/m²

Characteristics

Suitable for work in ATEX zones ATEX

Protection against electric arcing and thermal hazards

Protection against heat and flames

Electrostatic dissipation properties

Protection against chemical products

High visibility

(Jacket) (Trousers) (Overalls)

Protection against small projections of molten metal

(Parka)

Weather protection

Ref: PAHV Multi-purpose high visibility Parka

Inner labelling collar

Front closed by zipper under press-stud-closed flap

Breast pockets under flap closed by hidden press studs

Detachable badge holder on press stud flap

Gusseted lower pockets under flap closed by hidden press studs

Flat, lower, interior pockets closed by press studs

Inner breast pocket closed with hidden zipper

Cuffs with adjustable press studs

Label access with internal zipper

Detachable hood with press studs, adjustable with elastic cord and fastener

50 mm sewn retro-reflective strips (night)

Fluorescent fabric (day)

Color: Fluorescent Yellow and Navy Blue

Sizes: S to 3XL

Ref: R1910BHV (T)

Multipurpose protective jacket

Dosimeter carrier holes

Right breast pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Lower pockets inserted into seams, closed by hidden zipper

Inner labelling collar

Front closed by zipper under press-stud-closed flap

Internal pockets closed by hidden press studs

Set-in sleeves

Descending lower back

Cuffs closed by internal press studs

50 mm retro-reflective strips (night)

Fluorescent fabric (day)

Color: Navy blue / Fluorescent yellow

Sizes 0 to 6 (see page 266)

Complies with standards

IEC 61482-2 2018

IEC 61482-1-2 Class 1

APC1

ATPV: 10 cal/cm²

ELIM: 9 cal/cm²

EN ISO 11612

Flame protection rating A1

Convective heat protection B1

Radiating heat protection C1

Molten aluminium projection protection D1

Molten iron projection protection E3

Contact heat protection F1

EN 1149-5

EN 13034: Type PB6

EN ISO 20471: Class 2

EN ISO 11611: protection level A1 Class 2

EN 343: Class 3/3

Ref: R1910CHV (T)

Multi-purpose protective overalls

Dosimeter carrier holes

Breast pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Slash pockets under flap closed by hidden press studs

Flat thigh pocket on front and gusseted on rear under flaps closed by hidden press studs

Inner labelling collar

Front closed by zipper under flap closed by hidden press studs

Cuffs closed by internal press studs

Elasticated waistband

Back pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

Retro-reflective strips 50 mm (night)

Fluorescent fabric (day)

Color: Navy blue / Fluorescent yellow

Sizes 0 to 6 (see page 266)

Ref: R1910PHV (T)

Multi-purpose protective trousers

Zipper fly + hidden fastener on the waistband

Knee pockets

Inner labelling collar

Slash pockets under flap closed by press stud

Flat thigh pockets on front and gusseted on rear under flaps closed by hidden press studs

Elasticated waistband with raised back

Back pocket under flap closed by hidden press stud

70 mm retro-reflective strips (night)

Fluorescent fabric (day)

Color: Navy blue / Fluorescent yellow

Sizes 0 to 6 - (see page 266)

•

• R1910BHV (T)

• R1910PHV (T)

• PAHV (T)

SELECTION OF CLOTHES SIZES, PAGES 263 TO 265

Ref: R1515 & R1516 Class 2 safety waistcoat

Made from fluorescent polyester fabric.

Rapid fastening velcro

XL (140 cm x 70 cm) single size

Fluorescent vest with 2 sewed belts or braces and sewed belts retro-reflective 50 mm wide.

References Type

ColourWeight

R1515-J 2 sewed belts Yellow120 g

R1515-O 2 sewed belts

Orange120 g

R1516-J braces and sewed belts Yellow120 g R1516-O braces and sewed belts Orange120 g

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 471 Class 2.

• marking

Ref: R1539 High visibility, flame retardant, antistatic waistcoat

100% polyester fabric with 100% PU coating FR/± 250g/m².

Stitched fire retardant seams.

V neck.

Velcro closure.

Without sleeves.

Sizes available*: S, M, L, XL, 2XL, 3XL

*(Replace (T) by the desired size)

ReferencesColorWeight

R1539-J-(T) Yellow fluo120 g

R1539-R-(T) Red fluo120 g

R1539-O-(T) Orange fluo120 g

Insulating clothing Class 00

Complies with standards:

Insulating clothing for direct and indirect contacts up to 500V C.A, 750V C.C.

Ref: R1VISO(T)

Insulating protective jacket

Hood.

Front left pocket, inside pocket.

Adjustable sleeves with velcro.

Zip fastener under flap.

Protects from the cold.

Supplied with storage bag.

Sizes available*: (46-48), (50-52), (54-56), (58-60), (62-64).

*(Replace (T) by the desired size)

Complies with standards:

• EN 50286 Class 00.

• IEC 61482-1-2 Class

• Class 00 marking.

Ref: R1PISO(T)

Insulating protective trousers

Adjustable braces.

Zip fastener under flap.

Right front pocket.

Protects from the cold.

Supplied with storage bag

Sizes available*: (46-48), (50-52), (54-56), (58-60), (62-64). *(Replace (T) by the desired size)

Complies with standards:

• EN 50286 Class 00.

• IEC 61482-1-2 Class 1

• Class 00 marking.

Ref: R1507 ES & R1508 ES

100% non-metallic safety footwear

Footwear for professional use with no metal parts

Resistance of the tip against shocks (200 joules) and crushing (15kN) (S3)

Non-magnetic

Antistatic (S3)

Resistant to hydrocarbons (S3)

Puncture resistant (S3)

Water-repellent (S3)

Anti-slip (SRC)

(T) = shoe size 35 to 49

ReferencesModelWeight

R1507ES (T) Low490 g R1508ES (T) Boot495 g

Complies with standards:

• NF EN ISO 20345: S3 SRC

• marking

Ref: R1313 (M / G / TG)

Dielectric over-boots

Over-boots for electric insulation with vulcanised rubber non-slip sole. Protection against max 17 KV voltage. Rear entry enables the boots to be put on and removed quickly and easily. To be worn over safety shoes.

ReferencesSize

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 50321

• NF EN ISO 20347

• marking and Class 1.

Ref: R1311BT (T) Insulating safety boots for live workingLow voltage (1000 V AC)

Polymer tip resistant to shocks (200 joules) and crushing (15kN) (SB)

Energy absorption in the heel (E)

Resistance to hot contact (HRO)

Anti-slip (SRC)

Height: 370 mm (Size 42)

(T) = shoe size

ReferencesWeight (Size 42)

R1311BT-(T) 1,9 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN ISO 20345: SBE HRO SRC

• NF EN 50321

• marking and Class 0 (1000V)

Ref: R1311 (T) Insulating rubber safety boots for 20 kV live working

Polymer tip resistant to shocks (200 joules) and crushing (15kN) (SB)

Energy absorption in the heel (E)

Penetration resistant (P)

Insulated from the cold (Cl)

Anti-slip (SRC)

Height: 370 mm (Size 42)

(T) = shoe size

ReferencesWeight (Size 42)

R1311(T) 2 kg

Complies with standards:

• ENEDIS specification: HTA 70B

• NF EN ISO 20345: SBPE CI SRC

• marking

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

You can change the kits according to your needs

Ref: DE3G0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

Ref: DE5G0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

Ref:

DE5GC-0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

Ref:

DE5F0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

Ref: DE5FC-0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment

You can change the kits according to your needs

Personal Protection Equipment PPE

Ref: DE6G0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

Ref: DE6GC-0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

DE6F0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

DE6FC-0 (00) Personal protective equipment kit

Personal protective equipment kit including:

Ref:

Ref:

Work at height

Ref: HAC4 Safety harness with belt

Belt harness with polyamide straps. With 2 attachment points:

• 1 back

• 1 sternal fastening by the connection of 2 polyamide strap loops. Adjustment of the straps by progressive tightening buckles and thighs by automatic RAPCO buckles.

Includes a belt for improved comfort at work. Easy adjustment of the waist and thigh belts thanks to the automatic RAPCO loops.

ReferencesSizeWeight

HAC4P small 1,3 kg

HAC4M medium1,3 kg

HAC4G large 1,3 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 361. (Personal protective equipment against falls from a height, safety harness).

• NF EN 358. (Personal equipment for work positioning and prevention of falls from a height, work positioning system.)

• marking

Ref: HACR4 Safety harness with rotative belt

Harness with polyamide straps. With 2 attachment points:

• 1 back

• 1 sternal fastening by the connection of 2 polyamide strap loops and 2 side D-rings for work positioning. Adjustment of elastic straps by automatic RAPCO buckles and thigh straps by automatic buckles easy adjustment of the waist and thigh belts thanks to the automatic buckles.

Fitted with a strap extension fastened to the back attachment to facilitate attachment to the fall arrester. This harness is intended for work on poles.

The wide back belt provides maximum comfort for work involving suspension and its 180° swivel belt on both sides facilitates side intervention.

The elastic straps add extra comfort for the user

ReferencesSizeWeight

HACR4P small 3 kg

HACR4M medium3 kg

HACR4G large 3 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 361. (Personal protective equipment against falls from a height, safety harness)

• NF EN 358. (Personal equipment for work positioning and prevention of falls from a height, work positioning system.)

• marking

Ref: HACC4 Confort safety harness with belt and leg straps

A comfortable leg-strap harness with polyamide straps.

Elasticated polyamide straps adjustable by RAPCO loops.

Thigh-belts with auto-loop adjustable straps

Has:

• 1 sternal anchor point by the meeting of the attachment buckle.

• 1 back anchor point

• Side D-rings for work positioning.

Adjustment of the straps connecting the strengthened seat to the waist belt by progressive tightening loop.

This safety harness with its wide back belt will provide maximum comfort.

ReferencesSizeWeight

HACC4P small 3 kg

HACC4M medium3 kg

HACC4G large 3 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 361. (Personal protective equipment against falls from a height, safety harness)

• NF EN 358. (Personal equipment for work positioning and prevention of falls from a height, work positioning system)

• marking

Ref: HAY5 «Y» safety harness with belt

A comfortable leg-strap harness with polyester straps.

Polyester strap in the shape of a «Y» adjustable by RAPCO buckle.

Thigh belts with reinforcement adjustable by RAPCO buckle.

Waist belt adjustable by RAPCO buckle.

Fitted with wide back reinforcement providing real comfort when use side D-rings

Has:

• 1 sternal anchor point.

• 1 umbilical anchor point.

• 1 back anchor point.

• 2 side D-rings for work positioning.

This safety harness with its wide back belt and the reinforcement of the thigh belts will provide maximum comfort during use. This harness is recommended, among other things, for all work on poles.

ReferencesSizeWeight

HAY5P small 3 kg

HAY5M medium3 kg

HAY5G large 3 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 361. (Personal protective equipment against falls from a height, safety harness)

• NF EN 358. (Personal equipment for work positioning and prevention of falls from a height, work positioning system)

• NF EN 813. (Personal protective equipment for preventing falls from heights - Sit harnesses)

• marking

Work at height

Work at height

Ref: LMT Adjustable work positioning lanyard

Braided polyamide rope (Ø12mm)

This lanyard is fitted with a light alloy rope tensioner Ref: TL12 a carabiner Ref: MM15 and a light alloy double locking carabiner Ref: MA2S24AL Allows easy forwards or backwards movement.

ReferencesLengthWeight

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 358

• marking

Ref: R1350 & R1351 Adjustable work positioning lanyard

Polyamide twisted rope with rope tensioner fitted with a steel screw carabiner Ref: MM15, At one end, double trigger automatic locking carabiner. May be supplied with a protective sleeve over the lanyard Ref: R1351 either without a protective sheath Ref: 1350

ReferencesLengthWeight

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 358

• marking

Ref: LFM Double leg restraint lanyard with carabiners

Lanyard of polyamide (10.5mm diameter 1 meter) with 2 legs each fitted with a large opening carabiner Ref: MA2S50 and a carabiner Ref: MM15 on the other end. This system allows the user to move while remaining constantly connected.

ReferencesLengthWeight

LFM 1 m1,4 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 358

• marking

Ref: LA2M Restraint lanyard with carabiners

12mm diameter polyamide rope with 2 splices and two carabiners. with 17mm opening manual lock. 3 length avaible

ReferencesLengthWeight

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 354

• marking

Ref: LA Restraint lanyard without carabiners

Lanyard of twisted polyamide security rope Ø12 mm with 2 loops

ReferencesLengthWeight

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 354

• marking

Ref: R1390 Anchorage sling

Polyamide 20 mm webbing Anchorage sling for mobile securing point. Resistance > 22 KN.

ReferencesLengthWeight

R1390A 0.80 m70 g

R1390B 1 m90 g

R1390C 1,2 m100 g

R1390D 1,5 m130 g

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 795-B

• marking

Ref: ARA Retractable fall arrester with energy absorber

Fitted with two locking carabiners Ref: MM15

Inertia reel with self-locking polyamide strap fitted with an energy dissipation element. The user has autonomy of 2 metres around the attachment point.

In the event of a fall, locking is instantaneous. It is necessary to take into account a lengthening in the event of a fall and especially clearance of at least 6 metres.

Assemble the components of a fall arrest system with a connector meeting the requirements of standard EN 632

The Retractable fall arrester with energy absorbermust be used in the vertical position. Make sure there are no obstacles impeding a possible fall.

Weight: 1,16 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 360. • marking

Ref: ACA Retractable steel cable fall arrester

Steel cable inertia reel which rolls up and down automatically according to the user’s movements. Synthetic housing.

In the event of a fall, locking is instantaneous.

ReferencesLength de câbleEncombrementøWeight

ACA 10 m 35 x 22 x 11 cm20 cm5 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 360. • marking

Ref: LAE2M Energy absorber with safety lanyard

The polyamide strap energy absorber with integrated lanyard fitted with 2 locking carabiners Ref: MM15 is a piece of personal protection equipment against falls from a height.

It is recommended to use an energy absorber with integrated lanyard of a maximum length of 2 meters taking into account a lengthening in the event of a fall.

It’s also recommended to ensure a free work space of at least 6 metres. Also check that there are no obstacles impeding a possible fall.

Weight: 0,6 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 355. • marking

Ref: LFAE2M Energy absorber with double safety lanyards

Polyamide strap energy absorber fitted with a locking carabiner Ref: MM15 legs (Ø10.5 mm / length: 1m) each fitted with large opening carabiner Ref: MA2S60AL This system allows the user to move while remaining constantly connected

It is recommended to use an energy absorber with integrated lanyard of a maximum length of 1 metre taking into account a lengthening in the event of a fall and to ensure a free work space of at least 7 metres.

Make sure there are no obstacles impeding a possible fall.

Weight: 1,7 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 355. • marking

Ref: R1510 Energy absorber with anchoring sling

Anchoring sling with energy absorber. 25 mm lanyard to be used for securing point and fall arrester..

ReferencesLengthWeight

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 355 • NF EN 795B. • marking

Ref: R1355 Energy absorber with double safety lanyard

Double safety lanyard fitted with an energy absorber. It’s also has: 1 standard carabiner (17mm) and 2 carabiners (65mm).

References

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 355. • marking

•

Work at height

Ref: CA11P Automatic fall arrest rope grap

Simple and easy-to-use device, stainless steel.

Suitable for static polyamide rope D. 10.5 mm to 11 mm (type : low-stretch braided rope).

On the upper end, a lugged loop, sewn with a thermo-retractable sheath. On the lower end, a simple knot with counter-weight. Automatic lock for vertical use.

A system for dissipating the jolt is not needed.

The user must always be located below the anchor point with the rope taut.

In the working position, the user must have below him a minimum height of 2 metres. The fall arrester is an integral part of a safety system. The user must check the compatibility of using the various elements . Make sure there are no obstacles impeding a possible fall.

Weight: 0,3 kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 353-2.

• marking

Ref: LP11S Safety polyamide rope

Polyamide rope (Ø10.5 mm) with sewn loop at one end designed to be used with a rope grab

Ref: CA11P

ReferencesLengthWeight

LP11S10 10 m460 g

LP11S20 20 m920 g

LP11S30 30 m1380 g

Complies with standards:

• NF EN ISO 1140.

• marking

Ref: CA15P Automatic fall arrest rope grap

Rope grab designed to work from bottom to top without manual intervention of the user. Manual opening to allow the user to separate the rope from the grab anywhere along the lifeline. This opening is structured and closed by a double lock. The rope grab must be equipped with a polyamide rope (Ø15 mm) with the upper end spliced. The other end must be weighted and ended with a knot which must not be undone. The rope grab moves along the anchor line, with no manual intervention.

In the event of a fall, it instantly locks on the anchor line and it will remain locked until it is unlocked. Before use, it is imperative to make tests to verify that the rope grab immediately locks. In the working position, a clearance of at least 2 m must be respected under the user’s feet.

Weight: 0,8 Kg

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 353-2.

• marking

Ref: LP15T Safety polyamide rope

Stranded 15 mm diameter polyamide rope with 1 splice to be used with the sliding fall arrester Ref: CA15P

ReferencesLengthWeight moyen

Complies with standards:

• NF EN ISO 1140.

• marking

Ref: CA8A Automatic fall arrest rope grap for steel cable

Principle of use identical to Ref: CA15P, is used on 8mm diameter steel cable.

Complies with standards:

• NF EN 353-1.

• marking

Ref: MM15 Steel screw carabiner

Steel carabiner.

Manual locking with a threaded ring.

ReferencesLengthOpeningResistanceWeight

MM15 100 mm15 mm23 kN140 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362 • marking

Ref: MA19AL Carabiner with manual screw-lock locking system

Light alloy carabiner.

Manual locking with a threaded ring.

ReferencesLengthOpeningResistanceWeight

MA19AL 115 mm18 mm22 kN80 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362 • marking

Ref: MA23AL Automatic locking carabiner

Light alloy carabiner.

Automatic locking by rotating ring, triple security.

ReferencesLengthOpeningResistanceWeight

MA23AL 115 mm23 mm24 kN100 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362 • marking

Ref: MA2S24AL Double locking carabiner

Light alloy double locking carabiner.

ReferencesOpeningWeight

MA2S24AL 24 mm120 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362

• marking

Ref: MA2S50 Large opening steel carabiner

Steel carabiner.

Double security automatic locking.

Device for fast attachment to tubular structures.

ReferencesLengthOpeningResistanceWeight

MA2S50 216 mm50 mm22 kN390 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362

• marking

Ref: MA2S110AL Large opening aluminum carabiner

Aluminum carabiner.

Double security automatic locking.

Device for fast attachment to tubular structures.

ReferencesLengthOpeningResistanceWeight

MA2S110AL 350 mm110 mm25 kN800 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362

• marking

Ref: MA2S60AL Large opening aluminum carabiner

Aluminum carabiner.

Double security automatic locking.

Device for fast attachment to tubular structures.

ReferencesLengthOpeningResistanceWeight

MA2S60AL 350 mm60 mm22 kN460 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362

• marking

Ref: MA2SR20 Automatic locking swivel carabiner

Dual action automatic locking steel carabiner with swivel.

ReferencesOpeningResistanceWeight

MA2SR20 23 mm25 kN405 g

Complies with standards: • NF EN 362

• marking

Work

Work at height

Ref: LDV5A20 Life line kit

Mobile strap life line adjustable from 5 to 20 meters.

Quick and easy to set up, this life line can be used by 2 people Has a tensioner incorporated.

2 strap rings fitted with screw carabiner Ref: MM15

This life line is designed for short operations and it can be set up in a few minutes between 2 attachment points offering a resistance of 2000 kilos Tensioning is done manually as tightly as possible Then users attach themselves to this life line with a fall arrester or a shock absorbing lanyard

When using a shock absorbing lanyard, allow clearance of at least 7 metre

Supplied in a storage bag

Weight: 2,8 Kg

Ref: KITS20 Rescue kit

Allows the evacuation in complete safety of a person suffering from a problem or accident in working position, at the top of a pole or support structure.

This set comprises:

• 1 descender

• 1 rope 20 m

• 1 anchor sling

• 1 carrying bag

Weight: 2,6 Kg

Ref: R3429 Wooden pole climbers

ENEDIS approved model

Forged steel

8 spikes (7 for type 1) in a single hardened piece 5-year guarantee (metal part)

Cast buckles

Sewn and riveted leather belts

Ref: R1033 1 Concrete pole climbers

ENEDIS approved model

Light alloy, steel roller.

For all types of concrete poles

Opening from 120 to 450 mm

Automatic clamping

Weight: 7.5 Kg

You can change the kits according to your needs

Ref: DE4HA Fall protection kit

Selection of safety harnesses and accessories including:

Ref: DE4HB Fall protection kit

of safety harnesses and accessories including:

Ref: DE4HC Fall protection kit

Selection of safety harnesses and accessories including:

Ref: DE3HA Fall protection kit

Selection of safety harnesses and accessories including:

Work at height

INSULATING LADDERS FOR LIVE WORKING - LOW VOLTAGE

Lightweight and robust ladders designed for maximum electrical safety:

The uprights and rungs are made of fibreglass reinforced polyester tested to 100 kV according to the IEC EN 61478 dielectric test Complies with standards:

• NF EN 131 (Ladders)

• NF EN 50528 (Insulating ladders for use on or near of low-voltage electrical installations)

1000V A.C

1500V D.C

Single section ladder

2 section combination ladder

3 section combination ladder

2 section rope extention ladder

Double sided Stepladder

Work at height

Ref: F61(XX) & F71(XX) Single-section ladder

Single-section ladder.

ReferencesNo.

F6105 51485 mm400 mm4.5 kg

F6106 61765 mm400 mm5 kg

F6107 72045 mm400 mm5.5 kg

F6108 82325 mm400 mm6 kg

F6109 92650 mm400 mm6.5 kg

F6110 102990 mm400 mm8.5 kg

F6111 113270 mm400 mm9.5 kg

F6112 123550 mm400 mm10.5 kg

F7113 133830 mm400 mm11 kg

F7114 144110 mm400 mm12 kg

F7115 154390 mm400 mm13 kg

F7116 164670 mm400 mm14 kg

F7117 174950 mm400 mm15 kg

F7118 185230 mm400 mm16 kg

F7119 195510 mm400 mm17 kg

F7120 205790 mm400 mm18 kg

F7121 216070 mm400 mm19 kg

Optional accessories:

indicate ladder reference number + option reference number

Stabiliser base [ref. SE)

height - ajustable legs (ref. PA-(X))

Swivel feet [ref. PP)

Supporting and securing strap (ref. SA)

Compensating stabiliser (ref. PA (X) S)

Ref: F72(XX)C & F82(XX)C 2 section rope extention ladder

The ladder is fast and easy to operate thank to its rope and pulley system designed to be handle from the front, making the ladder easer to extend. This system means that the two section cannot be disassembled and used separately.

Fitted with swivel feet and front rollers.

Locking systemSwivel feet

Optional accessories: indicate ladder reference number + option reference number

Height-adjusting legs (ref. PA-(X))

Supporting and securing strap (ref. SA)

Compensating stabiliser (ref. PA (X) S)

Work at height

Ref: FC72(XX)

2 section combination ladder

This multi-purpose ladderofferts the possibility of being used either as a Stepladder, a pushup extentionladder or single-section ladder by detaching the sections. fitted with two anti-splay restraint straps bettewn the two section ladder. When used as a Stepladder each section opens at a 72° angle to the horizontal.

The ladder has a width of 450 mm.

FC7206

FC7207

kg

mm3560 mm705 mm16.5 kg

FC7208 2x82340 mm4120 mm745 mm18 kg

FC7209

FC7210

FC7211

Ref: FTE(XX)

mm4680 mm795 mm19.5 kg

mm4960 mm835 mm21 kg

3 section combination ladder

Stepladder with a third extensible section. This section can be used separately and is fitted with its own locking system.

Ladder width:

• For models FTE05 to FTE10: 400 mm.

• For models FTE11 and FTE12: 450 mm.

3x113220 mm5240 mm830 mm70x2633 kg

FTE12 3x123500 mm5800 mm860 mm70x2636 kg

Ref: FT(XX)

Double sided stepladder

To provide better support, as recommended in NF EN 131, the ladder is fitted with a stabiliser base with non-slip rubber pads.

The two sections are connected by 2 anti-splay restraint straps.

This stepladder has an opening angle of 72º.

Ladder width: 400 mm.

FT08

FT09

FT10

FT11 2x113220 mm740 mm60x2018 kg

FT12 2x123500 mm770 mm60x2019 kg

FT13 2x133780 mm800 mm70x2625 kg

FT14

FT15

FT16

Stepladder

Detachable sections

Stabiliser base

Locking system

Stepladder

Single-section ladder

Stabiliser base

Anti-splay restraint strap

Work at height

ACCESSORIES

indicate ladder reference + accessories reference

Ref: KITSABA Set of pole grip and lash and supporting and securing strap

Complete kit including::

ReferencesDescription Weight

SA Supporting and securing strap245 g

BA Pole grip - V rungs 1000 g

Fixing on ladder.

See description below

Delivered Mounted

Ref: SA Supporting and securing strap

Polyester strap, 35 mm wide and 1.5 m long, with a rapid grip device.

Fastened to the upper rung so that it rests on the pole.

High resistance

Replaceable

Recommended for basic and extension models, in both fibreglass and wood

Delivered Mounted

Ref: PA-(X) Height-adjusting legs

Made of stainless steel fitted with Non-slip swivel feet

Max. height difference: 225 mm.

For basic and extension ladders (push-up and rope operated)

Legs for 60x20 stiles : models starting with F6

Legs for 70x26 stiles : models starting with F7

Legs for 80x32 stiles : models starting with F8

ReferencesStiles Size Compatibility ladder

PA-A 60 x 20 mmmodels starting with ref.: F6

PA-B 70 x 26 mmmodels starting with ref.: F7

PA-C 82 x 32 mmmodels starting with ref.: F8

Delivered Mounted

Ref: PA (X) S Compensating stabiliser

Height-adjustable feet and legs to increase the loading surface area.

Made of stainless steel fitted with Non-slip swivel feet

Max. height difference: 225 mm.

For basic and extension ladders (push-up and rope operated)

Legs for 60x20 stiles : models starting with F6

Legs for 70x26 stiles : models starting with F7

Legs for 80x32 stiles : models starting with F8

ReferencesStiles Size Compatibility ladder

PA A S 60 x 20 mmmodels starting with ref.: F6

PA B S 70 x 26 mmmodels starting with ref.: F7

PA C S 82 x 32 mmmodels starting with ref.: F8

Ref: BA Pole grip - V rungs

To be mounted on the top rung, so that it rests againt the pole.

High resistance

Replaceable

Recommended for basic and extension models

Delivered Mounted

Ref: TS Stabilising tabs

Used to lock a Ø 10.5 mm support rope.

Delivered Mounted

p. 286

p. 287

p. 289

p. 290

p. 292

p. 293

p. 294

p. 296 p. 296 p. 297 p. 297 p. 297 p. 298

p. 294 p. 294 p. 295 p. 296 p. 296

p. 293 p. 293 p. 293 p. 293 p. 294

p. 292 p. 292 p. 292 p. 292 p. 293

p. 290 p. 290 p. 291 p. 291 p. 291

p. 289 p. 289 p. 289 p. 289 p. 289

p. 287 p. 288 p. 288 p. 288 p. 288

p. 286 p. 286 p. 286 p. 287 p. 287

p. 284 p. 285 p. 285 p. 285 p. 286

End caps

p. 298 p. 298 p. 298 p. 298 p. 298 p. 298

p. 299 p. 299 p. 299 p. 299 p. 300 p. 300

p. 301 p. 301 p. 302 p. 302 p. 303 p. 303

p. 307 p. 307 p. 307 p. 307 p. 307 p. 308

p. 308 p. 308 p. 308 p. 308

p. 309 p. 309 p. 309 p. 309 p. 310 p. 310

p. 310 p. 310 p. 311 p. 311 p. 311 p. 311

Ref: CSL Cable tie

UV resistant polyamide PA66 cable ties

Use:

New tightening head facilitating ratcheting.

Mounting of connection cables to walls facades and overhead to underground lines.

Use on network cables in association with anchoring and suspension clamps.

All industrial applications

Complies with HN33S62 (1997) specification

*unit

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacityLengthWidthPack.Weight*

CSL180 68.27.602Ø10 to 42 mm210 mm9 mm1003 g

CSL260 68.27.604Ø10 to 62 mm280 mm9 mm1004,5 g

CSL350 68.27.606Ø10 to 92 mm370 mm9 mm1005,5 g

HN33S62 (1997) SPECIFICATIONS

3 temperature tests

-15°C

Ref: PINCERILSA Cable tie pliers

Pliers for CSL polyamide cable ties.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCharacteristicsWeight

PINCERILSA 07.32.230Not insulated280 g

PINCERILSA TST 07.32.352Insulated450 g

Tensile test

Cold ratcheting test -15°C

Dielectric test

Climatic ageing test

Closure resistance test

Ambient

Ref: MULTI PVC coated stainless steel tie

Tie for all types of cable, particularly ENEDIS network and connection cables.

From MULTI 400 upwards, ties are supplied with a moveable ring to enable dual tightening. All width sizes available in 10 and 20 mm on request

ReferencesENEDIS

Ref: MULTID123 PVC coated

Double

ReferencesPack.Weight*

MULTID123 10027 g

Example of use: carried cable separated from a carrier.

Ref: RDC PVC coated stainless steel cable tie for parallel networks

Double network, multi-gauge tie. Specify

Ref: BIS CF Insulating cable tie with masonry mount

For mounting cables walls and facades.

It consists of:

• a polyamide cable tie CSL

• a masonry mount, ECF.

8 mm drilled hole.

Wall clearance: 6 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS No.CompositionCapacityPack.Weight*

BIS180CF 68.27.6761 CSL180 + 1 ECF10 to 42 mm1008

Complies with ENEDIS HN 33S62 (1997) specification

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: BIS CFEM Insulating cable tie with masonry mount

For mounting cables walls and facades.

It consists of:

• a polyamide cable tie CSL

• a masonry mount, ECF.EM.

8 mm drilled hole.

Wall clearance: 12 mm

ReferencesENEDIS NoCompositionCapacityPack.Weight*

Complies with ENEDIS HN 33S62 (1997) specification

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: BIS V Insulating screw-in cable tie

For mounting cables walls and facades.

It consists of:

• a polyamide cable tie CSL

• and a base EV to screw on to a nail (ø. 7 mm with a 150 pitch).

Wall clearance: 15 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCompositionCapacityPack.Weight*

BIS180V 68.27.6701 CSL180 + 1EV10 to 42 mm1008 g

BIS260V 68.27.7001 CSL260 + 1EV10 to 62 mm10010,5 g

BIS350V - 1 CSL.350 + 1EV10 to 92 mm10012,5 g

Complies with ENEDIS HN 33S62 (1997) specification

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: ECF & ECF EM Masonry mount for CSL cable ties

Masonry mount for CSL cable ties. 8 mm drilled hole.

Mounted by hammering..

ReferencesENEDIS NoWall clearancePack.Weight*

Ref: EV Screw-in base for cable ties

Base to mount onto a screw (diam. 7 - 150 pitch) for CSL ring ties

ReferencesENEDIS NoWall clearancePack.Weight*

68 28 788

ABC cable accessories

Ref: BIP CF Percussion cable tie with plug

For mounting cables to walls and facades.

PVC coated stainless steel tie fitted with a galvanised nail and a plug (ø 6 mm). Mounted by hammering.

Removable by unscrewing.

Wall clearance: 5 to 10 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS

Complies with ENEDIS HN 33S62 (1997) specification

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: BIP CV Screw-in cable tie with plug

For mounting cables to walls and facades..

PVC coated stainless steel tie fitted with a galvanised screw, (ø. 6 x 40 mm) and a plug, (ø 8 mm).

Wall clearance: 5 to 10 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS

Complies with ENEDIS: HN 33S62 (1997) specification

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: BIP V Screw-in cable tie

For mounting cables to walls and facades.

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie fitted with a 7 mm thread (150 pitch).

Wall clearance: 10 mm

ReferencesENEDIS

Complies with ENEDIS: HN 33S62 (1997) specification

Approved by ENEDIS

PVC coated stainless steel tie with plug (ø 8 mm) and screws (6 X 140 mm). For mounting cables on wall with external insulation

Ref: SL140 (x)C Tie for mounting to an insulated exterior wall

Ref: BRPV Screw-in saddle for wall-mounted network (with plug)

Polyamide support with galvanised bichromed screw.

Supplied with a CD12 12mm Ø drill diam plug.

Use for hollow and friable walls.

Capacity: NF C 33-209 abc cable from 35 to 150 mm² + public lighting.

Removable tie.

A second line can be installed on the same support by hanging it down from the bottom side with an additional cable tie.

ReferencesENEDIS No.Wall clearanceCapacity ØPack.Weight*

Complies with standard: NF C 33040

Ref: BRPF Percussion saddle for wall-mounted network

Polyamide suppport

Percussion model.

Bichromed galvanised nail, Ø 12 plug, Ø12 mm drill.

Capacity: NF C 33-209 abc cable from 35 to 150 mm² + public lighting.

Use for hollow and friable walls.

Removable tie.

A second line can be installed on the same support by hanging it down from the bottom side with an additional cable tie.

ReferencesENEDIS No.Wall clearanceCapacity ØPack.Weight* BRPF1 68.26.001

mm25 to 55 mm5070 g

68.26.002 60 mm25 to 55 mm5085

Complies with standard: NF C 33040

Ref: BRTV Screw-in saddle for wall-mounted network (with plug)

Polyamide support with galvanised bichromed screw.

Supplied with a B16 plug (16mm Ø drill).

Capacity: NF C 33-209 abc cable from 35 to 150 mm² + EP + public lighting.

Removable tie for working.

A second line can be installed on the same support by hanging it down from the bottom side with an additional cable tie.

ReferencesENEDIS No.Wall

Complies with standard: NF C 33040

Ref: T70 Key for screw-in saddles

For manual fastening of BRPV and BRTV saddles.

ReferenceWeight.

Ref: ARC Screw-in cable tie

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie. Galvanised screw. Example of use: mounting of abc cable on a wall with or without protective housing.

ReferencesENEDIS No.Capacity Ø L ØA x LgBPack.Weight*

ARC N1

ARC N2

ARC N3

ARC N25

20 to 42 mm170 mm8 x 50 mm10 mm10044 g

20 to 42 mm170 mm8 x 100 mm60 mm10059 g

20 to 42 mm170 mm10 x 185 mm100 mm75126 g

25 to 55 mm220 mm8 x 50 mm10 mm10049 g

ARC N225 68.26.72725 to 55 mm220 mm8 x 100 mm60 mm7560 g

ARC N2250 25 to 55 mm220 mm10 x 185 mm100 mm75135 g

L = tie length A = screw size B = wall clearance.

For Ø8 screws, Ø12 plugs required

For Ø10 screws, Ø14 plugs required

Ref: ARC2 Screw-in double cable tie

PVC coated stainless cable tie. Galvanised screw.

Note: Indicate Ø A and B on the order

Example: Ø A: connection / street lighting. Ø B: network.

weight ABC cable accessories

ReferencesC Pack.Weight*

ARC2 111 10 mm5048 g

ARC2 222 60 mm5080 g

ARC2 333 100 mm75190 g

C: wall clearance

Ref: ARC2 222

Ref: ARC2 333

Ref: DAC Large capacity cable tie with double closure

Galvanised screw (ø 8 mm) to be used with plugs (ø 12 mm) ref CD12.

*unit weight *unit weight *unit

References wall clearance CapacityL ØA x LgPack.Weight*

DAC C 20 mmØ. 70 to 120 mm350 mm8 x 50 mm25125 g

DAC M 50 mmØ. 70 to 120 mm410 mm8 x 100 mm25145 g

L = tie length

A = screw size

Ref: B(x) Standard polyamide plugs

Conical shape with 4 anti-rotation spigots and 2 wings

color grey

References Ø x Lg Ø Screw Ø drillPack.Weight* B6 6 x 30 mm4.0 - 5.0 mm6 mm1000,6 g

Ref: CD12 Flanged plugs

Hexagonal shape - holding flange

Color black

References Ø x Lg Ø drillPack.Weight*

CD12 12 x 60 mm12 mm1004 g

Ref: CD16 Cementing plugs

Conical shape for cementing in.

Color black

References Ø x Lg Ø drillPack.Weight*

CD16 16 x 60 mm16 mm1009 g

Ref: CARTER Rigid mechanical protection for abc cables

Rigid mechanical protection by 2 half-shells To be Mounted with BRPF ties.

Black PVC anti-U.V

ReferencesENEDIS No.Capacity maxiØ OutØ InLengthWeight

CARTER3 68.29.255(3x70)+54+EP50 mm42 mm3 m2 kg

CARTER150 68.29.257(3x150)+70+EP58 mm50 mm2 m1,5 kg

Ref: CARTSF Flexible mechanical protection abc cables

Black PVC mechanical protection - anti. UV.

To be Mounted with BRPF ties

Pre-cut profile for installation. ReferencesENEDIS

Ref: KIT CARTER Mechanical protection

Mechanical protection, for example from the rubbing of tree branches, on ABC cables mounted on poles

Two rigid PVC half-shells are fastened to the line where requiring protection. Can be positioned side by side.

The Kit carter comprises 2 half-shells Ø 50mm, one is fitted with 3 CSL ties mounted in the internal part for fastening the cable and 3 PVC coated stainless steel ties on the external part for assembling the two half shells.

The inlet and outlet of the two half-shells are fitted with flexible protections for avoiding any rubbing on the cable.

ABC cable accessories

Ref: BIM & PONT Cable runner

Profilé en acier plastifié noir, équipé avec des embases et colliers polyamides destinés to fixer des réseaux de cables (ø 5 to 55 mm).

Une barrette peut maintenir 3, 4 ou 7 cables (réf. BIM).

On peut doubler la Capacity en superposant une deuxième barrette sur la première (réf. PONT).

ReferencesENEDIS NoCable No. A – between cable axis

LengthWeight

BIM 68.86.5744 60 mm290 mm250 g

PONT 4 60 mm290 mm700 g

BIM3 3 40 mm230 mm240 g

PONT3 3 40 mm230 mm680 g

BIM7 7 40 mm400 mm430 g

PONT7 7 40 mm400 mm1060 g

Note: All sizes available.

Please consult us

Composition BIM:

1 PVC coated bar, bases and cable ties (No. according to reference). 2 screws (ø 8 x 50) and plugs for wall mounting.

Composition PONT:

PVC coated bar, bases and cable ties (No. according to reference). 2 bolts, nuts and spacers for mounting the bridge on a BIM

Ref: PPCP Cable tie for mounting on brackets (with not and bolt)

Allows cable mounting on drilled brackets. Stainless steel 6 x 30 bolts + nuts and 2 stainless steel washers.

Example: brackets on HV and UHV stations

ReferencesCapacityLAPack.Weight*

L:

Ref: TA Cable tie for mounting on metal profiles

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie. Fitted with a galvanised steel spring fastener. AISI 304 stainless steel screw, for mounting on metal profiles.

2 dimensions clips:

• A310 for profile thickness 3 - 10 mm

• A1018 for profile thickness10 - 18 mm.

ReferencesCapacityLAPack.Weight*

TA16 310 Ø 8 to 25 mm110 mm10 mm10013,6 g

TA25 310 Ø 12 to 32 mm135 mm10 mm10027,6 g TA45

TA48

TA50

TA16

g

TA50 1018 Ø 25 to 52 mm220 mm20 mm10046,5 g

L: Tie length ; A: Tie width

Bracket

Ref: 510 & 1124 Cable tie for mounting on poles

Approved by France Telecom

PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel

Mounting on existing steel strip or on wood by nailing. Tie width 6 mm.

*unit

ReferencesNo F. TelecomCapacityPack.Weight*

510 80.85.53Nø 5 to 10 mm2004 g

1124 80.03.87Cø 11 to 24 mm2004.35 g

Ref: 7007 to 7009 Cable tie

PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel tie, 6mm wide. Example of use: additional cable on existing installation.

Strop on pole

ReferencesCapacityLAPack.Weight*

7007 Ø 5 to 8 mm55 mm6 mm2001.7 g

7008 Ø 8 to 14 mm75 mm6 mm2002 g

7009 Ø 14 to 22 mm110 mm6 mm2002.9 g

L: tie length ; A: Tie width

Ref: 7003 to 7005 Double cable tie

PVC coated double cable ties (stainless steel). Example of use: double network.

ReferencesØ A Ø BPack.Weight*

7003 Ø 5 to 8 mm Ø 14 to 22 mm 2003.5 g

7004 Ø 5 to 8 mmØ 8 to 13 mm2003.4 g

7005 Ø 8 to 13 mm Ø 14 to 22 mm 2003.65 g

Metal cable clip

Approved by FRANCE TELECOM

The types of clips are suitable for most telecommunication cables, especially for holding cables when mounting them along walls.

They have been tested and classified by FRANCE TELECOM and are made of non-magnetic titanium-stainless steel. They are resistant to sea air and UV light as well as all chemical and atmospheric oxidation.

Concrete-piercing nail on the clip. Mounted by hammering when fitted, the upper tab closes up the cylindrical part of the clip, improving the right holding of the cable. ReferencesNo. F. TÉLÉCOMØ

•

• Ref.: 8611200

Note: clips can be supplied without nails (add SC to the reference) Clips 8611055, 8611200 and 8611210 are supplied with nails already fitted.

Ref: R3061 Plastic cable clip

Plastic cable clip (percussion plug)

Ø6 drilled hole

For Ø 6 mm cable: R3061 1

For Ø 11 mm cable: R3061 2

•

•

• Ref: R3061 2

ABC cable accessories

Ref: 7001 Screw-in cable tie with plug

Approved by FRANCE TELECOM

For mounting with Ø6 plugs to wall surfaces. PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel Supplied with plug (ø 6 mm)

ReferencesNo F. TÉLÉCOMCapacityLACPack.Weight*

7001

7001B

7001C 82.63.08XØ 14 to 22 mm110 mm6 mmØ 6 x 30 mm2007 g

L: tie length ; A: tie width ; C: screw size

Ref: SL140 Cable tie for mounting on walls with external insulation (with plug)

Plug (ø 8 mm) and screws (6 X 140).

For mounting cables on walls with external insulation.

ReferencesCapacity ØLength x WidthPack.Weight*

SL140A 5 to 8 mm6 x 55 mm10033 g

SL140B 8 to 14 mm6 x 75 mm10034 g

SL140C 14 to 22 mm6 x 110 mm10041 g

Ref: 7006 Cable tie with nail

Approved by FRANCE TELECOM

Cable tie for wooden support.

PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel Mounted by hammering

ReferencesNo F. TÉLÉCOMCapacity ØLAPack.Weight*

7006 80.04.61N5 to 8 mm55 mm6 mm2003.5 g

7006B 85.79.62X5 to 14 mm75 mm6 mm2003.85 g

7006C 85.77.36R14 to 22 mm110 mm6 mm2004.2 g

L: tie length ; A: tie width

Nail: Ø2.5mm ; Length: 50 mm

Ref: T(x) Cable tie for mounting on brackets (with nut and bolt)

PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel

Fixing on fitting.

M 6x 30 mm bolts + nut + 2 washers.

ReferencesCapacity ØLAPack.Weight*

T1 5 to 8 mm 55 mm6 mm2007.5 g

T2 8 to 14 mm75 mm6 mm2008 g

T3 14 to 22 mm110 mm6 mm2008.5 g

L: tie length ; A: tie width

Ref: TA(x) Cable tie with metal clip

PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel

Fitted with a galvanised steel spring fastener for mounting on metal profiles, brackets and angle bars.

ReferencesCapacity ØLBAPack.Weight*

TA1

L: tie length ; B: bracket thickness ; A: tie width

Ref: ABP Screw-in cable tie

PVC coated non-magnetic stainless steel

Cable tie fitted with a 7 mm thread (150 pitch).

ReferencesCapacity ØLAPack.Weight*

ABPA Ø 5 to 8 mm55 mm6 mm2007.5 g

ABPB Ø 8 to 14 mm75 mm6 mm2007.75 g

ABPC Ø 14 to 22 mm110 mm6 mm20013 g

L: tie length ; A: tie width

Bracket

Ref: EF Polyamide cable base for steel strap

Polyamide cable base for steel strap (width. 10 or 20 mm) mounted on pole (overhead to underground lines).

Use CSL DERANCOURT cable ties for mounting the cable.

ReferenceENEDIS NoCapacity ØPack.Weight*

EF 68.86.680Ø 6 to 50 mm10013 g

Note: can be mounted on a wall.

This cable is also suitablefor already mounted straps.

Tightening the tie immobilizes the base

Ref: EBD Polyamide double cable base for steel strap

Polyamide double cable base for steel strap (10 or 20 mm width) mounted on a pole for an overhead to underground line with 2 parallel cables.

Use CSL DERANCOURT cable ties for mounting the cables.

Cable spacing: 75 mm.

ReferenceENEDIS NoCapacity ØPack.Weight*

EBD 68.86.681Ø 6 to 50 mm10026 g

This cable is also suitablefor already mounted straps.

Tightening the ties immobilizes the base

Ref: BIS PF Cable base with cable tie for overhead-underground line

Mounting of cables on poles for overhead underground line.

The BIS PF comprises the EF cable base and two CSL polyamide cable ties.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCompositionCapacity ØPack.Weight*

CSL260 + 1 EFØ 10 to 62 mm10029,5 g

Complies with: ENEDIS HN 33S62 (1997) specification

This cable is also suitablefor already mounted straps.

Tightening the ties immobilizes the base

Ref: BIC Insulating cable tie

Polyamide tie for already fitted steel strap (overhead-underground line).

Mounted with needle screw.

Manual mounting or with PINCE-BIC plier.

Removable

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacity ØWidth collierPack.Weight*

Ref: BIC50 90 HTA Insulating bracelet for attaching MV cables

ENEDIS No: 68.86.661

Attachment of three-phase MV cables to a post at an overhead-underground rise or on a wall.

Principle: BIC 50-90 HTA consists of a rigid base which can be attached by a 20 mm strip to a post whose tensioning automatically locks it in position and prevents it from sliding.

Also, a protective elastomer flange which covers the MV cable on each side, all surrounded by a second 20 mm strip.

The base is fitted with a central hole for attachment with a 6 mm screw.

Offset against support: 20 mm.

Capacities:

MV three-phase cables 3 x 240 mm²

Diameters 50 to 90 mm

Characteristics:

Elastomer cover flanges 40 mm wide

Glass fibre reinforced rigid thermoplastic base

The kit is delivered assembled (base + flange) with installation instructions

Weight: 95 g

Complies with data sheet ENEDIS MARCH 2009

ENEDIS approved

Ref: PASSANT S

PVC coated stainless steel clip for overhead to underground line

Single PVC coated stainless steel fastening clip. Introduce the clip into the steel strap before strapping.

Place the clip on the angle (bevel) of the pole.

Use MULTIS or CSL cable ties for tightening the cable.

ReferencePack.Weight*

PASSANT S 5024 g

Ref: PASSANT F

concrete pole

Passant S Strap on pole

PVC coated stainless steel clip for overhead to underground line

Single anti-slip PVC coated stainless steel fastening clip. Introduce the clip into the steel strap before strapping.

Fasten the clip to the strap by folding down the 4 side tabs.

Use MULTI or CSL cable ties for tightening the cable.

weight

*unit weight *unit

References Pack.Weight*

PASSANT F 5030 g

Strap on pole

Ref: BIP120PF / BIP180PF / B1227

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie for overhead to underground line

Mounting on 10 or 20 mm steel strap.

Stainless steel cable tie.

Fast mounting on already mounted steel strap.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacity ØLengthWidthPack.Weight*

Ref: B2030

Strap on pole

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie for overhead to underground line

Mounting on 20 mm steel strap.

Stainless steel cable tie.

Fastening of the clip to the strap by folding down the 4 side tabs.

Fits to already mounted steel strap.

ReferenceCapacityPack.Weight*

B2030 Ø 20 to 30 mm10023 g

Strap on pole

Ref: PAS150 90 & PAS150

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie for overhead to underground line (double fastening)

Mounting on 20 mm steel strap.

Stainless steel cable tie.

Double fastening.

Introduce the clip into the steel strap before strapping. Anti-slip system by folding down the 4 side tabs.

*unit weight

ReferencesCapacity ØPack.Weight*

PAS150 90 Ø 75 to 90 mm2597 g

PAS150 Ø 42 to 52 mm4023 g

Ref: BIP260PF / R5185 / R3050

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie for overhead to underground line

PVC coated stainless steel cable tie. For all lifts on poles.

Fits to already mounted 20 mm wide steel strap. Anti-slip system by folding down the 4 side tabs.

*unit weight

Complies with standard: HN 33S62 (1997) specification. (BIP260PF)

Ref: CPBP PVC coated cable tie with wrap-round strap for pole

PVC coated stainless steel strap.

10 mm width, to mount on the pole (a fixed mounting point to position in the angle and a mobile mounting point to fold down the end of the strap)

A cable tie Ref: BIP 120PF is fastened to the strap for tying the cable (Ø10 to 22 mm capacity)

*unit weight

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthPack.Weight*

CPBP350

CPBP1000

CPBP1300

L: Total length of the strap

Note: CPBP350 suitable for 55 mm square posts

ABC cable accessories

Ref: FI Steel strap

Steel strap in 50-metre coils.

Non-magnetic stainless steel Ref:1.4372 according to EN100 88-2

Thermoplastic dispenser with rewinding system

ReferencesENEDIS NoLengthWidthThicknessWeight

FI10 4 68.39.62750 m10 mm0,4 mm1600 g

FI10 7 68.39.62950 m10 mm0,7 mm2700 g

FI20 4 68.39.64350 m20 mm0,4 mm3400 g

FI20 7 68.39.64550 m20 mm0,7 mm5800 g

Complies with ENEDIS specifications

Ref: FI-M Brown-coloured steel strap

Brown-coloured steel strap for using in a natural environment

Steel strap in 50-metre coils.

Non-magnetic stainless steel Ref:1.4372 according to EN100 88-2

Thermoplastic dispenser with rewinding system

ReferenceLengthWidthThicknessWeight

FI20 4M 50 m20 mm0,4 mm3400 g

Complies with ENEDIS specifications

Ref: AT-A Steel strapping seal

Stainless steel..

RéféérencesENEDIS NoSteel strap width Pack.Weight*

Ref: AT-M Brown-coloured steel strapping seal

Brown-coloured seal for using in a natural environment.

Non-magnetic brown-coloured stainless steel, UV protection.

ReferenceENEDIS NoSteel strap width Pack.Weight*

Ref: ATB Steel strapping seal

Stainless steel.

ReferencesSteel strap width Pack.Weight*

Ref: M(xx) Steel strap buckle

Hot galvanised steel.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacityPack.Weight*

M60

Ref: GP Strap protective sheath

Protective sheath for steel strap.

ReferencesENEDIS NoWidthWeight

GP12 68.39.75212,5 mm400 g

GP20 68.39.74820,5 mm830 g

Ref: APL2 Manual strapping tool

Tensioning and cutting of steel strap

Chrome steel. Ratchet mechanism.

ReferenceLengthWeight

APL2 350 mm1400 g

Ref: G590

Cutters for steel strap

Straight cutting with no misshapening of the steel strap Strap holding device when cutting

ReferencesLengthWeight

G590 275 NI 230 mm500 g

Ref: DCF-IS Hybrid cutting pliers for steel strap

Allows the cutting and folding of steel strap with a maximum thickness of 0.5 mm.

See full characteristics page 024

Ref: R4120 Steel strap bending pliers

Form a loop with the strap steel without damaging it

ReferenceLengthWeight

R4120 160 mm350 g

Ref: R3060 Strapping tool kit

Tool box for installing steel strap includes:

Other compositions possible.

Please consult us.

Ref: GPT & GPC

Mechanical protective cable gutter

Mechanical protection in rigid PVC for overhead underground cable on poles and walls.

Mounting holes for screws or steel strap

Color: Gris (G), Brown (M) or Ivory (I)

Add the corresponding letter to the reference. Ex: GPC60x60G for the color Grey

Ref: ROUGE / JAUNE / BLEU

Marking belts for poles

Poles mounting. Red, yellow, or blue PVC coated strap, 20 mm wide, anti-UV. Double tightening buckle

Red: indicate the limit between the MV cables and the ABC cables.

Yellow: indicate the common supportzone for power cables (bare cables or insulated cables) and the telecommunication cable.

Blue: indicate a video cable.

Note: All sizes available. please consult us.

Ref: PA25 Anchor clamp for service line 2 or 4 conductors

For service cables NF C 33-209 from 2 x 16² to 4 x 25 mm².

Stainless steel stirrup.

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic body.

To be mounted on brackets or pigtails hooks. Unlosable parts.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacity NF C 33-209Pack.Weight*

PA25 68.28.5012 x 16² to 4 x 25²10110 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-042

Approved by ENEDIS

Position 2 câbles

Position 4 câbles

Position 4 câbles

Ref: PACR25 Anchor clamp with adjustable hook for service line 2 or 4 conductors

For service cables NF C 33-209 from 2 x 16² to 4 x 25 mm².

Adjustable hook: tensioning by pushing on the clamp and is fitted with an automatic lever mechanism for locking the position.

To be mounted of brackets or pigtails hooks.

Unlosable parts.

Possible 360° swivel of the hook.

Stainless steel hook.

fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic body.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacity NF C 33-209Pack.Weight*

PACR25 68.28.5042 x 16² to 4 x 25²10190 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-042

Approved by ENEDIS

Position 2 câbles

Position 4 câbles

Position 4 câbles

ABC cable accessories

Ref: PAD25

Anchor clamp with hook for remote installation for service line 2 or 4 conductors

Anchor clamp for service cables for remote installation with a hook hot stick

The device consists of a PA25 anchor clamp with a thermo-plastic hook to allow remote installation.

Minimum tensile strength according to NF C 33-042: 200 daN.

Note: unlosable parts.

Hook opening: 28 mm.

ReferencesENEDIS NoCapacity NF C 33-209Pack.Weight*

Ref: PACPA25

Anchor clamp with hook for remote installation for service line 2 or 4 conductors

Anchor clamp for service cables for remote installation with a hook hot stick

The device consists of a PA25 anchor clamp with an open CPA25 PVC coated stainless steel hook to allow for remote installation.

Minimum tensile performance according to NF C 33-042: 200 daN.

Note: unlosable parts.

ReferenceENEDIS No.Capacity NF C 33-209Pack.Weight*

PACPA25 Anchor clamp

PACPA25 strirrup

Ref: PAS35

Anchor clamp for overhead to underground service line

Anchor clamp for solid Aluminum core from 16 to 35 mm²

Fibreglass reinforced polyamide body.

Polyamide tightening wedge.

Stainless steel stirrup.

Minimum tensile performance according to NF C 33-042: 70 daN.

Average real tensile performance: 250 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS No

Complies with standard: NF C 33-042

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: RA25

Angle suspension clamp for service line with 2 or 4 conductors

Allows changes of direction between two anchor clamps for angleup to 100°. Fibreglass reinforced polyamide body. 2 stainless steel side hooks.

A spacer allow one hook to be opened if required.

A flexible cross-shaped core separator to insert inside the service live (length 300 mm)

Minimum tensile performance: 280 daN

ReferenceENEDIS NoCapacity NF C 33-209CondWeight* RA25

Complies with ENEDIS B24.333 technical sheet

Approved ENEDIS

ABC cable accessories

Ref : PA600 600 daN anchor clamp for LV ABC cables

Anchor clamps for overhead ABC lines with neutral messenger. Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic body, fitted with self adjusting wedges, and a flexible stainless steel bail (removable).

To be used with CT600 and CB600

Minimum tensile performance: 600 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

PA600 68.27.10054.6 / 70 / 80 mm²490 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-041

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref : PAC600 600

daN hook anchor clamp for LV ABC cables

Anchor clamps for overhead ABC lines with neutral messenger

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic body, fitted with self adjusting wedges, and a flexible stainless steel bail (removable).

Coated steel hook.

The hook avoids taking out the bail attachement

Minimum tensile performance: 600 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

PAC600 68.27.10254.6 / 70 / 80 mm²520 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-041

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref : CB600 Bracket for single anchoring 600 daN

Coated steel bracket for single anchoring with 1 PA600 or 1 PAC600

Minimum tensile performance: 375 daN.

Complies with standard: NF C 33-041

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref : CB600CT

Bracket Ref : CB600 with 2 Ø16 plugs and 2 Ø12 x 70 mm screws.

Ref : CT600 Bracket for double anchoring 600 daN

Coated steel bracket for double anchoring with 2 PA600 or 2 PAC600

Minimum tensile performance: 625 daN.

Complies with standard: NF C 33-041

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref : CT600CT

Bracket Ref : CT600 with 3 Ø16 plugs and 3 Ø12 x 70 mm screws.

600 daN anchor sets

Anchor set comprising 1 or 2 clamps with an anchor bracket. The table below shows the different 600 daN anchor sets.

Ref: PA1500 - 2000 1500 - 2000 daN anchor clamp for LV ABC cables

Anchor clamps for overhead ABC lines with neutral messenger. Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic body, fitted with self adjusting wedges, and a flexible stainless steel bail (removable). Minimum tensile performance 1845 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

PA1500 - 2000

g 68.27.108

Complies with standard NF C 33-041

Approved by ENEDIS

Ref: PAC1500 - 2000 1500 - 2000 daN hook anchor clamp for LV ABC cables

Anchor clamps for overhead ABC lines with neutral messenger Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic body, fitted with self adjusting wedges, and a flexible stainless steel bail (removable).

Coated steel hook. The hook avoids taking out the bail attachement

Minimum tensile performance 1845 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

PAC1500 - 2000

Complies with standard: NF C 33-041

Approved by ENEDIS

/

g

Ref: CA1500 2000 Anchor console 1500 - 2000 daN

Glass fibre filled thermoplastic anchor console

Stainless steel hook

For single or double anchoring for clamps:

• PA1500 - 2000

• PAC1500 - 2000

Attachment to post with M14 or M16 bolt or by double strip width 20 mm.

Minimum tensile performance 2825 daN.

Weight: 360 g.

Complies with standards: NF C 33-041

1500 - 2000 daN anchor sets

Anchor sets comprising 1 or 2 clamps with an anchor bracket. The table below shows the different 1500 - 2000 daN anchor sets.

Ref: ES1500 1500 daN suspension set for LV ABC cables

Suspension clamp for overhead ABC lives with neutral messenger.

Aluminum alloy suspension bracket.

Mounting on pole by M14 or M16 bolt or by double 20 mm-wide steel strap.

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic suspension clamp

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic and stainless steel movable link.

Minimum tensile performance:

Suspension bracket: 1312,5 daN.

Suspension clamp: 1200 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

ES1500 68.25.00354.6 / 70 / 80 mm²370 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-040

Ref: ES2000 2000 daN suspension set for LV ABC cables

Suspension clamp for overhead ABC lives with neutral messenger.

Aluminum alloy suspension bracket.

Mounting on pole by M14 or M16 bolt or by double 20 mm-wide steel strap.

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic suspension clamp

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic and stainless steel movable link.

Minimum tensile performance:

Suspension bracket: 1750 daN.

Suspension clamp: 1600 daN.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

ES2000 68.25.00454.6 / 70 / 80 mm²370 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-040

Ref: ESF 54 70 Fused suspension set for LV ABC cables

Fused suspension set for overhead ABC lives with neutral messenger.

Aluminum alloy suspension bracket.

Fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic suspension clamp

Stainless steel movable link.

An integrated fused mechanism in the movable link between the bracket and the suspension clamp enables in all circumstances calibrated breaking for a load between 650 and 780 daN. In this case, the clamp unhooks from the bracket

Mounting on pole by M14 or M16 bolt or by 2 20 mm-wide steel straps.

ReferenceENEDIS NoNeutral messenger capacityWeight

ESF 54-70 68.25.05154.6 / 70 / 80 mm²410 g

Complies with standard: NF C 33-040 amendment 1 (2004)

Approved by ENEDIS

ABC cable accessories

Ref: ES Flexible PVC cable end cap

Diameter from 3 to 120 mm in flexible black anti-UV PVC for cable end.

Add the desired diameter (Ex: ES 13 diameter 13 mm) corresponding to the cap inside diameter

Ref: ES (diameter)

ReferencesDiameterLength

ReferencesDiameterLength

Note:

• Choose the cap diameter slightly smaller than the cable diameter.

• Pack of 100 units up to diameter 20 mm, Then by 50.

Ref: ES70 150 Flexible PVC conical cable end cap

Conical multi-section cap in flexible black anti-UV PVC for cable end.

*unit weight

ReferencesDiameterLengthPack.Weight*

ES70 150 13 to 17 mm 80 mm1001000 g

ES35 70 10 to 13 mm 80 mm100800 g

Other sizes possible. Please contact us.

End caps

Ref: CC & CR Flexible PVC cap for pole end (without cable outlet)

In flexible black anti-UV PVC.

Protection of the top of the pole without cable outlet.

Ref. CC: for square pole.

Ref. CR: for round pole.

ReferencesCapacityLWeight

CC45 Carré 45 mm120 mm53 g

CC55 Carré 55 mm120 mm92 g

CC70 Carré 70 mm120 mm98 g

CR60 Diam. 60 mm120 mm96 g

CR70 Diam. 70 mm120 mm98 g

CR80 Diam. 80 mm120 mm102 g

L: Cap length

Other sizes possible. Please contact us.

Ref: ET Flexible PVC cable end cap with internal compartments

Flexible black anti-UV PVC. For ABC cable, protection of cable ends.

References CapacityPack.Weight* ET

All sizes available. Please consult us.

Ref: ES T Caps for lamp post bases

Caps for protecting the bolts on lamp post bases. Black PVC.

ReferencesØ BoltØ CapLengthPack.

ES

ES

ES

ES

ES

ES

End caps

Ref: CRB & CRC Heat-shrinkable cap

End cap.

ReferencesENEDIS NoSectionCablePack.Weight*

Ref: E2R & E4R Heat-shrinkable cap with cable outlets

Cap with 2 or 4 cable outlets.

ReferencesENEDIS NoNF C 33-210 sectionPack.Weight*

Ref: FRM Heat-shrinkable sheath

Sheath for sleeve.

ReferencesENEDIS NoØ before shrinkingPack.Weight* FRM16 100

16

Ref: GRN & GRP Heat-shrinkable sheath

Neutral and phase sheath.

Ref: R3206 Blow lamp

Multi-purpose cartridge blow lamp.

Interchangeable nozzle

Attachment point

Precise gas flow control

Autonomy: approx. 2h30

Adjustable stabiliser

Works in all positions

Accessoire:

Ref: R3206C: 340g butane / propane cartridge

Ref: CES/CT & CBS/CT

6kV insulation piercing connectors

Used to establish a connection from service cables to twisted LV overhead network. Simultaneous insulation piercing.

ReferencesENEDIS No

Complies with standard: NF C 33-020

Ref: CDR/CNA & CDR/CNU

6kV insulation piercing connectors for connections to bare conductors

Making the connection of an insulated LV overhead network to a bare LV overhead network. Independent insulation piercing.

Capacities

ReferencesENEDIS No

Complies with standard: NF C 33-020

Ref: CDR/CT

6kV insulation piercing connectors for connections to insulated conductors

Making the connection of an insulated LV overhead network to a line of the same type. Independent insulation piercing.

ReferencesENEDIS No

Complies with standard: NF C 33-020

Ref: CMCC CT

Measuring and short-circuiting connector for LV ABC cables

This connector is used to short-circuit or earth LV ABC cables. It also allows voltage measurements to be made.

The connection is made by insulation piercing.

The dielectric strength in water is greater than 6 kV.

The clamping bolt is secured by a shear-off head screw.

The end socket is protected by an integrated cap preventing water penetration and corrosion.

ReferencesENEDIS No

Complies with standard: NF C 33-020

Ref: MJPB Pre-insulated connectors for service cables

This pre-insulated connector is used for the connection of low voltage aerial conductors (aluminum or copper). Cable sections up to 25mm². Connection with a 140 hexagonal die.

Complies with standard: NF C 33-021

Ref: MJPT & EJPT Pre-insulated connectors for LV ABC cables

This pre-insulated connector is used for the connection of LV ABC cables conductors to each other. Phase or neutral connector. Connection with a 173 or 215 die. A jointing can be done between two conductors of equal or unequal sections (refer to the table below). Sets of 4 connectors are proposed (Ref: EJPT)

Complies with standard: NF C 33-021

Ref: BC Brush for aluminum cable with tank case

Double side brush.

The case protects other tools from grease deposits on the brush and can be used as a grease supply

Unbreakable plastic handle.

Weight: 80 g

Ref: T GRAISSE Neutral grease

Tube of neutral grease for brushing and protecting the connection of aluminum connectors.

Weight: 230 g

Ref: MJPBAS Overhead-underground pre-insulated connectors

This pre-insulated connector is used for the connection of LV stranded core aerial cables (aluminum or copper) to solid core underground cables. It is also used to connect aluminum solid core to each other. Cable sections up to 25 mm² can be connected on the stranded core side and up to 35mm² on the solid core side. Connection with a 140 hexagonal die.

ReferencesENEDIS No Section (mm²) Pack.Weight*

Complies with ENEDIS HN 33-S-80 technical specification

Ref: MJPBS Pre-insulated connectors for underground cables

Connection of an overhead service cable to an underground service cable with solid core or two solid core cables together.

Cromping with a 140 hexagonal die.

ReferencesENEDIS No

Complies with ENEDIS HN 33-S-80 technical specification

Ref: CPTAU Pre-insulated lugs

The CPTAU pre-insulated lug is used to establish connection between LV ABC to copper equipment terminals. Palm is made of copper and sleeve is made of aluminum.

ReferencesENEDIS No Cable section insulated Al-Cu Die sizePack.Weight*

Complies with standard: NF C 33-021

Ref: ERP BU Set of pre-insulated lugs for connection to copper equipment terminals

ReferencesENEDIS No

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

p. 313

p. 314

p. 315

p. 316

p. 317

p. 318

p. 320

p. 321

p. 320

p. 321

p. 320

p. 321

p. 320 p. 321

p. 319

p. 319

p. 319 p. 319

p. 317

p. 317

p. 318

p. 318

p. 316

p. 317

p. 317 p. 317

p. 315

p. 316

p. 316 p. 316

p. 314

p. 314

p. 315 p. 315

p. 313 p. 313

p. 313 p. 314

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: POULIE 60 60 Insulated return pulley for service ropes

Return pulley for a 10 mm diameter rope.

Maximum load: 60 daN

Changing the direction of a hoist rope (240 daN)

Lifting tools or materials with a service rope (Ø10mm)

Installation of a service cable, using an operating rope and a retaining cord

Characteristics:

Wheel and flanges made of synthetic material

Swivel hook, 25 mm opening, fitted with a safety clip and ring.

Can be hooked up on a bracket.

A sling, a ring tie etc .

Ø of groove : 44 mm.

Ø of rope: maxi 12 mm.

Dimensions: 225 x 105 x 40 mm

Weight: 570 g.

Complies with ENEDIS SERECT TST BT N°310 specification

Ref: POULIE 200 50 Insulated stringing pulley for LV ABC cables

Maximum load: 50 daN

Stringing service cables (4 x 25 mm² maximum).

Characteristics:

Wheel of fibreglass reinforced thermoplastic

Steel flange coated in synthetic material with thermoplastic holding tab

Swivel hook with safety clip, opening 22 mm.

Ø of groove : 140 mm.

Ø of rope : 26 mm

Dimensions: 380 x 200 x 100 mm

Weight: 1.750 Kg.

Complies with SERECT BT N°315 specification

CMU: 60 daN

120 daN on the hook

60 daN

Ref: R4104 150 Stringing pulley for LV ABC cables

Example of use: stringing LV ABC cables on poles and walls

Characteristics:

Wheel of PVC coated aluminum alloy

Flange of aluminum alloy with holding tab

Hook with safety clip, opening : 25 mm

Size: 460 x 250 x 140 mm

Ø of groove : 130 mm.

Ø of rope : 60 mm

Maxi load 800 daN. (CMV)

Weight: 2,5 kg.

Ref: R4104 Stringing pulley for bare cables

Example of use: stringing MV bare cable on poles.

Characteristics:

Aluminum alloy pulley.

Swivel hook with safety clip

Flange with holding tab

Ring with lubricator

60 daN par brin

CMU: 50 daN

100 daN on the hook

50 daN 50 daN

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: MSB LV tightening hand

Together with an operating rope, the tightening hand is used to grasp a bundle of insulated twisted conductors and immobilise it in order to move it or change its mechanical stress

Characteristics:

A C-shaped body made of insulating material

An eye bolt protected against corrosion 6 mm dia. synthetic fibre rope handle

Tightening capacity: 11 to 23 mm (corresponds to twisted insulated conductor bundles 2 x 6 mm² to 4 x 25 mm²)

Dimensions: 53 x 50 x 180 mm

Weight: 280 g

Complies with ENEDIS SERECT TST BT N°330 specifications

Ref: PCA LV LW ring connector holder

Tightens on a bare LV conductor.

Temporarily places on standby and unpowers a connection fitted with a ring connector. Prevents reversal of the order of the phases when turning power back on

Characteristics:

Body made of insulating material

Metal eye bolt protected against corrosion Ø 6 mm stainless steel rod

Attached to a bare conductor from 22 mm² to 75 mm²

Dimensions: 175 x 95 x 98 mm

Weight: 295 g.

Complies with ENEDIS SERECT TST BT N°334 specifications

Ref: CR2 Retaining cord with two insulating cable ties

Enables two bare or isolated conductors to be placed on stand-by simultaneously and to check their movement during removal.

Must not be used with twisted conductors

Characteristics:

Cord: 1 m with Ø6 mm

Stainless steel sliding ring

Glass fibre reinforced thermoplastic tightening body and jaws

A metal eye bolt protected against corrosion

2.5 to 10 mm tightening capacity for bare conductors

Cross-section between 5 and 75 mm²

Dimensions: 53 x 50 x 180 mm

Weight: 300 g

Complies with ENEDIS SERECT TST BT N°336 specifications

Ref: CLE ANNE P Insulated ring connector wrench

Tightening or loosening of connectors and ring accessories

For LV live working

ENEDIS No.: 07.83.010

Characteristics:

Tube and push rod made of insulating material

Retractable hook attaches to the ring

Diameter: 20 mm

Length: 250 mm

Weight: 220 g

Complies with ENEDIS SERECT TST BT N° 545 specifications

Complies with standard: IEC EN 60900

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: CROCHET/CS Hook for service rope

Fibreglass reinforced polyamide hook with 2 holes for rope passage.

Diameter: 16 mm.

Max permissible load: 50 daN

45 g.

Service ropes

References Photo

R4110

R4756

R4019

Description

Polypropylene rope - 4 strands

Polyamide rope - 3 strands (with green identification fringe)

Polyamide braided rope

Ref: R4110 Polypropylene rope

Polypropylene rope for service pulley. Anti-UV treated - 4 white strands. Supplied as ball or reel

Other lengths, please consult us.

Ref: R4756 Polypropylene service rope

Polyamide rope for service pulley. 3 strands (with green identification fringe). Supplied as ball or reel ReferencesDiameterBreaking

Other lengths, please consult us.

Ref: R4019 Polyamide braided rope

Polyamide braided rope for service pulley. ReferencesDiameterBreaking

Other lengths, please consult us.

*Ball

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: R4134 T Stringing pulley with tensioner for LV ABC cables

For LV ABC cables up to 3x150² + 70²

ERDF 1.20m strap model.

Direct fastening to the pole to avoid damaging the bracket during stringing.

Ø of groove : 130 mm

Ø of rope : 60 mm

CMU: 800 daN

Weight: 5,2 Kg

Ref: R3054 Tensioner with strap-operated catch

Tensioner with 1.20 m strap for hook pulley.

ReferenceCMUWeight R3054 1000 daN2,2 kg

Ref: R4107 Insulated rope-operated hoist

2 insulated tackle blocks with 3 sheaves manufactured in insulated material

Groove diameter : 60 mm

Synthetic fibre rope

LV live working.

Hooks with eyelet ring

Hook opening: 22 mm

ReferencesCMUØ Rope Rope length Complies

R410724025 240 kg10 mm25 m

• Ref. R410755035 Or

• Ref. R410755070

Ref: R4025 «Come along» pulling cables clamps

Cable clamps in aluminum alloy.

Automatic tightening of the two jaws by articulated lever, tightening proportional to pulling effort

ReferencesCapacity ØCMUMaterial

• Ref. R410724025

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: R4145 «LUG-ALL» cable ratchet winch hoist

Aluminum alloy body. Cable coiled on a drum

Triple hook system allowing cable to be handled on 2 strands

Many operations:

• lifting

• pulling

• positionning

• lowering • tensioning

Safety handle deforming in the event of an overload to protect the mechanism

*: heavy duty

Ref: R4160 Manual lever hoist

Steel alloy hoist.

Anti-corrosion treated hoist chain. 360° swivel hooks.

Automatic brake with double ratchet pawls

Automatic braking prevent any fall of the load

ReferencesCapacityHoisting heightWeight

Complies with standard:

• EN 292

• marking

Ref: R4103 «TIRFOR» pulling and lifting hoist

Work in all positions: horizontal, vertical or sloping inclined

Supplied with a 20m cable

Forward and reverse positions by moving the telescopic lever

Overload protection

Examples of use:

• Positioning transformers stations

• Positioning mobile antennas

• Tensioning underground and overhead cables

• Guy-wire work

* Weight without cables.

** Nominal capacity can be multiplied by using pulleys.

Ref: R4020 T «TIRVIT» steel cable tensioner

Self-gripping automatic cam device for tensioning a cable or wire fitted with a chain for mounting

ReferencesCapacityØ

Ref: R4094 Self-gripping cable gripper

TIRVIT Self-gripping cable gripper R4020 for tensioning copper cables.

ReferencesTensioner

R4094 T2 R4020 T4

R4094 T6 R4020 T6

R4094 T4 R4020 T8

Ref: R4094 G Self-gripping cable gripper with anchor shackle

Designed using the same principle as the TIRVIT, it allows a cable to be held taught. It can be used instead of the TIRVIT to tension 2 cables to be connected later.

ReferencesØ cableCapacityColor code

R4094 G2 2 to 8 mm400 daNRed

R4094 G6 7 to 15 mm600 daNBlue R4094 G8 14 to 18 mm800 daNYellow

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: R3719 Endless round sling

Polyester.

Resistant to UV, grease, dirt and salt water Label indicating max maximum load (CMU)

ReferencesColor codeCMU (direct mode)*

R3719T1 Violet 1000 kg

R3719T2 Green 2000 kg

R3719T3 Yellow 3000 kg

R3719T4 Grey 4000 kg

R3719T5 Red 5000 kg

*Applicable coefficient depend on the slinging mode

Add the desired length to the reference:

Example: round sling 2m length: R3719T1 20

Complies with standard: EN1492-2

Ref: R3818 Flat double strap sling with 2 loops

Anti-abrasion polyester strap, very high resistance to hydrocarbons 2 loops, double strap

ReferencesColor codeCMU (direct mode)*

R3818T1 Violet 1000 kg

R3818T2 Green 2000 kg

R3818T3 Yellow 3000 kg

R3818T4 Grey 4000 kg

R3818T5 Red 5000 kg

*: Applicable coefficient depend on the slinging mode

Add the desired length to the reference:

Ref: R4660 Pulling swivels

Swivels for the junction of two rotating elements, used for pulling twisted electrical cables, bare conductors, steel and textile lifting cables.

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: R4086 Polyamide cable grip for pulling

Flexible and insulating material

Aluminum sleeve and spliced eyes

For medium and low-voltage cables, telecom cables

Simple eye or double eye or double sleeve simple eye

Ref: R4087 Steel cable grip for pulling

Single or double eye galvanised Steel cable grip for pulling. Length approx. 1m.

Diameter is marked on the aluminum sleeve

Ref: R4088 Steel cable grip for

pulling

Single or double eye galvanised Steel cable grip for pulling. Diameter is marked on the aluminum sleeve

• Ref: R4088AS60 suitable for MV 3x95² and MV 3x150² underground cables

• Ref: R4088AS70 suitable for MV 3x240² underground cables

• Ref: R4088AS25 suitable for LV NF C 33-210 (3x50²+50², 3x95²+50² and 3x150²+70²) underground cables

• Ref: R4088AS40 suitable for LV NF C 33-210 (3x240²+95²) underground cables

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: R3039 Fish tape with case

Flat steel tape with rounded edges, 3.17 mm wide, 2.6mm thick with end loop Coiled in a plastic housing for easy use.

ReferencesLengthØ

R3039L15

R3039L30

m21 cm0,8 kg

m30 cm1,8 kg R3039L60

Ref: R4077 Fish tape with reel, Ø 4.5mm and Ø 6mm

PVC coated fibreglass fish tape with end fitting on both ends. Supplied on a storage reel. ReferencesØ

R4077D460

mm60 m

Ref: R4078 Fish tape with reel, Ø 9 mm and Ø 11mm

PVC coated fibreglass fish tape with polyamide Ø 30 mm loop on front-end and an end fitting on the back end. Fish tape mounted on a reel fitted with a brake and 2 carrying wheels. Can be placed vertically or horizontally. ReferencesØ

Accessories for fish tape

MLY

TTJM6-10M4

RGM12

Ref: R3040 Cable rollers

Installation and uncoiling of underground cables and PE pipes

Protection of cable sheath

Reduction of tensile effort

Tubular frame and galvanized steel rollers. Fitted with sealed ball bearingss

Equipment for lifting and handling cables

Ref: R4718 Quick mounting triangular tent

Tent to install above trenches

Fibreglass structure poles.

Flame-retardant canvas

Has two zips for adapting the width of the tent to the trench. Supplied in a Carrying bag with shoulder strap.

Ref: R3460 Umbrella

Waterproof canvas.

Spike + adjustable extension + umbrella Ø 2 m.

•

• R4718P

Bird protection devices

p. 323

AVI20NVR

p. 324

AVI20BP

p. 326

AVI20NV

p. 327

DPO FIXRAP

p. 328

ANI20ANCR

p. 329

CAP BORNE

p. 330

AVI20PS

p. 331

KIT PIG

Ref: AVI20NVR

Protection of MV overhead network with bare conductors

Device for the insulation of the earth post cross bars and conductors for bird protection in respect to the electrical risk between phases or between phase and earth.

Protector made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer.

Earth protection

Insulated profile Ref: PPO

0.5 m long, fitted with 2 ties made of PVC coated stainless steel. Live working possible with a hook stick.

Left hook Ref: CA-G or Right hook Ref: CA-D

Phase protection

Insulated profile Ref: DPO

Two 0.70 m long elements (Ex: 1.40 m), linked around the insulator. Live working possible with two hook sticks. Each element has a locking system onto the cable.

Suitable for all cable sections on rigid anchorage points.

Extension for phase protection

Insulated profile ref: DPOR

0.70 m length to be mounted to the ends of the phase protector to extend the protected lengths (2m 80). In this case, a ring connector (not supplied) must be fitted to the end of the DPOR to prevent sliding

Locking system

Open Locked

Conductor

Protection

Locking wire

Ref: AVI20BP

Protection of MV overhead network with bare conductors

Device for the insulation of the earth post cross bars and conductors for bird protection in respect to the electrical risk between phases or between phase and earth.

Protector made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer.

Earth protection

Insulated profile Ref: PPO

0.5 m long, fitted with 2 ties made of PVC coated stainless steel. Live working possible with a hook stick

Left hook Ref: CA-G or Left hook Ref: CA-D

Phase protection

Insulated profile Ref: DPO

two 0.70m long elements (i.e. 1.40m), linked by the insulator. Live working possible with 2 hook stick. Each element has a locking system onto the cable.

Suitable for all cable section on rigid anchorage points

Extension for phase protection

Insulated profile ref: DPOR

0.70 m length to be mounted to the ends of the phase protector to extend the protected lengths (2m 80). In case this a ring connector (not supplied) must be fitted to the end of the DPOR to prevent sliding

• PPO

• DPO

• DPOR

• DPO deployed

• PPO & links

Bird protection devices

LIVE WORKING INSTALLATION OF BIRD PROTECTION

LIve wOrkING INSTALLATION Of eArTH prOTecTION

(1) Use the CA hook on the end of the hook stick. Cas de l’armement nappe voûte NVR, les deux profilés sont monté assemblés par deux techniciens.

(2) Install the first element

Live working installation of bird ties

(1) Introduce the tie

(1) Position the first protector on the cable

(3) Install the second element that covers the first

(2) Push the tie into position

Live working installation of phase protection

(3) Bend tie end

3. While one operator is holding the protection part, the second operator cuts the link between the two protections. The second part is then deployed on the other side of the insulator

(2) While one operator is holding the vertical protector, the second operator secures twisting the locking wires. Once twisted, the rings are bent upwards

Locking in 4 steps:

(4) Position the protector on the cable (as in 1.)

(5) Lock (as in 2)

Bird protection devices

Ref: AVI20NV

Protection of MV overhead networks with bare conductors on arched layer armaments

Device for insulating the earths on the head of the supports for bird protection in respect to the electrical risk between central phase and earths.

2 protector made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer. A and B linked together with an adjustable clearance and attached PVC coated stainless steel ties. Live working possible by 2 operators using hooksticks fitted with a left and right hook ref CA-G and CA-D

The 2 protectors must be adjusted and fastened together on the ground.

AVI 20 NV set equip a pole includes:

2 insulating profiles (A and B)

4 ties made of PVC coated stainless steel hold the protectors on the vertical bars.

2 ties made of PVC coated stainless to steel hold the protectors together

Ref: DPO FIXRAP

Protection of MV overhead network with bare conductors

Device for the insulation of conductors in various positions for bird protection in respect to the electrical risk between phases or between phase and earth.

Protector made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer.

Phase protection

Two 0.70 m long elements, linked by an insulating hood covering the insulator head FIXRAP

Live working possible with two hook sticks.

Each element has a locking system onto the cable.

Suitable for all cable sections on rigid anchorage points.

Extension for phase protection

Insulated profile Ref: DPOR

0.70 m length to be mounted to the ends of the phase protector to extend the protected lengths. In this case, a ring connector (not supplied) must be fitted to the end of the DPOR to prevent sliding.

• DPOR

• DPO FIXRAP

• DPO FIXRAP depolyed

Bird protection devices

Ref: AVI20ANCR

Protection of MV overhead network with bare conductors

Device for the insulation of the cable end and anchor points for bird protection in respect to the electrical risk between phases or between phases and earths.

Protector made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer.

Each cable end is covered by 3 insulating protector 700 mm in length fitted one after the other to make a total of 2 m length.

An insulating protector ref: DPOANCR which covers the cable end and the connecting parts.

Two insulating protectors ref: DPOR are mounted to the end of the DPOANCR

Each element can be fitted during live working using the hooksticks and each element has a cable locking system.

Plan to have a ring connector (not supplied) to add to the end of the protector to prevent sliding.

Consult the instructions for use

• DPOR

• DPOANCR

Ref: CAP BORNE

Protection of MV H61 transformers

Device for insulating of the H61 terminals for bird protection in respect to the electrical between phases or between phase and earth.

Hood made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer.

Insulating hood, 200 mm lg, Diam. on insulator : 140 mm.

2 cables outlets : an axial opening corner lug and a lateral opening for straight lug.

In both cases it is possible to crimp the lug on the bridge cable, then insert the hoodon the cable, tighten the connector and place the hood over the insulator. work with power off.

The hood may be fitted with three lateral windows in order to allow remote viewing

The hood is supported by the insulator on four elastomer wedges, allowing ventilation and water run-off.

A cap can be fitted to the upper axial outlet to increase sealing. Ref: BOUCHH61

Bird protection devices

Thermoplastic

elastomer support wedges

BOUCHH61 BOUCH H61

• CAP BORNE

• CAP BORNSF

• CAP BORN1F

Bird protection devices

Ref: AVI20PS

Protection of MV synthetic lightning arresters

Device for insulating of the end of synthetic lightning arresters (pins and connectors) for bird protection in respect to the risk of electrocution between phases or between phase and earth.

Hoods made of semi-rigid insulating material coated with a black protective layer.

Each lightning arresters is fitted with an insulating hood covering the connector and an insulating hood coverting the pin.

Ref: AVI20 PS includes:

3 connector hoods

3 pin hoods.

The connector hood is fitted with two polyamide ties ref: CSL 260 for holding it in the right position.

This product fits to any kind of lightning arresters. Work with power off

• Capot de connecteur & liens

• Capot de broche

Connector hood and ties

Ref: KIT PIG

Anti-pigeon device for wall mounted ABC cables

By perching on the LV ABC cables, pigeons create soiling on walls. The anti-pigeon system consists of positioning PVC coated brakets on the cables, linked by a Kevlar wire preventing pigeons from using the cables. This system is harmless to pigeons.

Le système anti-pigeon se compose d’un kit to fixer sur le câble to traiter

2 end double PVC coated stainless steel brackets Ref: SUP.PIG2

9 intermediate single PVC coated stainless steel brackets to be positioned every 50 cm reff: SUP.PIG1

6 m kevlar wire to fasten to the brackets ref: FIL.PIG

2 springs to be placed on the two end mountings to hold the wire Ref: RES.PIG

13 polyamide ties to attach the bracket to the ABC cables Ref: CSL260

Consult our in document.

Kelvlar wire

p. 342 and 343

KIT CABLIER

p. 344 and 345

KIT INSTALLATEUR

p. 346

KIT RESEAU BT

p. 337

KIT 18510 BS

p. 338 and 339

KIT TST BT

p. 340 and 341

KIT TST VE

p. 333

KIT LINKY A1

p. 334 and 335

KIT 18510 BR

p. 336

KIT 18510 BC

Ref : KIT LINKY A1

Tool / PPE / CPE kit for LINKY meter fitters

Includes:

Additional equipment:

! You can change the kit according to your needs.

• Low safety shoes (ref.: R1507ES) or boots (ref.: R1508ES)

• Overalls (ref.: R1518GA) or jacket (ref.: R1524GA) and trousers (ref.: R1523GA)

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Ref :

You can change the kit according to your needs.

* Or composite gloves ref R1260 T(X) page 258

Ref

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Ref : KIT 18510 BC

Lockout kit for BC accreditation according to NF C 18510

Includes:

You can change the kit according to your needs.

Ref : KIT 18510 BS

Tool / PPE / CPE kit for BS accreditation according to NF C 18510

Includes:

You can change the kit according to your needs.

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Ref :

/ PPE / CPE kit for LV live working

1

1

VM Reversible Insulated ratchet spanner 3/8’’ with mechanical locking device

9 D200 6P (X)

3 M200 (X)

6-sided female sockets 3/8’’: 10/13/14/16/17/19/21/22/23

male 6-sided sockets 3/8’’: 4/5/6

1 R200 125 Insulated extension bar 3/8’’ of 125 mm with simple locking device

1 T200 130 Insulated square device T wrench 3/8’’ of 130 mm with single locking device

1

! You can change the kit according to your needs.

* Or composite gloves ref R1260 T(X) page 258

Ref : KIT TST BT

TOOL, PPE, CPE

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Ref : KIT TST VE

Tool / PPE / CPE kit for live working on electric vehicles according to NF C 18 505 2 1

Live working OPERATIONS on vehicles and machinery include the following:

• Assembly of components or BATTERIES OF ACCUMULATORS to create BATTERY PACKS.

• Removal of BATTERY PACKS or batteries from vehicles.

• Fitting of BATTERY PACKS or batteries in vehicles.

• Replacement of one or more battery cells or components.

• Maintenance of terminals, bare connections or battery bodies.

• Disassembly of a BATTERY PACK or BOX.

*

**

: KIT TST VE 2

Same composition with helmet and integrated face shield ref VEGA

As an alternative to the face shield with frontal guard ref EFPF B

! You can change the kit according to your needs.

Ref : KIT TST VE

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Ref : KIT CABLIER

Tool kit for the preparation of LV and MV cables

Includes:

ReferencesQty Description Page

POLY

OUT SCP/NP

FENTE DT

RABAT DT

ECARTE DT

EVASEUR50 95DT

Cable preparation tool kit for MV cables 25 to 630 mm²

Without CONE DT

Without PINCELIGA

Ref :

COFFRET HTA630R-RSM

1

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «1»

Ref : KIT CABLE TST BT 1

Tool box for preparation of lead cables insulated with impregnated paper

Ref : KIT CABLE PAPIER 2

130 kN battery-powered gun hydraulic press box

Deep punching

16 to 240 mm²,

1

Tool kit for stripping outer sheath, insulation and EDR sheath

Tool kit for incising peelable semi-conductor and machining bonded semi-conductor

Tool kit for making the slots to insert the screen connection

Tool kit for flattening the outer sheath over the connection screen

Tool kit for lifting the outer sheath

Tool kit for making a cone on the insulation end for cable 25 to 95 mm²

EVASEUR150 240DT Tool kit for making a cone on the insulation end for cable 150 to 240 mm²

EVASEUR 2000 Tool kit for making a cone on the insulation end for cable 150 to 240 mm²

CHANFREIN DT Tool kit for making a chamfer on the insulation

ETAU-OAGE

GRATTOIR DT

Tool for holding mechanically-clamped connectors and scraping the outer sheath

Tool for removing the bonded semi-conductor residues left on the insulation

PLAQ POLY Soles protectors set for POLY

LAME OUT SCNP + OUT SCP CH Replacement blade kit for OUT SCP/ NP

LAME POLY L Replacement blade for POLY

LAME FENTEDT Replacement blade for FENTE DT

LAME CHANFREIN DT Replacement blade for CHANFREIN DT

COFFRETP5 4

KTF361

PBT IS 12 VA

PBT IS 20 VB

DCF-IS

CTPC-R

D18C 220

COIN KTF

LI

OD PE PVC PB

MB30PB2

1

D1003

LI

p. 110

Blade mounting keys and cleaning brush

User manual

Thermoplastic case and foam of blocking 540 x 400 x 130 mm

Hybrid Type VA strippers pliers with adjustable longitudinal cutting and circular cut 1,2 mm

Hybrid Type VB strippers pliers with adjustable longitudinal cutting and circular cut 2,0 mm

Hybrid cable cutter for steel strap

Insulated frontal ratchet cable cutters for copper/aluminum up to Ø 36 mm p. 095

Hybrid Knife for TPC cable protection tubes

Insulated cable cutters

Insulating guiding wedge

Insulating lever

1 T200 75 NI External square T wrench 3/8’’

1 MB20-AL PE, PVC blade depth 2 mm

1 MB20PB2 Lead blade doubles cutting (no-cutting) depth 2 mm

Lead blade doubles cutting (no-cutting) depth 3 mm for OD PE PVC PB

Stripper for PE, PVC, Lead, Ø 25 to 80 mm p. 087

Insulated strip saw

Insulating lever

DM PLAST Double rules

ECARTE DT

Retractor (Lifting the outer sheath of POPY and NIKOL (UTE C33 - 226) type cables)

Wire brush and string

You can change the kit according to your needs.

Ref : KIT CABLIER

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Ref : KIT INSTALLATEUR

Kit for building and tertiary electricians

You can change the kit according to your needs.

Ref : KIT INSTALLATEUR

TOOL, PPE, CPE

TOOL, PPE, CPE Kits

Tool / PPE / CPE kit for overhead/buried network fitter

Includes:

You can change the kit according to your needs.

Index of references

P8A063

Index of references

References Descriptions Page

CCD70 350G ATEX I coated CD70 - 350G torque wrench and accessories set 181

CCD8-55-1/2RVM-P4A Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A061

CCD8-55-1/2RVM-P8A Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A061

CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P3A Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A061

CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8A Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A061

CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8B Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B061

CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8C Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C061

CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8D Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D061

CCD8-60-1/2-P4A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A064

CCD8-60-1/2-P8A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A064

CCD8-60-3/8-P3A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A064

CCD8-60-3/8-P8A Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A063

CCD8-60-3/8-P8B Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B063

CCD8-60-3/8-P8C Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C064

CCD8-60-3/8-P8D Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D064

CCD8-60R-1/2P4A Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

composition P4A 064

CCD8-60R-1/2P8A Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm)

composition P8A 064

CCD4-20-3/8-P8B

CCD4-20-3/8-P8C

CCD70 350

-

(9,53

torque wrench and accessories set 182

CCD70 350-1 CD70 - 350 torque wrench and accessories set 181

CCD8-60R-3/8-

Index of references

Index of references

References Descriptions

DH3 Hybrid diagonal cutting pliers with steel cutters 022

DHPF 7035 P (T) Earthing and short-circuiting device for MV post with fixed clamps.221

DHPO 7035 P (T) Earthing and short-circuiting device for MV post with movable clamps.222

DI1 LC Universal insulating pliers with removable ceramic cutting jaws 021

DI1 SL Universal insulating pliers with removable jaws without cutters 021

DI22C LC Insulating long-nose pliers with removable angled jaws and ceramic cutting 021

DI22C SL Insulating long-nose pliers with removable angled jaws without cutters021

DI22D LC Insulating long-nose pliers with removable straight jaws and ceramic cutting 021

DI22D SL Insulating long-nose pliers with removable, straight jaws without cutters021

DI26A-1 Insulating protective equipment kit for aerial work - 26 items 212

DI26A-2 Insulating protective equipment kit for aerial work - 26 items 212

DI3 LC Hybrid isolating diagonal cutting pliers with ceramic cutters 022

DI481 Insulating protection kit for installations 212

DIBE C Insulating long-nose pliers with angled, indented and removable jaws022

DIBE D Insulating long-nose pliers with straight, indented, removable jaws022

DIS18 Hybrid cable cutter

DISQUE C10

DISQUE C11P

DISQUE C12P

discs "Limite de zone de travail"

discs "Appareil condamne - Defense de manœuvrer"229

discs "Appareil condamne - Defense de manœuvrer"229

DISQUE C13P Consignment discs "GDF Appareil condamne - Defense de manœuvrer"229

DISQUE C14P Consignment discs "Appareil defectueux - defense de

Index of references

Index of references

Index of references

Index of references

Index of references

Index of references

Index of names

Index of names

Index of names

Insulated

Insulated

Index of names

ratchet torque wrench 8 to 60 Nm

ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C

Insulated reversible ratchet torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm)

CCD8-60R-1/2P4A

CCD8-60R-1/2P8A

CCD8-60R-3/8P3A

CCD8-60R-3/8P8A

CCD8-60R-3/8P8B 063

CCD8-60R-3/8P8C

CCD8-60R-3/8P8D

Personal

Ratchet

Ratchet

Ratchet

Ratchet

Ratchet

1/2’’ composition P8B (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8C

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8C (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8D

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8D (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8E

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8F

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8F (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8G

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8G (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8H

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8L

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8L (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8M

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8M (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8N

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8P

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8Q

Ratchet spanner box 1/2’’ composition P8Q (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 1/4’’ composition S

Ratchet spanner box 1/4’’ composition T

Ratchet spanner box 1/4’’ composition U

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition 2A

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition 2A (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition 3A

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition 3A (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P2A

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P2A (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P2B

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P2B (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P2C

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P2C (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P3A

CC250I-P8A055

CC250I-P8B055

CC250I-P8B (VM) 055

CC250I-P8C055

CC250I-P8C (VM) 055

CC250I-P8D056

CC250I-P8D (VM) 056

CC250I-P8E056

CC250I-P8F056

CC250I-P8F (VM)056

CC250I-P8G056

CC250I-P8G (VM) 056

CC250I-P8H057

CC250I-P8L057

CC250I-P8L (VM) 057

CC250I-P8M057

CC250I-P8M (VM) 057

CC250I-P8N057

CC250I-P8P058

CC250I-P8Q058

CC250I-P8Q (VM) 058

CC150I-S051

CC150I-T051

CC150I-U 051

CC200I-2A052

CC200I-2A (VM)052

CC200I-3A052

CC200I-3A (VM)052

CC200I-P2A052

CC200I-P2A (VM) 052

CC200I-P2B052

CC200I-P2B (VM) 052

CC200I-P2C053

CC200I-P2C (VM) 053

CC200I-P3A054

Descriptions

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P3A (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P3B

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P3B (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8A

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8A (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8B

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8C

ReferencesPage

CC200I-P3A (VM) 054

CC200I-P3B054

CC200I-P3B (VM) 054

CC200I-P8A053

CC200I-P8A (VM) 053

CC200I-P8B053

CC200I-P8C053

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8C (mechanical locking device) CC200I-P8C (VM) 053

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8D

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8E

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8E (mechanical locking device)

Ratchet spanner box 3/8’’ composition P8F

Ratchet

box 3/8’’ composition P8F (mechanical locking device)

CC200I-P8D053

CC200I-P8E054

CC200I-P8E (VM)054

and KTF361NI

Replacement fixed blade for KT361 and KT361NI

Replacement fixed blade for KT451R and KT451RNI

Replacement fixed blade for KT501 and KT501NI

Replacement fixed blade for KT521 and KT521NI MLF521028

Replacement fixed blade for KT521R, KT521RL and KT521RNI MLF521R029

Replacement fixed blade for KT60 and KT60NI

Replacement fixed blade for KT80 and KT80NI MLF80030

Replacement moving blade for KTF321 and KTF321NI

Replacement moving blade for KTF361 and KTF361NI

Replacement moving blade for KT361 and KT361NI

KTF321027

KTF36027

Replacement moving blade for KT451R and KT451RNI MLM45028

Replacement moving blade for KT501 and KT501NI MLM50028

Set

Index of names

Tool

Tool

Tool

Tool

Tool

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «1»

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «2» KIT CABLE TST BT 2 095

Tool boxes for live working on LV cables type «3» KIT CABLE TST BT 3 095

Tool carry case VTO 1 197

VTO 2T 197

Tool carry case “trolley type”

Tool for flaring the outer sheath ECARTE DT104

Tool for flaring the outer sheath of VINYL (UTE C33-226)

HN33S23,NFC33 - 223 type cables to enable the insertion of a screen EVASEUR DT104

Tool for holding mechanically-clamped connectors and for forming 240 mm² phases

ETAU RSM107

Tool for Incising peelable semi-conductor OUT SCP101

Tool for Incising peelable semi-conductor and machining non-peelable semi-conductor

OUT SCP/NP099

Tool for machining non-peelable semi-conductor OUT SCNP101

Tool for machining non-peelable semi-conductor without grease OUT SCNP SG102

Tool for making a chamfer on the insulation CHANFREIN DT106

Tool for making a cone on the insulation end CONE DT105

Tool for making the slots to insert the screen connection FENTE DT103

Tool for removing the bonded semi-conductor residues left on the insulation GRATTOIR DT106

Tool for roller pliers for pressing down the outer sheathing on to the connection screen RABAT DT103

Tool for scraping the outer sheath OAGE 107

Tool for securing the outer sheath with two metal strips after inserting andrecovering the connection screen PINCELIGA106

Tool for stripping outer sheath and stripping insulation POLY 098

Tool for stripping outer sheath and stripping insulation

Tool for stripping outer sheath, Incising peelable semi-conductor and stripping insulation

Tool for stripping outer sheathing, machining non-peelable semiconductor and stripping insulation

Tool kit for the preparation of LV and MV cables

POLY-75098

POLY SCP100

POLY SCNP100

KIT CABLIER342

Tools kit for hexagonal sockets screws KIT BTR4067

Tools kit for hexagonal sockets screws with TAG NFC KIT BTR4 NFC067

Torque limiter socket case

Torque limiter socket case

CLC200D067

CLCD200 18 M6067

Torque wrench body CD8 55RVM059

Torque wrench set, 4 to 20 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A CCD4-20-3/8-P8A 063

Torque wrench set, 4 to 20 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B CCD4-20-3/8-P8B 063

Torque wrench set, 4 to 20 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C CCD4-20-3/8-P8C 063

Torque wrench set, 4-20 Nm square 3/8’’ and 10 mm long socket CGD4-20-G10175

Torque wrench set, 4-20 Nm square 3/8’’ and 10 mm long socket GD4-20-G10175

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A CCD8-55-1/2RVM-P4A 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A CCD8-55-1/2RVM-P8A 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P3A 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8A 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8B 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8C 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 55 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D CCD8-55-3/8RVM-P8D 061

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P4A CCD8-60-1/2-P4A 064

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A CCD8-60-1/2-P8A 064

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8A CGD8-60-P8A175

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 1/2’’ (12,7 mm) composition P8B CGD8-60-P8B175

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P3A CCD8-60-3/8-P3A 064

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8A CCD8-60-3/8-P8A 063

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8B CCD8-60-3/8-P8B 063

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8C CCD8-60-3/8-P8C 064

Torque wrench set, 8 to 60 Nm 3/8’’ (9,53 mm) composition P8D CCD8-60-3/8-P8D 064

Torque wrench with a reversible square drive end 8 to 60 Nm CD8 60R NI150

Index of names

Type

NF E73-073

NF E74-400

EN IEC 60900

NF EN ISO 1140

NF EN ISO 6789

INDex Of STANDArDS

TOOL

Frames for hand saws for metal

Coated hand tools for work in potentially explosive atmospheres

Live working - Hand tools for use up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC.

Fibre ropes - Polyamide - Ropes with 3, 4, 8 and 12 strands

Assembly Tools for Screws and Nuts - Hand Torque Tools - Requirements and Test Methods for Design Conformance Testing, Quality

Conformance Testing and Recalibration Procedure

NF EN 131 Ladders.

ISO 1085

ISO 1174-1

ISO 14443-A

ISO 1711-1

ISO 2236

ISO 2380-1

ISO 2725-1

ISO 2936

ISO 3315

ISO 3316

ISO 3318

ISO 5745

ISO 5746

ISO 5748

ISO 5749

ISO 6787

ISO 691

ISO 7738

ISO 8764-1

ISO 8976

ISO 9242

ISO 9654

ISO 9655

NF C13-100

NF C18-425

NF C18-505-1

NF C18-505-2-1

NF C18-505-2-2

NF C18-505-2-3

NF C18-510

NF E74-400

NF EN 13463-1

NF EN 50014

NF EN 50019

NF EN 50020

NF EN 50528

EN IEC 60079-0

EN IEC 60079-11

EN IEC 60079-7

EN IEC 60529

Assembly tools for screws and nuts - double-ended wrenches - size pairings

Assembly tools for screws and nuts - driving squares - part 1: driving squares for hand socket tools

Cards and security devices for personal identification - Proximity contactless objects

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Technical specifications -- Part 1: Hand-operated wrenches and sockets

Assembly tools for screws and nuts - Forged and tubular socket wrenches - Maximum outside head dimensions

Assembly tools for screws and nuts - Screwdrivers for slotted-head screws - Part 1 : Tips for hand- and machine-operated screwdrivers

Assembly tools for screws and nuts - Square drive sockets - Part 1 : Hand-operated sockets

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Hexagon socket screw keys

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Driving parts for hand-operated square drive socket wrenches -- Dimensions and tests

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Attachments for hand-operated square drive socket wrenches -- Dimensions and tests

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Open-ended wrenches, box wrenches and combination wrenches -- Maximum widths of heads

Pliers and nippers -- Pliers for gripping and manipulating -- Dimensions and test values

Pliers and nippers -- Engineer’s and «Lineman’s» pliers -- Dimensions and test values

Pliers and nippers -- End cutting nippers -- Dimensions and test values

Pliers and nippers -- Diagonal cutting nippers -- Dimensions and test values

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Adjustable wrenches.

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Wrench and socket openings -- Tolerances for general use

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Combination wrenches -- Lengths of wrenches and maximum thickness of heads

Assembly tools for screws and nuts -- Screwdrivers for cross-recessed head screws -- Part 1: Driver tips.

Pliers and nippers -- Multiple slip joint pliers -- Dimensions and test values.

Pliers and nippers -- Construction worker’s pincers -- Dimensions and test values

Pliers and nippers for electronics -- Single-purpose nippers -- Cutting nippers

Pliers and nippers for electronics -- Single-purpose pliers -- Pliers for gripping and manipulating

ELECTRICAL SAFETY

Consumer substations fed by HV Public distribution system (up to 33 kV).

Live working - Insulating devices and accessories for low voltage electrical installations

Live working on low voltage installations - Protective measures implemented - Part 1: general requirements

Live working on low voltage facilities - Prevention measures implemented - Part 2-1: particular requirements for vehicles and machines with combustion engines, electric motors or hybrid engines.

Live working on low voltage facilities - Prevention measures implemented - Part 2-2: particular requirements for industrial and tertiary facilities

Live working on low voltage facilities - Prevention measures implemented - Part 2-3: particular requirements for operations on stationary sets of batteries

Operations on structures and electrical facilities in an electrical environment - Prevention of electrical risks

Coated hand tools for work in potentially explosive atmospheres

Non-electrical designed to be used in explosive atmospheres - Part 1: requirements and methodology

Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres - General requirements

Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres - Increased safety “E”

Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres - Intrinsic safety “I”

Insulating ladders for use on or in the vicinity of low-voltage electrical equipment.

Explosive atmospheres - Part 0: Equipment - General requirement

Explosive atmospheres - Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety ‘i’

Explosive atmospheres - Part 7: Equipment protection by increased safety ‘e’

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)

EN IEC 61010-1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use - Part 1: General requirements

EN IEC 61111 Live working - Electrical insulating mats.

EN IEC 61112

EN IEC 61230

Live working - Electrical insulating blankets.

Live working - Portable equipment for earthing or earthing and short-cir

EN IEC 61235 Live working - Insulating hollow tubes for electrical purposes

EN IEC 61243-1 Live working - Voltage detectors - Part 1: Capacitive type to be used for voltages exceeding 1 kV AC.

EN IEC 61243-3 Live working - Voltage detectors - Part 3: Two-pole low-voltage type.

EN IEC 61478

EN IEC 61479

Live working – Ladders of insulating material.

Live working - Flexible conductor covers (line hoses) of insulating material - Compilation of IEC Publication 61479 of March 2001 and its amendment of May 2002

EN IEC 61557-7 Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC - Equipment for testing, measuring or monitoring of protective measures - Part 7: Phase sequence

EN IEC 62193

Live working - Telescopic sticks and telescopic measuring sticks.

NF EN ISO 80079-36 Explosive atmospheres - Part 36: Non-electrical equipment for explosive atmospheres - Basic method and requirements

NF EN 1149-3

NF EN 1149-5

NF EN 13034

NF EN 13034 + A1

NF EN 14404

NF EN 166

NF EN 170

NF EN 352-1

NF EN 353-1

NF EN 353-2

NF EN 354

NF EN 355

NF EN 358

NF EN 360

NF EN 361

NF EN 362

NF EN 388

NF EN 397

NF EN 420

NF EN 471

NF EN 50286

NF EN 50321

NF EN 50365

NF EN 531

NF EN 533

NF EN 61482-1-2

NF EN 795

NF EN 813

EN IEC 60903

EN IEC 61482-1-1

EN IEC 61482-1-2

INDex Of STANDArDS

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Protective clothing - Electrostatic properties - Part 3: Test methods for measurement of charge decay

Protective clothing - Electrostatic properties - Part 5: Performance requirements of the materials and design.

Protective clothing against liquid chemicals - Requirements for chemical protective clothing offering a limited protection against liquid chemicals (Equipment of type 6 and Type PB [6]).

Protective clothing against liquid chemicals - Requirements for chemical protective clothing offering a limited protection against liquid chemicals (Equipment of type 6 and Type PB [6]).

Personal protective equipment - Knee protection for kneeling work

Personal eye protection - Specifications

Personal eye protection - Ultraviolet filters - Transmittance requirements and recommended use.

Hearing protection - General requirements - Part 1: Hearing protection.

Personal protective equipment against falls from a height - Part 1: Guided type fall arresters including a rigid anchor line

Personal protective equipment against falls from a height - Part 2: Guided type fall arresters including a flexible anchor line

Personal fall protection equipment - Lanyards.

Personal fall protection equipment - Energy absorbers

Personal protective equipment for work positioning and prevention of falls from a height - Belts for work positioning and restraint and work positioning lanyards

Personal protective equipment against falls from a height - Retractable type fall arresters.

Personal protective equipment against falls from a height - Full body harnesses

Personal protective equipment against falls from a height - Connectors

Protective gloves against mechanical hazards

Industrial hard hat

Protective gloves - General requirements and test methods

High-visibility warning clothing for professional use

Electrical insulating protective clothing for low-voltage installations.

Electrically insulating footwear for work on low voltage installations

Electrically insulating helmets for use on low voltage installations

Standards for work clothes used by industry workers exposed to heat

Protective clothing against heat and flame

Live work - Protective clothing against the thermal hazards of an electric arc - Part 1-2: test methods - Method 2: Determination of arc protection class of material and clothing by using a constrained and directed arc (box test).

Protection against fall from a height - Anchoring devices - Requirements and tests.

Equipment for personal protection against falls from a height - Sit harnesses

Live working - Electrical insulating gloves.

Live working - Protective clothing against the thermal hazards of an electric arc Part 1-1: Test methods - Method 1 - Determination of the arc rating (ATPV or EBT50) of flame resistant materials for clothing

Live working - Protective clothing against the thermal hazards of an electric arc - Part 1-2: Test methods - Method 2: Determination of arc protection class of material and clothing by using a constrained and directed arc (box test) .

NF EN/CEI 61482-2 Live working – Protective clothing against thermal risks of an electric arc - Part 2: Requirements

NF EN ISO 14116

NF EN ISO 11611

NF EN ISO 11612

NF EN ISO 20345

NF EN ISO 20347

NF EN ISO 20471

Protective clothing - Protection against flame - Limited flame spread materials, material assemblies and clothing

Protective clothing used during welding and allied processes

Protective clothing - Clothing to protect against heat and flame

Personal protective equipment - Safety footwear

Personal protective equipment - Occupational footwear

High visibility clothing -- Test methods and requirements

XP ENV 50354 Electrical arc test methods for material and garments, for use by workers at risk from exposure to an electrical arc.

LINES

HN 33-S-62

NF C33-020

NF C33-021

NF C33-209

NF C33-210

NF C33-223

Insulated conductor securing system for overhead networks and overhead and overhead-underground connections of 0.6 to 1 kV.

Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems - Insulation piercing branch-connectors for overhead distributions and services with bundle assembled cores, of rated voltage 0.6/1 kV.

Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems - Pre-insulated compression type connecting equipment for overhead distributions and services with bundle assembled cores, of rated voltage 0.6/1 kV.

Insulated or protected cables for power systems - Bundle assembled cores for overhead systems of rated voltage 0.6/1 kV

Insulated or protected cables for power systems. Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cables covered with a polyvinyl chloride sheath - Type H1 xdv-A

Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems. Cross-linked polyethylene cables of rated voltages from 6/10 (12) kV up to 18/30 (36) kV for distribution networks

NF C33-226 Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems - Cross-linked polyethylene cables of rated voltages from 6/10(12) kV up to 18/30(36) kV with fixed gradient for distribution networks

NF C33-040

NF C33-0400

Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems - Suspension equipments for overhead distribution with bundle assembled cores, of rated voltage 0.6/1 kV.

Insulated conductors and cables for power networks - Telereport cables

NF C33-041 Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems - Anchoring devices for overhead distribution with bundle assembled cores, of rated voltage 0.6/1 kV

NF C33-042

Insulated cables and their accessories for power systems - Anchoring devices for overhead and overhead-underground services with insulated cables, of rated voltage 0.6/1 kV.

NOTES

NOTES